


$B 25b 750 


ae q 
: ( re! 
al “ 

w + 
7 


ok i 
. 
<4 
& 


fiiiiinnmnt 


Mis. 
ae 


actus ol 
eS 











IN MEMORIAM 


Prof. 




















“ Uaees ee ee ee 
la ~~ 
4 


ag ae mae 







































































STEIGER’S French Series. 





AHN’S 
Practical and Easy Method 


FRENCH LANGUAGE 


122 428 a? 
¢ » BY 632 
Fo 


Dr. P. HENN. 


. SECOND COURSE. 





NEW YORK. 


H. Steiger. 


1874, 


IN MEMORIAM 


MKS fom doses 


Entered, secordimg to {rot of Cangses, eae by 


Pai Bbeiger | seuss 
im the Office of the Librarian of Congresd, &t WasBington. 


E, Sreicer, New York, 
Printer and Electrotyper- 


PREFACE. 





‘The present volume is the third in the AHN Series of 
French Text-books. Its grade has been carefully adapted 
to the wants of pupils who have already acquired a fair vocabu- 
lary of words as well as some facility in easy translations, and 
a general knowledge of the regular French inflections. In its 
aim, mode, simplicity of style, progressiveness, and naturalness 
this Second Course corresponds to the First; it differs only 
by introducing the more difficult relations of the language, and 
-‘Inregard to this point attention is invited to the following 
remarks explanatory of the plan adopted. 

A special and distinetive feature are the numerous and 
copious Exercises on the Irregular Verbs. Each of these, 
with only a tew exceptions, is taken up separately, and in — 
order to confine the learner’s attention to the one point in hand, 
the exercises are based upon a comprehensive, clear, 
and practical paradigm of the respective verb. The 
new words to be used are placed at the head of each exercise. 
In their selection, regard has been had to the fact that it is 
better to learn a fow things thoroughly than many superficially. 

For recalling a word which is entirely or partially forgotten, 
the Vocabularies should be consulted. These contain all 
words occurring in the book, with their meanings, but only as 
used in the Exercises. | 

The style of the latter is mainly colloquial, so as to enable 
the pupil to surmount the primary difficulties of French con-- 
versation, and in order to impart greater fluency, a series of 
Conversations is added. : 

‘*Example is in all things more powerful than precept,” as 
the proverb has it, and this is especially true in reference to 
the teaching of languages. No rules should, therefore, be given 
textually in a book for beginners ; practice alone is the great 


. Viie2844 


eae ° 


agent through which the first result must be attained. Ata 
later stage of instruction, however, a regular course of lessons 
in grammar is not only desirable, but of great importance. 

It is in accordance with this principle that the second part 
of the book, entitled Hlements of French Grammar, 
has been written. The rules herein given are comprehensive 
without being prolix, and the examples in illustration so sim- 
ple and direct as to admit of the most ready and practical 
application. For those teachers who desire to exercise their 
pupils orally in the practice of the rules, while they are learning 
them, references to the corresponding Exercises of both Cow7'ses 
are inserted throughout. The little grammar is completed by 
a full and detailed Index of Subjects, which cannot fail to 
prove a valuable help to both teacher and learner. 

A separate Key to the Exercises in the Second Course 
also is published. Private learners are thereby enabled to test 
their knowledge of what they have studied, and teachers may 
use this inverted series of exercises for the purpose of training 
their pupils orally in translation. 

Throughout the work the author has exercised a scrupulous 
discrimination, whilst aiming at comparative completeness so 
far as necessary or desirable, to omit that which, being of less 
importance, would encumber the learner’s mind, needlessly take 
up his time, discourage him. For this reason grammatical 
niceties, and exceptions of rare occurrence are passed over. 

French grammarians and writers are differing considerably 
on various points of language, and in view of this fact the 
author wishes to state expressly that, in the main, he aims to 
present French grammar as now taught at the Normal College 
of Paris. 


New York, June, 1874. 


TABLE or CONTENTS. 





FIRST PART. 
French and English Exercises. 


; Page 
Indicative Mood, Preterit Tense of avoir and @tre............... 1 
Indicative Mood, Preterit. Tense of parler, finir and vendre...... 2 
Imperative of avoir and €tre.... 2... cece sce e cece Liv s-w W ttre 3 
Imperative of parler, finir and vendre.................. 2.005. 4 
‘Subjunctive Mood of avoir and tre... 2... cece eee eee 5 
Subjunctive Mood of parler, finir and vendre.................. 7 
NES MADD pare so tes eaves exp cytvaleiadexnys. Cathy thee bls a bri Oe sree Bo + a alain 8 
PMU PMOHMES Fos OARS OI ad PR chase ae ois Bide oo se aeE  ge 9 
Irregular Were nGine ho) byt 4.. gba. Vint, ke gees Rene euemis 10 
PRs Hine fates os, ke cscs init ness i> SEROER Se EQ e ec siek~ s 1] 
MN Stes ae eM Ss ok 1 4s wees ee OLE CaO Mia ves ss 12 
MUNG esis Sn POM SLI Gl 2 Guts OR her ied oo edb so 14 
POORANE So SRS. Sees os fd ae Soy A SENET SRLS #00 FS le 15 
SEN) Ws 1 EY oa o's os ve ey He ee Le WHE wieih glee < git plese 16 
SIN SNRG ey iru cis aad Fay vas ROR RE TAS Bic een welsh hime 18 
BO A LAE) Lie ioe kD ad oly 9s Xin ry pcateca'g Larelnac ble madbie.r een dies 19 
aod a tent ole Oss n, =: near AEA E SIE A w A cena praaeNaTY © ade e 20 
MOET GS oc Viksd cna aW awe eu nledes oa so wedGNatsiaieh SHEA -\ phish 4 21 
RUNS ey xs = SEEM: OLED Ia wa tants wane hind geist] coma eas 22 
OVA CRIES EG EEN RITA GA he pik fad aniokatiia + SRN NOTES «+ chip le © 5 24 
NEES PIS Ce ho kore sede dah RHi> PbO as GA RAY < ORK se 25 
Wee SNE hoe Ko ca kon a ey ss vs aE © <a phen 26 
SONEEANS MEM I BODOTIEIT oie se nil s Sa Swe kha stale wine's Cees oh 28 
OOUMTIC MOMIEREE SC ONATIES: OUWEIE oc onc. ern sis Gen heen ens 29 
SEWN Se Rie a Nea Lota ot tats, saa sive haha’ aia oe emi nae wees 30 
BRNO a Vera oe ey oe UR POUNDS. caweses ceccenes: 31 
RMN SU tars coe oh ge VINEE cc ce Abd rhs ORF PPP hy 7 eR 32 
nn, CREA ELE RER SS Eee TEL CPP eee Hee EO ot ee roar 34 
phy PUYOL ETE LOC? CE CTC ES PP ced cake es prep eaened 35 


Page 

BOs: QO Meee i ei Sees « Kisivie' es vv ci8 ies iebe eeeee «+» 36 
1, BB. + eR, 6 vib. howe civ once’ awew snap 53k ub eee 38 
63. 64. aller, s’en aller............ Pe rt ee ee 39 
BG, (OG). “TE IEE on gnc cei cc ov ctr ccuxacdaeewduran een 41 
Oe OO, NE TR ie aad Sede cose ck Ch Tee URESRtUES FERS TEES 42 
69. i GUM, WOGOEIE.. . o Sese's oa sacs <sideulels Bese CeCe mas 44 
70. 71. craindre, plaindre, ee plaindre, wainore: oi isis ss dic db owene 45 
Te. GS GUA, CUNEO, TOTO, onc oc iwiinnpe cin tubo onakivenscilanane 47 
74. WIUED, DORMS. <5 ek iscccsneescccvvastewecase vere aon ae 
TBs; TGs \ WORVEO, COUIND, 0. vce s canes ccnesegnecvadcuhessbewennnees 50 
77. Dine, CODMEG ids i WS 6 ako Delis aha ACs deere nde eeeeeen 52 
70. 270. cle takes, plaite, wo plein... o.oo .kcaowsdses deste seueeenes 53 
80. pleuvoir, neiger, geler, gréler, tonner.............-eeeesee: 54 
81. 82. recevoir, apercevoir, décevoir, concevoir, devoir........... 55 
BOs.) Ot: "WADUROEE. .. «cori ndat sensed aoch oe cnacas earns avayaeene 57 
Se - 66, - Cire annit, O60 GODOGS: woo cis cucicvccsessseeseeeEnneees 58 
ST. 86. The Pastas YOO 35.. ATR AR. eye 59 
89. 90. Expressions. il y @.. 2.22.0... Ln vedic cgeals's of 60 
Sl... OB. ahem, Cenk, colle cab. asics cn cteee i oe. Mews Sezes bee coos 61 
oS. O64 DAs, T-veut miosis lt. oe. esd. wae A 62 
95. 96. Brercises on the Infinitive... 0... 06 cece ee 63 
07. 98. ‘Genitive and Dative Oasis oileis. ts adh. rived. oc dah 64 
00. 200.+ 'The-Partilive Aylhdde... ic cicis cece levis tee WON «+» 64 
101—103. Partitive Article omitted; avoir faim, ele................606. 65 
104. Degree of Equality; si, aussi, tant, autant.................. 67 
105; 106. pleas Go, moins GO yo oss viesccaccnasechieevsicsss MEET hike 67 
107. pludP. plus, moins... THOUS. «occ esc ds des cactcawesakstaee 68 
108. Comparatives and autre, autrement with ne.,............ «++ 69 
SOD: 220: “eqpertahet..)5 36.6: awe dewidwoceeecuds-dvic.so uae ve ec. 
A11—113. . Dnlerrogative PrOmOunss .. cede vc cccs ce devvscccsccmbah ea ie 70 
Rh4—116:.. -Hoelalive Pronouns, « 6004s scenes seneeceeese.c VeddE Be oh +. 72 
117. Indefinite Pronouns; quelque, chaque, quelqu’un, chacun 73 
118. 119. personne, rien, aucun, nal . 2... 2... 00. ccc cn 0s. suis sedis 74 
mae. 81. “Soh, mibene, Gah... is eicie ns cece ted Hele seen cteluca tes MN ee 75 
122. l'un l'autre, certain, plusieurs, autrui...............+---... 76 
123. 124. quiconque, queleonque, quelque, qui que ce soit, efe........ 76 
Tab. 196. “On the 200 Of Cl) GAG F-60250 -0ss5-0d: bbe creis'n ic tis bie HEPES bh 77 
PETA EO. « - Comveraahense «6.650665 ou 9 0-60 <10-0 orqosie sls POEII saab » ode 79 

r SECOND PART. 
Elements of French Grammar. | 

The oe eee eee eee ee ee 2 ‘“ecmmdeeyawee eee eeereee 89 
The Paris. of. Speech. ptr eetghk ovr ems us ene binwt eT bes 90 


The Article. sii siccveces ee ee 90 


Page 

FRE NOUN.» cccassccccnstensasnsssseeses eee PT eT Oe 90 
Me MNOORS SS SCL shi vis ww wh ee ee sau 6:) +o Raye deg he ow PENCE mM bs 90 
Ore Oe CAG, FOU oe euce ao aa NR eae hay Oe gek a + tee « » 90 
Ne Cen OR eRe Oa ik Py Cec Le TRIS s os CERES + BREE. 92 
RN ote oc Sse CARE Og Oe ana Wik eka BEC CLS MACS Kew aee 94 

ERE LOORSUNE GE NOMINEE es ao us dele ok on eee wage 2c ah byes ey 94 

CRA IRE APOC GSAS ia eis Pe air aise oth de pale «3 gain ae 
ea ies veg sak Wee Ske ay We nes Rede el anes ms 98 
Ts Se ORRIN 6600.5 Sis Ss bas vino atm tly SRNR Goals tats os 98 
Fe UE OF OREO eS ssw oie gece USM ke Gas Beds ages os 98 
MUIR po wim a eae aires Sg m2 e's hyiaie Sr ee RM WSN me Pie wy. sep oS Ps 100 
RR Get ag vee ons eEbe wage Teun he EM Egas Hs 4 oh to's 100 
DURE WAG. OF ACEO obs Is 6 ee SSO eres os sed Cara cges & 101 
Se COT MMOL OF CORTON ES a aro pies 0a Siew kik Soa + W's Heo hag e's 102 
NR Re hoa te al sd Se ahd pha aCe wn oculG MTN La hoe Sie Aas 103 
CE ea a aa oN wile ae do RG ORAS Ee OK OR UNIE L Cecee Se 103 
GTEC Ook Sa na oa ee aaa Beno eh UNENEE UVER ate wach Siena gS Aes 104 
PRM oss re en OES A La oe wk wort empl a inig bball e o o¥ a's og 105 
Pere TR ie Soa ics as San LOW AOR Fed ed hag ies » ee OO 
Declension of the Conjunctive Personal Pronouns.............. 106 
Declension of the Disjunctive Personal Pronouns.,............ 106 
Pronouns used with reference to Animals and Things........... 106 
RENEE OPO oe oa go Se Eis ina pian sia ose eh 6 « = MES 107 

Ree it, The er aOral: FPONOUNE Ss Gee wine 64 es Syae'g ve Rew 107 

/ Pace Of Te Personal Pronouns. oe. 5 oy occas ogee Vago dn ws sinn pee 109 
SURE N CUNT E WINENN di dary sg Cah wa Piensa 38 Sphere weds 1b ded a's Ca ae» = 110 
PAINE ARNUW FE TOROUNG ooo a eo sack c.g cx co gems tele 8 eh ows miele ye 6s 111 
POOR EN NMANS G oruie ng os GRA RGR Cake Ua tee aus cde ass oe 112 
ANIL T SOMOUIES «iis oin'5 sida s 4 Gas ON es + batey Media dibs soa Re oe 113 
SETI, ee POTN ooo ae es piuweeulb ad ¢ wands Aikawa is hotles SoG-atalssye 114 

3 EN STE” Pa ht RRO pa ERIN oe a Severe nrvorece cer eestaseeseseeecs 117 
: CERRO OR rea Sod aha na wie eae y'el 4 0p 8 MAREN oe AES Si IT 117 
RNIN ex ccna 3 ic oop SE nog ore w a AW ae oles se Dive an waediaess's 117 
EMMI Ce re Ce cite de Gis ad win vies « Caealy a Rae lay a weed 118 
Ausiliary Verbs...........- a eet ae «oh CMa wie «Soda ea slo's R= 8A 118 
Formation of Tenses.......... Brae Be vee 0a s SIR Sree wee < =< 4°0la hes 122 
ae WOM 6 yee os ho ads ee aes 123 
REN CAMO 2a oa canis Vea soe ates Seine ncn we hw veces 123 

NE CMRI ne cs ead s «wa MEWS y a e'w bcd Gene's om 124 

UCN CRIN ie a a ag ea we GGA da we, biny mele h« 126 

See 10) UN CIO aS k Sas twine wo ECG o ewan eee as cess 127 . 
ras Of CONGUMGII aac Gree es CEC CE eRe ho dc to dslcdaceeices ins 128 
ULE SNUG MOO yond eevee eas Seen cos awe Fe eo se cae vees 130 
eee VOR, Seo a ack 65% hae eee ss soe w ey eee 131 


PME SONIE VUE: bac sg cewsnee ses cess stes 34 pWwaeaahs BRE yes pe 133 


The Verb. 
eS Ma Vib isso ccc Eco oee eae ee enone 135 
oe OT WEE COMMING aoa oe osc cesces ovceten apenas as in ne She a 135 
Beata ‘Otitigellé: 2.225256 S2G A eee ee ee eae 135 
TREE: CORPO. 2. oc s.o dc cn tn gcase vetaaeee deaaeehcee a ot 
Fourth COMPUGGHOR,. .... ccccesvne ces + secnsle tue ae enehe en 138 
Agraria GF Tht Vere, isos ccskces inosine cian regaetinh=tantarees 140 
ONIN BT TOONS ooo nnn» eois0is's 390.40 699.00 eee ee --- 140 
Uees of the Moods and Tenses. .........5+ccnsseadtercnsseteeetess 142 
PROUONOG So vince nc ctccqcee cs sede spp deadh tres aad ah eeene 142 
te PPPS TE TTT eT ile M44 
TTD, «|. kana cavcesinsticcsadesaesehe recs epee 144 
. Subjunctive...... eee Ee pe ee eRe ge 144 
PMNUS... . sc cp ucepvacveccces's sch nenesihbedhe teeeeeeeeee 146 
POPTOGMAG vic vn oc cecnnnasw sis veces mahunaenpae geen 148 
FT er eee eee ee ret PRT TT rice 149 
EVONOBTNORG 00 0050's sce nnn dvasscinden ee se'0'eale ye Rite 152 
CORGUROTONG..«. 05.0.0: cinnvecenecangecctces > dnhs> sun's acl Sienna 153 
BT | rer. meer Pere rT a 154 
Pees OF CONROE... 0.0 00:0 ods 3 ngansd 4NMaeA base ge Une na eee aes 155 

THIRD PART. 
Vocabularies. 

L,. Brench and English Vocabulargy. o.o.o.o0 o0ni' sna cceavic 0:96 seicteswts ers 163 
2. English and French Vocabulary. .....0....cccesccoccceavconsneens’s 183 


elie cmp eee oe eseaoeaeeeee ees weseeeewte st veers 


a2 
‘al J 
ee 


First Part. 
FRENCH AND ENGLISH EXERCISES. 





1. Indicative Mood, Preterit Tense. 
jeus, I had je fus, J was 
tu eus, thou hadst tu fus, thou wast 
il eut, he had il fut, he was 
nous eiimes, we had nous fiimes, we were 
vous etites, you had vous faites, you were 
ils eurent, they had ils furent, they were 


Compound Tenses. 


jeus eu, J had had jeus été, [ had been 
rencontrer, to meet obtenir, to obtain, get 
accompagner, to accompany la nouvelle, th 
passé, passée, past, last les nouvelles, spa a 
inconsolable, inconsolable - Varrivée (f.), the arrival 


la satisfaction, the satisfaction aussitdt que, as soon as 
la bonté, the kindness, goodness obligé, obligée, obliged 
partir, to go away, depart, set out, start. 


Georges Washington fut un grand général. J’eus hier le 
plaisir de rencontrer Mr. Belmont; il eut la bonté de m’accom- 
pagner au théatre. L’année passée nous eimes le malheur de 
perdre notre pére. Ma mére en fut inconsolable, mais elle eut 
la satisfaction d’avoir des enfants bien élevés. Mes fréres eu- 
rent le bonheur d’obtenir de bonnes places. Nous fiimes trés- 
contents lorsque nous eimes la nouvelle de l’arrivée de notre 
oncle. Aussit6t que le médecin eut été chez notre tante, elle 
fut mieux.’ Aussitét que nous efimes eu la visite de notre pére, 
nous fames obligés de partir. 


= i 


‘<< 9Q5% woir, ‘to gee, 6 fs. lavantage (m.), the advantage 
aprés que, after a peine—que, scarcely—when 
le service, the service recouvrer, to recover 
rendre service, to do a ser- la santé, the health 

vice diner, to dine 


Where were you yesterday? We were at the theatre, and 
our sisters were at the concert. Aftef my friends had had the 
pleasure of seeing their parents, they were obliged to start. 
We had last week the advantage of dining at Mr. Boismard’s. 
We were very pleased to see our uncle. Had you the kindness 
to lend me this book? You had the kindness to do me this 
service.. How is your father? He had scarcely been three 
months in the country when he had recovered bis health. We 
had a visit from your aunt yesterday. 


de Indicative Mood, Preterit Tense. 
je purlai, 7 spoke je finis, 7 jinished 
tu parlas, thou spokest tu finis, thou jinishedst 
il parla, he spoke il finit, he finished 


nous parlames, we spoke nous finimes, we jinished 
vous parlates, you spoke vous finites, you jinished 
ils parlérent, they spoke ils finirent, they jinished 


je vendis, I sold 
tu vendis, thou soldest 
il vendit, he sold 


nous vendimes, we sold 
vous vendites, you sold 


ifi ee ils vendirent, they sold 
ce pour, to, in order to intéressant, —ante, interesting 
» ela bourse, the purse la piéce, the piece 
renfermer, to contain en détail, retail 


plusieurs, several, many en gros, wholesale 

raconter, to tell, relate la question, the question 
‘ Vhistoire (f.), the story le maitre, the teacher 

celui-la, the former celui-ci, the latter 


MOS Ean 


Hier je parlai a votre cousin; il me raconta une histoire 
trés-intéressante. Mon ami vendit hier son jardin. Il parla au 
marchand, et celui-ci lui donna de l’argent. Nous trouvames 
hier un petit chien. Les enfants furent punis. J’ai été a 
Vienne pour y voir mon frére Francois. Charles trouva une 
bourse qui renfermait plusieurs piéces d’or. Montrez-moi, s'il 
vous plait, le canif que vous avez trouvé. Nous obéissons 
avec plaisir a nos parents, et nous remplissons volontiers nos 
devoirs. Nous ne vendons pas ces rubans en détail,mais en gros, 
Les écoliers répondront aux questions de leurs maitres. 


4, dés que, as soon as, when inviter a diner, to invite to 


sonner, to strike, ring __—-vers, towards _._——_ [dinner 
quitter, to leave nombreux, —euse, nwmerous 
arriver, to arrive a® ilasociété, the society,company 
il y a, ago il y a un mois, a month ago 


Yesterday I sold my dog. Last week our uncle sold his. 
house. ‘Three months ago this poor woman lost her daughter. 
As soon as it struck four (hours), we set out for Brussels. We 
left the city towards (the) evening, and we arrived in the country 
towards eight o’clock. Julius and Henry accompanied us. 
My sisters will arrive this evening. Mr. Renaud has ‘invited 
me to dinner; I think that I shall find a numerous company 


there. Last year we lost three hundred franes. a 
3. Imperative. 
aie, have (thow) sois, be (thou) 
ayons, let us have soyons, let us be 
ayez, have (you) soyez, be (you) 
la pitié, pity Vindulgence (f.), forbearance 
le sort, the lot autrui, others 
juste, just, right Vindigence (f.), need, poverty 


reconnaissant, —ante, grateful avoir peur, to fear 
le bienfaiteur, the benefactor le commerce, the intercourse 


est-ce que ton frére parle? does thy brother speak? 
qu’est-ce que vous avez la? what have you there? 


_ Aie pitié des malheureux. Sois content de ton sort, et tu 
seras heureux. Sois reconnaissant envers tes bienfaiteurs. 
Ayons patience en tout. Soyons justes envers tout le monde. 
Ayez de lindulgence pour les défauts d’autrui. Soyons labo- 
rieux, et nous ne serons jamais dans l’indigence. N’ayez-pas 
peur, mes enfants. N’ayons point de commerce avec les mé- 
chants. Est-ce que votre soeur a regu de jolis cadeaux? 
Qu’est-ce que vous donnerez & ce pauvre homme? Est-ce que 
mon frére vous a raconté cette intéressante histoire? Est-ce que 
votre soeur est malade? Non, madame, elle se porte trés-bien. 


6. gagner, to gain, make agé, Agée, old, aged 
les richesses (f.), riches la vertu, (the) virtue 


poli, polie, polite la science, (the) knowledge 

avoir des égards, to have YWdlouceur, (the) gentleness 
consideration rendre, to make 

la personne, the person vraiment, really 


Be modest, and youw will have friends. Be active, and you 
will make riches. Be polite towards everybody. Have con- 
sideration for aged persons. Virtue, knowledge, and gentleness 
will make us really amiable. Have the kindness to lend me 
your book. Do not fear, my friends. Do not be ungrateful to 
him. Have the goodness to do me this service. Are you 
talking to my brother? Were you at the theatre yesterday ? 


a S Imperative. be 

parle, speak (thou) finis, finish (thou)  vends, s&l (thou) 
parlons, let usspeak finissons, let us/inish vendons, let us sell 
parlez, speak (you) linissez, Jinish (youy- vende, sell (you) 


regarder, to look at tarder, to loiter 

Vouvrier (m.),the workman plus haut, louder 

le toit, the roof l'aprés-midi (f.), the afternoon 
possible, possible sans faute, without fail 
honorer, to honor le gateau, the cake 

ordonner, to order mériter, to deserve 


Regardez cet ouvrier qui est sur le toit de notre maison. 
Finissez, mon ami. Rendez-moi l’argent que je vous ai préte. 


8. 


— § 


Aimez vos parents. 


Ne blamez pas vos amis. 


Répondez-moi 


aussitoOt que possible. Honore ton pére et ta mére, et tu seras 


honoré. Parlez plus haut. 
lui obéis toujours. 


a ces enfants. 


Obéissez a votre maitre. 
Avez-vous porté mes bottes au cordonnier ? 
Portez-les lui sans faute cette aprés-midi. 


Je 


Donnez du gateau 


Ne louez pas ce garcon; il ne le mérite pas. 


Henri, je vous ai ordonné de m’apporter mon chapeau et ma 


canne; pourquoi tardez-vous tant? 


gardez a votre montre. 


garder, to keep 


attentif, attentive, attentive 


agir, to act, behave 
ainsi, thus 


Keep the book which I have given you. 
these scholars; they are attentive. 


dren? Hat a piece of bread. 
as soon as possible, gentlemen. 
if you act thus. 


Quelle heure est-il? Re- 


Il est neuf heures et demie. 


faire, to do, make 
cependant, yet 

oisif, oisive, idle 

prudent, prudente, prudent 


Do not punish 
Are you hungry, my chil- 
Do not lose patience. Finish 
You will lose all your friends, 


We have many friends; we are happy. You 
~ have much to do, and yet you are idle. 


This misfortune would 


not have (be) happened to you, if you had been more prudent. 


Be good, my children. 


9. Subjunctive Mood. 
que j’aie, that I may have 

que tu aies, that thou é&c. 

qu’il ait, that he éc. 

que nous ayons, that we &e. 
que vous ayez, that you ée. 
quils aient, that they dc. 


Subjunctive Mood. 


que jeusse, that I might have 
que tu eusses, that thou dc. 
qu'il ett, that he dc. 

que nous eussions, that we dc. 
que vous eussiez, that you de. 
quils eussent, that they é&c. 


Be honest and just. 


Present Tense. 

que je sois, that I may be 
que tu sois, that thow dc. 
qu'il soit, that he dc. 

que nous soyons, that we déec. 
que vous soyez, that you céec. 
quwils soient, that they &c. 


Preterit Tense. 
que je fusse, that I might be 
que tu fusses, that thou dc. 
qu il fit, that he é&c. 
que nous fussions, that we ée. 
que vous fussiez, that you dc. 
qu'ils fussent, that they cc. 


sie ee 


Subjunctive Mood. Compound Tenses. 
que jaie eu, that I may have had 
que j’aie été, that I may have been. 
que j’eusse eu, that I might have had 
que j’eusse été, that I might have been 
il faut, it is necessary vous croyez, you think 
il semble, it seems [comes entendu, heard, understood © 
il convient, it is proper, it be- les gens, (m. & f.) people 
je voudrais, J (should) wish,like afin que, in order that 
il serait a souhaiter, it wouldbe pour que, ) so that 
desirable quoique, although 
il faut que j’aie de l’argent, J must have some money 
(it is necessary that I may have some money) 
The Conjunctions afin que, pour que, in order to, quoique, 
although, are followed by the Subjunctive Mood. 

Il faut que nous ayons de l’argent aujourd’hui. Parlez plus 
haut,afin que vous soyez entendus. II est juste que les e nts 
soient reconnaisSants envers leurs parents. Il semble que Sophie 
n’ait pas été a l’école. Il convient que les jeunes gens soient 
modestes. Quoique vous soyez pauvres, vous étes honnétes. 
Je voudrais que tu n’eusses pas tant d’amitié pour les enfants 
de notre voisin. Il serait a souhaiter que tous les hommes fus- 
sent justes. Vous ne croyez pas que mon frére ait tort. Faites 
votre devoir, pour que yous ne soyez pas punis. 


10. jamais, ever la réputation, the reputation 
la compagnie, the company mauvais, mauvaise, bad 

The Conjunction que, that, should never = omitted in French. 

Is it possible that a bad man is (be) ever happy? My brother 
must have a book. I must have some paper, @ pen, and some 
ink. Do youbelieve my brother is (be) in the garden? TE 
becomes | you to be-(that yon may be) contented with your 
ae you have deserved it. I wish you were in my place. It 
“is good that you are (be) here. My father wishes that I were 
not so often in the company of that young man; he has 

a bad reputation. We had the ee of finding what we 
were looking for. , UY 


11. 
Present Tense. 


T 


— 


Suhjunctive Mood. 


Preterit Tense. 


que je parle, that I may speak que je parlasse, that I might sp. 


que tu parles, that thou éc. 

qu'il parle, that he dc. 

que nous parlions, that we dc. 

que vous parliez, that you éc. 
qu’ils parlent, that they éc. 


que je finisse, that I may finish 
que tu finisses, that thou éc. 
quwil finisse, that he é&c. 

que nous finissions, that we éc. 
que vous finissiez, that you &c. 
qu’ils finissent, that they déc. 


que je vende, that I may sell 
que tu vendes, that thou éc. 
qu'il vende, that he éc. 

. que nous vendions, that we déc. 
que vous vendiez, that you éc. 
 quiils vendent, that they dc. 


Subjunctive Mood. 


que tu parlasses, that thou éc. 
qu'il parlat, that he éc. 

que nous parlassions, that éc. 
que vous parlassiez, that dc. 
quwils parlassent, that they éc. 


que je finisse, that I might f. 
que tu finisses, that thow éc. - 
qu’il finit, that he dc. 

que nous finissions, that we éc. 
que vous finissiez, that you &c. 
quwils finissent, that they cc. 


que je vendisse, that I might s. 
que tu vendisses, that thou éc. 
qu'il vendit, that he dc. 

que nous vendissions, that de. 
que vous vendissiez, that cc. 
quils vendissent, that they éc. 


Compound Tenses. 


que j’aie parlé, that I may have spoken 
que j’aie fini, that I may have finished 
que j’aie vendu, that I may have sold 


que j’eusse parlé, that I might have spoken 
que j’eusse fini, that I might have finished 
que jeusse vendu, that I might have sold 


rester, to remain, stay 
rentrer, to come in again 

ala maison, at home 

laction (f.), action, deed, share 


longtemps, a long time, long 
la carafe, the decanter 

vide, empty 

marcher, to walk, march 


la promenade, the walk, promenade 


= Se 


Restez A la maison,afin que nous vous trouvions,quand nous 
rentrerons. Désirez-vous que je vous accompagne a la pro- 
menade? Je ne crois pas que votre ami ait fait cette mauvaise 
action. Ces messieurs souhaitent que nous les rencontrions au 
théatre. Croyez-vous que votre frére reste longtemps a Paris? . 
Jean, il faut que tu remplisses la carafe; elle est vide. Il faut 
que je réponde a la lettre de ma cousine. Notre médecin 
désirait que nous marchassions deux heures. Vous désiriez que 
je vous vendisse ma maison. Nous désirons que vous parliez 
toujours frangais. Nous avons été quinze jours 4 la campagne, 
_et nos amis désirent que nous y retournions. 


12.  réussir, to succeed |'entreprise (f.), (he undertaking 


We must give these children some bread. I wish (that) 
you may be well. Your mother desires that you (may) remain 
_ always here, T (should) wish (that) you would (might) always 


~ act well. It would be desirable that our friends answered 


(might answer) our letter. You must finish your exercise 
to-day. It is proper that you (may) obey your master. Your 
mother desires that you may Succeed in all your undertakings. 
I (should) wish (that) your brothers would (might) sell their 
dogs and their horses. Your sisters are happy,although they 


are (be) poor. I desire that you always (may) speak English, 


13. proposer, to propose venir, to come 
prier, to beg, ask louer, to let 
quelque, some, any écrire, to write 


le neveu, the nephew 


Mon oncle m’a promis de me donner un livre. Mon cousin _ 
est arrivé. Nous lui avons proposé de faire une promenade © 
avec nous. Mon neveu m’a prié de lui préter mon cheval pour 
quelques jours. Je suis obligé de partir demain. Ayez la 
bonté de me préter ce livre. Faites-moi le plaisir de venir chez 
moi. Ma tante m’a invité a diner. Mon voisin a un cheval 
a vendre. Cette maison est a.louer. Combien de lettres avez- 
vous a écrire? Cela est trés-difficile a faire. Ton pére a raisen 
de parler ainsi; tu n’es pas toujours attentif. 


14. la harpe, the harp enseigner, to teach 
garni, garnie, furnished Vaffaire (f.), the affair 


Your brother has advised_me to wait (still) sometime_longer 
(some time). Where is thy brother? My mother has ordered 
hwn.to stay at home. My friend has had the misfortune to lose 
his father. Mr. Bigot teaches me to play’ ‘the harp. I do not 
like to speak of that affair. My uncle has a fine horse to sell. 
Furnished rooms to let. My son has still several letters to 
write. We have had the pleasure of meeting your uncle at the 


_ bookseller’ These fish are not good to eat. 


15. ; Participles. 
ayant, having eu, had étant, being été, been 
parlant, speaking finissant, jinishing vendant, selling 


parlé, spoken fini, finished vendu, sold 
. j’ai cueilli des fleurs . I have gathered some flowers 
les fleurs que j’ai cueillies, the flowers which I have gath- 
sont belles ered, are beautiful 
tailler, to cut, mend (of amen) traduit, traduite, translated 
dicter, to dictate la figure, the figure, face 
dessiner, to draw en, in, on, by 


En rentrant chez moi j’ai trouvé votre frére. Nous avons 
rencontré vos cousines en nous promenant. En agissant ainsi 
vous serez blamé. J’ai vu un homme qui vendait des cerises 
& une petite fille. Votre frére a-t-il rempli la bouteille? Oui, 
madame, ill’a remplie. Les fleurs que j’ai trouvées, sont trés- 
belles. Avez-vous taillé ma plume? Non, je ne l’ai pas encore 
taillée. Avez-vous vendu votre maison? Oui, je l’ai vendue. 
Voici la lettre que vous m’avez dictée. Les themes que nous 
avons traduits, sont trés-faciles. La figure que mon frére a 
dessinée, est belle. 


6. entrer (dans), to come goin (to) 1a poste, the post-office 


Being in the country, I met your uncle. Where is my 
brother? He is in the garden, I spoke to him on coming into the 
house. “Have you gathered any flowers, my children? Yes, 


>, 


a Se 


madam, the flowers which we have gathered, are very beauti- 
ful. The books which I have bought, are very interesting. 
Have you sold your horses? Yes, Sir, I have sold them. Have 
you finished your exercises? No, Sir, I have not yet finished 
them. John, have you taken (carried) my letters to the post- 
office? Yes, Sir, I took (have carried) them there ar hour ago. 


hig dire, to say, tell 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je dis, J say, am saying _ hous disons, we say 
tu dis, thow sayest (or sayst) vous dites, you say 
il dit, he says ils disent, they say 
Imperf. je disais, 7 was saying 
Pret. je dis, J said 
Fut. je dirai, J shall say 
Cond. je dirais, J should say 


Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je dise, that I may say 
Pret. que je disse, that I might say 





Participles. 
Pres. disant, saying 
Past. dit, said 
quelque chose, something la vérité, the truth 
la fois, the time Yon sait, one knows 
le lit, the bed faché, fachée, angry, sorry 
Yoreille (f.), the ear mentir, to lie 


dire 4 Yoreille, to whisper to _regretter, to regret 


J’ai quelque chose a vous dire. Qu’avez-vous a me dire? 
Je ne vous dis rien. Dites-le-moi, s’il vous plait. Je vous le 
dirai une autre fois. Vous ne direz pas a mon frére ce que je’ 
vous ai répondu. Ne lui dites pas que je suis encore au lit. 
Que yous a-t-il dit? Ne vons l’ai-je pas dit? Vous ne me |’avez 
pas encore dit. Il ne faut pas dire tout ce que l’on sait. I me 


— ll — 


l’a dit 4 Voreille. Qu’est-ce qu’il vous a dit? Nous vous disons 
la vérité. Je suis faché de lavoir dit. Qu’en dites-vous? Si 
je disais autrement, je mentirais. J’ai dit hier 4 mon cousin de 
venir me voir. Il disait souvent qu’il regrettait la mort de son 
ami. Le temps, c’est de l’argent, dit Franklin. 


1S, la guerre, the war __ plus tot, sooner 


What do you say of my garden? My brother told me that 
you were here.- Did I tell you to bring this book? What de 
they say in town of the war? My father told me yesterday 
that you would sell your house. I[ will say no (nothing), more 
tohim. Tell me is there any fault in your exercise? I have 
already told you (4%) this morning. All that you say is false. 
Did you say that I was there? Who told you so (it)? Nobody. 
I think (that) he has said everything. If I had told it sooner, 
he would have been angry. What has my mother told you? 


19. écrire, to write 
Indicative Mood. 

Pres, j’écris, £ write 
tu écris, thou writest 
il écrit, he writes 
nous écrivons, we write 
vous écrivez, you write 
ils écrivent, they write 

Imp. j’écrivais, [was writing — 

Pret. j’écrivis, I wrote 

Fut. j’écrirai, J shall write 

_ Cond. j’écrirais, J should write 


Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres.“ que j’écrive, that I may write 
Pret. “.que j’écrivisse, that I might write 
Participles. 


Pres. €crivant, writing 
Past. écrit, written 


; — 12 — 


le loisir, (the) leiswre je reconnais, I recognize | 
au long, at length - Técriture (f.),the (hand)writing 
nécessaire, necessary encore une fois, once more 
lentement, slowly mal, badly 


J’écris une lettre & mon frére; mais vous ne lui écrivez pas. 
Ne lui écrit-il pas? Non, mais sa sceur Jui écrit: J’écrirai a 
mon pére aussit6ét que j’en aurai le loisir. J’écrivis hier 4 mon 
oncle. As-tu écrit aujourd’hui a ton oncle ? Je lui ai écrit ce. 
matin. Ecrivez-lui cela. Je le lui ai déja écrit. Si j’avais une 
bonne plume, j’écrirais aussi. Lorsque j'aurai plus de loisir, je 
vous écrirai plus au long. Quand lui écrirez-vous? [I n'est 
pas nécessaire de lui écrire. Vous écrivez trop vite; écrivez 
plus lentement. Montrez-moi ce que vous avez écrit. Il faut 
que vous écriviez cela encore une fois. Je reconnais ton écri- 
ture. Votre frére écrit trés-mal. 


20. stirement, certainly _le billet, the note 


My mother has written to me. My friends will certainly 
write to me. I wrote to him a year ago. You write better 
than your brother. I have written to him to buy some books 
for me, What has he written to yon? Are you writing to 
your father? I would have written to him sooner, if I had not 
thought he had ‘(that he might be) set out for Washington. 
What are you writing? What have you written to him? Will 
you not write (are you not writing) to him today? Who has 
written this note? I think that my brother has written it; I 
recognize his handwriting. 


21, lire, to read 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je lis, J read nous lisons, we read 
tu lis, thow readest —_- vous _lisez, you read 
il lit, he reads ils lisent, they read 
Imp. je lisais, J was reading 
Pret. je lus, J read 
Fut. je lirai, J shall read 
Cond. je lirais, J should read 


et 


Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je lise, that I may read 
Pret. que je lusse, that I might read 


Participles. 


Pres. lisant, reading 
Past. lu, read 


le journal, the (news)paper la lecture, reading 


la gazette, the gazette le coeur, the heart 

done, then Vesprit (m.), the mind 
voulez-vous? do you wish? négliger, to neglect 
retenez, keep, remember le gout, taste 

presque pas, scarcely former, to form, improve 


Que lisez-vous la? Je lis le journal d’aujourd’hui. Nous le 
lisons aussi. Mon pére le lisait autrefois, mais a présent il ne 
le lit plus. * J’ai lu aujourd’hui la gazette de Baltimore. Mon 
pére lut. hier celle d’Illinois. Je lirai bientét un beau livre 
qu’on m’a prété. Nous lirions plus souvent, si nous avions 
plus de temps. Vous aimez donc beaucoup la lecture? Voulez- 
vous que je vous-lise cette lettre? Vous ne lisez pas bien. 
Comment faut-il lire ce mot-ci? Retenez bien ce que vous avez 
lu. Mes enfants ne lisent presque pas; ils ont peu de goat pour 
la lecture. Je leur dis souvent qu’ils ont tort de négliger la 
lecture, qui forme le coeur et l’esprit. 


22. allemand, —de, German aussi bien que, as well as 
francais, —Se, French le garcon, the boy, waiter 


What ne do you read? We read German books; but 
you are always reading French books. My brother never 
reads. My sisters used to.read (Imp.) every day to my uncle. 
We used formerly to read much more. Have you already 
read to-day’s paper? We have not yet read it, but I. think that 
my father has (read it). Will youread your uncle’s letter to me? 
I would read it willingly, if I had it with (swr) me. Do you wish 


me to read (that Im ay read) this letter to you? That boy 
has not read this morning. He must read this afternoon, Your 


brother reads as well as you. 


ee 


4 ae 


= Mex 


23. mettre, fo put, place, put on 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je mets, J put, J am putting 
tu mets, thou puttest 
il met, Ae puts 
nous mettons, we put 
vous mettez, you put 
ils mettent, they put 
Imp. je mettais, J was putting 
je mis, J put 
je mettrai, J shall put 
je mettrais, 7 should put 


Subjunctive Mood. 
que je mette, that I may put 
que je misse, that I might put 


p i ‘ol 
mettant, putting 
mis, put 


en ordre, in order a part, apart, aside 
le pantalon, the trowsers la mémoire, the memory 
le linge, the linen la gloire, the glory 
se mettre a table, to sitdown commettre, to commit 
to table Américain (m.), the American 


iS iS oe ae 


Mettez cette chaise a sa place. Je mets mes livres en ordre. 
Je les mets en ordre. Je mettrai aujourd’hui un autre habit. 
Ot avez-vous mis mon chapeau? Si je mettais d’autres bas, je 
mettrais aussi d’autres souliers, Je mis hier mon livre sur la 
table. J’ai mis ce matin mon habit dans le coffre; il faut que 
j'y mette aussi mon pantalon. Od voulez-vous que je mette 
votre linge? Croyez-vous que je l'aie mis sur le lit? Mettons- 
nous & table. Tout est mis enordre. Je mettrai ceci a part. 
La mémoire de Washington sera toujours chére aux Améri- 
cains, parce qu’il mettait sa gloire a les rendre heureux. Vous 
avez commis en cela une grande faute, | 


i), |. eee 


24, permettre, to permit — remettre, to remit, hand over 
promettre, to promise TVoccasion (f.), the opportunity 


Where have you put my books? Put this letter on my 
father’s table. I will put your coat in this room. Which coat 
will you put on to-day? Ifthe weather be (is) fine, I will put 
- on my white coat. I put your money yesterday on this table; 
have you found it-? My cousin seldom puts on these stockings. 
Permit me to (of) come in. Is it permitted to go away? You 
have promised to come (and) see me. The weather did not 
permit me to leave my room yesterday. I promised you to 
hand him over your letter. Why have you not yet handed it 
over to him? I have not yet had the opportunity to remit it to | 
him; I will remit it to him to-morrow. | 7 


28. prendre, to take, catch 


Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je prends, I take nous prenons, we take 

tu prends, thow takest vous prenez, you take 
il prend, he takes _ ils prennent, they take 

Imp. je prenais, J was taking 

Pret. je pris, J took 

Fut. je prendrai, I shail take 

Cond. je prendrais, J should take 


Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je prenne, that I may take 
Pret. que je prisse, that I might take 
Participles. 
Pres. prenant, taking 
Past. pris, taken 


la moitié, the half — danser, to dance 
le reste, the remainder comprendre, to comprehend, 
- encore un, une, another understand | 
_ remercier, to thank Véléve, (m. & f.) the pupil 

le bras, the arm la régie, the rule 


- apprendre, to learn, hear le sot, la sotte, the fool 


sd 
3 7 
Se ee | 


ote’ MR 


- Prenez un morceau de pain; je prends ceci pour moi, Com- 
bien en prenez-vous? Nous en prenons la moitié. Mes fréres 
prennent le reste. Voulez-vous prendre ma place? Je pris 
hier cet oiseau dans notre jardin. Prenez encore une tasse de 
café, Je vous remercie; j'en ai déja pris deux tasses. Je n’ai 
encore rien pris. Je prendrai une tasse de chocolat. Que 
voulez-vous que je prenne? Prenez cet enfant par la main. 
La servante le prendra sur son bras. Apprenez-vous 4 danser? 
Mes fréres apprennent le francais. J’ai appris que monsieur 
Horton est arrivé. Comprenez-vous cela? Je ne vous com- 
prends pas. J’espére que tous mes éléves ont compris cette 
régle. Pour qui me prenez-vous? Vous me prenez pour un sot. 


26, la lecon, the lesson expliquer, to explain 


Have you learnt to sing? Do you learn to sing? We are 
learning to Ge ge Your brother is always taking my pen. 
Why do you not also take his? We never take the pens of oo 
friends. Do you take a cup of tea? I thank you, I will 
a cup of milk. Have you learnt your lesson? I have not x 
learnt it; I will learn it this evening. Have you heard that 
your brother has departed for Philadelphia? I understand very 
well what you are explaining to me, Where did you catch 
(have you caught) that bird? 


27. faire, to make, do, cause 
Indicative Mood. 

Pres. je fais, J make, I am making 
tu fais, thou makest 
il fait, he makes 
nous faisons, we make 
vous faites, you make 
ils font, they make 

Imp. je faisais, J was making 

Pret. je fis, J made 
Fut. je ferai, J shall make 
Oond. je ferais, T should make 


ae RA 


: Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je fasse, that I may make 
Pret. que je fisse, that I might make 


: Participles. 
Pres. faisant, making 
Past. fait, made 





ne faire que, to do nothing but faire le tour, to walk round — 


faire voir, to show, let see non plus, either 
faire batir, to get built allumer, to light 
faire venir, to send for le paysage, the landscape 


Un et un font deux. Que faites-vous? Je fais ce que vous 
m’avez ordonné. Nous faisons notre devoir. Ces gargons 
ne font rien. Pourquoi ne font-ils rien? Parce que vous ne 
faites rien non plus. Et ces filles, n’ont-elles rien a faire? 
Ma sceur ne sait que faire. Que faisiez-vous lorsque je suis 
entré? J’allumais le feu. Je fis hier le tour de:la ville. La 
servante fera le lit tout a ’heure. Que ferez-vous ce soir? Je 
ferai ce soir ce que vous fites hier. Faisons toujours notre de- 
voir. Ne faites de mala personne. Si j’étais aussi riche que 
vous, je ferais batir une belle maison. Votre frére ne fait que 
pleurer. “Ces enfants ne font que jouer et manger. Faites-moi 
voir ce paysage. Je suis malade, je ferai venir le médecin. 


\ 
28. le pis ‘asa the G@mpliment frapper, to strike, beat 


What has the child’ done | ? Why do you strike him? Have 
_ you done what I (have) ordered you? I think that my uncle 
will do #. t- you-have~-been~ordered (what one ie 
ordéred to-y u). We do everything that our teacher orders 
- us (of) to do. We will take (make) a walk this afterndon. Do 
_ you wish me todo (that I may do) my exercise? Give-(make) | 


my compliments to your father. What was your brother doing ; RAs 
when that (is) happened? Do your duty, in order that you~ 


oe may not be punished. ~My tailor has, made me a very pretty 
coat, “This shoemaker does not maké good shoes, 


a, — 18 — 


29. connaitre, to know * 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je connais, / know 
tu connais, thou knowest 
il connait, he knows 
nous connaissons, we know 
vous connaissez, you know 
-~<ils connaissent, they know 
je connaissais, J was knowing 
je connus, J knew 
je connaitrai, J shall know 
je connaitrais, J should know 
Subjunctive Mood. 
que je connaisse, that I may know 
que je connusse, that J might know 
Participle. 
connaissant, knowing 
connu, known 


beaucoup de monde, many people _ie piano, the piano 

on voudrait, one (they) would wish Yhonneur (m.), the honor 

la connaissance, the acquaintance la voix, the voice 
 recdhnaitre, to recognize 


Connaissez-vous cette dame-ci, ou celle-la? A présent je 
vous connais,. Me connaissez-vous aussi? Je ne connais per- 
sonne ici. Votre frére me connait trés-bien. Nous connaissons 
beaucoup de monde ici. J’ai reconnu votre cousin a la voix. 
J’ai bien connu votre oncle. Si je connaissais votre mére, je 
lui parlerais, Mon frére ne vous reconnaitra plus. Demandez- 
lui s’il me connait encore. On voudrait que je fisse la connais- 
sance de mademoiselle Armand, parce qu’elle joue bien du 
piano. Il faut faire sa connaissance. Je vous ai vu avec une 
de vos connaissances que je n’ai pas l’honneur de Cuamaiire: 


gid ig EFS 


30. ne..aucun, aucune, notany plus de monde, more pate 
la moitié de la ville, half the town  sortir, to go out. 


These children know everybody.” I know this man, I Wigs 
often seen him at my uncle’s. Do ope know these lads also? 


his Ae, 


12 


: I do not know any of them. We haye known you for (we know 


: 
> 


you since) a long time. My friend does not recognize me. 
Does He no lofger know you? He will know you very well. 
We should know more people, if we went out oftener; in Brigh- 
ton we knew half the town, here we know only one family. I 
should not know him if he were (was) not with his father. 


ol. croire, to believe, think, be of opinion 


Indicative Mood. 


Pres, je crois, I believe nous croyons, we believe 
tu crois, thou believest . vous croyez, you believe 
il croit, he believes. ils croient, they believe 
Imp. je croyais, J was believing 
Pret. je crus, I believed 
Fut. je croirai, J shall believe 
Cond. je croirais, J should believe 


Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres, que je croie, that I may believe 
Pret. que je crusse, that I might believe 
Participles. 
Pres. croyant, believing 
Past. cru, believed - 





la chose, the thing le contraire, the contrary 
_ incroyable, incredible crédule, credulous 
justement, exactly le menteur, the liar 


Je crois qu’il est déja tard. Nous ne le croyons pas. Le 
croyez-vous? Je ne le crois pas. Mon frére ne le croit pas 
non plus. Si je le croyais, je me tromperais. Je n’ai jamais 
cru cela. Qui aurait cru cela? Je le croirais, si vous me le 
disiez. . C’est une chose incroyable. Ne croyez pas cela. Il ne 
faut pas tout croire. Nous croyons justement Je contraire. 
Ces messieurs ne le croient pas. Comment voulez-vous que je 
croie cela? Votre frére croyait tout ce qu’on lui disait; il était 
trop crédule. Ne le croyez pas; c’est un menteur. II ne le 
croirait pas, s'il vous connaissait. | 


¥ 


/ 


32. pas du tout, not at all impossible, impossible 

Do you think (that) my father is right? No, I think (that) 
he is wrong. Do you think that he has done it? I do not 
believe it at all. Your sister is very credulous, she believes 
all she is told (that which one tells her). I will believe you 
no more. We do not think that he will arrive to-day. I have 
said so-(it) to these children, but they do not believe it. They 
would think so, if their father had told them. You are writing 
it to your uncle, but he will not believe it. It is impossible that 
he should (may) believe it. We shall not believe i either. 
Believe me, I always tell the truth. 


33, boire, to drink 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je bois, J drink nous buvons, we drink 
tu bois, thou drinkest vous buvez, you drink 
il boit, he drinks ils boivent, they drink 
Imp. je buvais, J was drinking 
Pret. je bus, J drank 
Fut. je boirai, 7 shall drink 
Oond. je boirais, J should drink 
Subjunctive Mood. 
eo . Pres. que je boive, that I may drink 
é ae Pret.” que je busse, that I might drink 
Participles. 
Pres. buvant, drinking 
Past. bu, drunk 





gater, to spoil chacun, —une, each one, every one | 
ne,...que, only, but, nothing but Dre use 

N’avez-vous rien & boire ici? Buvez, s'il vous plaity Je ne 
‘bois pas de vin. Nous ne buvons que de Veau, et: mon frére 
“poit de la bidre. Vous ne buvez pas? 0 J’ai Vhonneur de boire 


‘a votre santé, Si je buvais avant midi, je gaterais mon appétit. — 

_ Je bus hier un grand verre de biére; mais aujourd’hui j’ai bu 
‘\y du vin? Quand jfaurai bu, vous boirez aussi. Mais n’en buvez 
pas trop. Nous boirons ensemble, II a un peu trop Yi Qui 


a 7] 


, — wre 2 a 

"8 be ae (olik of mon verre? Nous avons assez bu. Le vin 
que nous bimes hier, était si bon que chacun de nous en but une 
bouteille. Il ne faut pas que nous buvions trop. 


&4, trop peu, too little la goutte, the drop 
indisposé, —ée, indisposed ou..ou, either. .or 
ainé, ainée, Saad fed Qe elle devient, she becomes 


_ I think (that) he has drunk too much: he has drunk a bottle 
of wine. If I had some wine, I would not drink this beer. You 
drink too little. Why do you not drink? I would drink more 
if I were not indisposed. Will you not drink another glass of 
wine? I will drink no more to-day. How do you like (find) 
this wine? This wine is.excellent; I have often drunk (of) it. 
Do your brother and sister also drink wine? My eldest brother 
drinks nothing but water, and my sister has never drunk a drop 
of beer. If she drinks either wine or beer, she becomes ill. 


36. | venir, to come ~ 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je viens, [come,amcoming nous venons, we come 
tu viens, thou comest vous venez, you come 
il vient, he comes ils viennent, they come 
Imp. je venais, J was coming 
Pret. je vins, J came é 
Fut. je viendrai, I shall come A 
Cond. je viendrais, J should come Ne) 





Subjuncti lal ie 
ubjunctive Mood. | 

Pres. que je vienne, that J may come 

Pret. que je vinsse, that I might come 

Participles. 

Pres. venant, coming 

Past. venu, come 
dou? whence? pourtant, however, yet 
le logis, the house, dwelling _revenir, to return, come back 
huit jours, a week se souvenir de, to remember 


fort 4 propos, quite opportunely 
je viens de chez mon oncle, I come from my uncle’s 
il vient de sortir, he is just gone out (he comes from going out) 


' gece 


gg SH A 


D’otd venez-vous si tard? Je viens d’une longue promenade. 
Nous venons de l’église. D’ou veniez-vous ce matin, lorsque 
je vous ai rencontré? Je venais de chez mon oncle qui est 
arrivé il y a huit jours. Je vins hier trop tard; mais ce matin 
je suis venu plus tot, Si j’étais venu un peu plus tard, je serais 
arrivé avec vos soeurs. Je viendrais plus tot, si j’en avais le 
temps. Je voudrais pourtant que vous vinssiez a huit heures. 
Monsieur votre pére est-il au logis? Non, il vient de sortir. 
Oud sont mesdemoiselles vos soeurs? Elles viennent d’arriver de 
Newport. Vous venez fort a propos, j'ai un mot a vous dire. 
Quand étes-vous revenu? Reviendra-t-il bientét? Je m’en’ 
souviendrai toute ma vie. Vous ne vous étes pas souvenu de moi. 


36. avare, avaricious  devenir, to become 
dans peu de temps, in a short time 

You are (come) very late, my dear Charles. I come from 
Mr. Horton’s, who is ill. Is my brother come? Your father 

ll come also. When will your sister come to Lexington? 

ill you come to our house to-morrow? If I have time I will 
come; you used to come (Imp.) almost every day to see us. 
At what o'clock will.your brother come? My father wishes you 
to come (that you may come) also. My aunt will not return 
‘morrow. This merchant has (is) become very rich in a 
“tt time. This girl will be (become) very beautiful. Your 
ther no longer remembers me. We always remember our 
_ariends. Your friends have (are) become very avaricious. We 
have just seen your uncle. Is your brother at home? No, he 
is just gone out. | 


37. tenir, to hold, keep 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je tiens, hold, am holding nous tenons, we hold — 
tu tiens, thou holdest vous tenez, you hold 
il tient, he holds ils tiennent, they hold 
Imp. je tenais, J was holding 
Pret. je tins, J held © 
Fat. je tiendrai, Z shall hold 
- Oond. je tiendrais, 7 should hold 


 — 23 — 


Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je tienne, that I may hold 
Pret. que je tinsse, that I might hold 
| Participles. 
Pres. tenant, holding 
Past. tenu, held: 


nn 


tenez, here le soutien, the support 
retenir, to keep, keep back  pressé,—ée, in a hurry 
appartenir, to belong _—_—speutt-étre, perhaps | 
soutenir, to sustain, affirm seul, seule, only...., alone 


_ Que tenez-vous dans votre main? Je tiens un livre. Que 
croyez-vous que je tienne? Je crois que vous tenez le canif 
que mon frére a perdu. ‘Tenez, voila un écu pour le pauvre 
homme qui est a la porte. Vous retenez le bien d’autrui. 
Retenez bien ce que vous apprenez par coeur. A qui appar- 
tient cette maison? ‘Toutes ces maisons et tous ces jardins 
appartiennent au voisin de notre oncle. “Mon frére soutient 
qu’on l’a trompé. Vous soutenez toujours le contraire de ce 
que les autres disent. Mon ami a obtenu une bonne place; il 
est le seul soutien de sa famille. Vous étes pressé; je vous 
retiens peut-étre. Je reviendrai dans une heure. II vient de 
parler a son frére. Nous venons de trouver le chien. 


38, savant, savante;, learned la permission, the permission, 
tenir parole, to keep one’s word leave 


My cousin will return to-morrow; he has (is) “become very 
learned. He (holds) has a a, good place. You have not. kept 
(your) word. You did not return (are not returned). T held 
your letter i in my hand when my father came yesterday. My 
uncle affirms “that Mr. Somerville will not return. To whom 
do: these beautiful meadows belong? < These meadows formerly 
belonged to my uncle; but now they belong to ‘the town. This 
book belongs to one of my friends who has. lent it tome. He 
does not remember (of) to have lent it to me. You will not 
obtain your father’s permission. I shall obtain everything from 
‘my father, if I am industrious. 


oi Sian seas 


39. servir, to serve, wait on 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je sers, I serve nous servons, we serve 
tu sers, thou servest vous servez, you serve 
il sert, he serves ils servent, they serve 
Imp. je servais, / was serving 
Pret. je servis, J served 
Fut. je servirai, 7 shall serve 
Oond. je servirais, J should serve 
Subjunctive Mood. 

Pres. que je serve, that J may serve 
Pret. que je servisse, that I might serve 
; Participles. 
Pres, servant, serving 
Past. servi, served 

servir a, to serve for, to be of use to 

servir de, to serve for, or instead of 

se servir de, to make use of, to use 

on a servi, they have served up 

“<——"* a quoi sert cela? what is the use of that? 
cela ne sert de rien, that is quite useless 





_récompenser, to reward le pouvoir, the power 
le-prochain, the neighbor le bouchon, the cork 


or nmag ox 
Je sers volontiers mes amis. Nous servons tout le monde. 
Votre ami ne sert personne. Servez vos parents, et vous serez 
récompensés. J’ai toujours servi mon prochain. Je vous ser- 


virais volontiers, si cela était éi mon,-pou ait atiA qual cele 
sert-il? Cela sert a plusieurs choses. ouchon, 


Cela ne vous servira de rien. Je me servirai de vos livres. 
Je ne m’en sers plus. Servez-vous des miens. Combien de 
temps avez-vous servi? Je n’ai servi que trois ans. Je vou- 
drais avoir servi plus longtemps. Cette action servira a votre 
gloire.. On a servi; mettons-nous a table, Voulez-vous que je 
vous serve de cela? 


ove, :, Meee 


40. le régiment, the regiment le plus, the most 
la voiture, the carriage le dictionnaire, the dictionary 


This young man has served in my uncle’s regiment. We 
must always serve our friends willingly. Your cousin has served 
me the most. Use this penknife; it is better than that. I shall 
make use of your book. My servant has-waited on me for 
seven years (waits on-me since seven years). We often make 
use of this carriage. I wish you to serve (that you may serve) 
me in this affair. I shall be very grateful to-you-for (of). it. 
When I write in French I seldom use the dictionary. 


thes It4A30 GY RMA, 
oe 8B 7 gortir, to go out 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je sors, J go out nous sortons, we go out 
tu sors, thou goest out’ vous sortez, you go out 
‘il sort, he goes out ils sortent, they go out 


Imp. je sortais, f was going out 

Pret. je sortis, 2 went out 

Fut. je sortirai, J shali go out 

Cond. je sortirais, I should go out 
Subjunctive Mood. 

Pres. que je sorte, that I may go out 
Pret. que je sortisse, that I might go out 
Participles. 

Pres. sortant, going out 
Past. sorti, gone out 





de bonne heure, early tous les matins, every morning 


Mes fréres sortent souvent. Je sors tous les matins a sept 
heures. Bt toi, 4 quelle heure sors-tu?” Je ne sors pas de si 
bonne heure. Nous sortons toutes les aprés-midi, mais vous 
ne sortez presque jamais. Si je sortais aprés vous, j’arriverais 

_ trop tard. Sortons ensemble; mais ne sortons pas avant midi. 

' Je sortis hier a six heures: demain, je sortirai de trés-bonne 
heure. Et vous, a quelle heure sortites-vous? Je suis sorti un 
peu plus tard aujourd’hui. Vous étes sorti sans me le dire. Si 
jétais sorti, je vous l’aurais dit. Demain je sortirai de bonne 


P. 


Y 


—_ 2 ae 


heure. Pourquoi n’étes-vous pas sorti avec moi? Tl faut que 
je sorte 4 sept heures et demie. | 

42, Why do you not go out? Are you ill? I shall go ott 
later. I shall have two letters to write. ‘Tas your brother 
gone out? No, he has not gone out; but he will go out soon. 
I would go out now if I had finished my letters. Wait a little; 
we will go out together:¢ You very seldom go out. Have 
you so much to do? We must go out now; come with us. 
Every one ifs gone out. I should like to go out also, If I 
had not so much business, I would come toanorrow morning. 
Our uncle rises at seven o’clock, and goes-out at nine. My 
friends rise every morning at five, and go out at eight. 


43. partir, to go away, depart, set out, start 


Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je pars, / go away nous partons, we go away 
tu pars, thow goest away vous partez, you go away 
il part, he goes away ils partent, they go away 


Imp. je partais, J was going away 
Pret. je partis, J went away 
Fut. je partirai, J shall go away 
Qond. je partirais, J should go away 
Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je parte, that J may go away 
Pret. que je partisse, that I might go away 
Particip! 
Pres. partant, going away 
Past. parti, gone away 
dormir, to sleep 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je dors, J sleep, am sleeping nous dormons, we sleep 
tu dors, thow sleepest vous dormez, you sleep 
il dort, he sleeps ils dorment, they sleep 
Imp. je dormais, / was sleeping 
Pret. je dormis, J slept 
re Fut. je dormirai, J shall sleep 
Cond. je dormirais, J should sleep 


cai MOIS 


Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je dorme, that I may sleep 
Pret. que je dormisse, that I might sleep 


Participles. 
Pres. dormant, sleeping 
Past. dormi, slept 


aprés-demain, the day after to-morrow sintionky’ what ! 

avant-hier, the day before yesterday laisser, to let, leave 

s’endormir, to fall asleep le sommeil, (the) sleep 
endormi, —ie, asleep 


Je pars demain pour Wilmington. Nous partons aprés- 
demain pour Savannah. Si vous partez, mon frére ainé par- 
tira avec vous. Nous partirons done ensemble. II faut que 
je parte bientot. Croyez-vous que mon oncle soit déja parti? 
Comment! vous étes encore au lit! Laissez-moi dormir. Vous 
dormez beaucoup trop. Avez-vous bien dormi? Je voudrais 
dermir encere une heure. J’ai sommeil; je m’endormirai 
bientét. Je m’endormis (07, je me suis endormi) avant-hier 
atable. Si j’étais seul, je m’endormirais aussi. Je voudraig 
que cet enfant fait endormi. | 


44, |’ Angleterre (f.), England éveiller, ; 
la Suisse, Switzerland réveiller: 
se rendormir, to fall asleep again 


When shall you set out for England? TI shall ‘start to- 
morrow, or the»day after to-morrow. When did-(@s) your 
father set out for Switzerland? He (is) set out the day before 
yesterday. I would set out for Washington this evening if I 
had a good horse. At what hour shall you set out? My chil- 
dren are still asleep; wake them. I awoke (have ai them 


1 to wake up 


two hours ago; but they have fallen asleep againg” When I 
(shall) have slept six hours you will wake me up. here is 
your brother? Is he still in bed? He is still sleeping, but I 
have not (moi, je n’ai pas) slept at all. I should be sleeping 
now if you had not awaked me. Is your sister at home? No, 
she went out (is gone out) an hour : ee Where is your eet | ? 
He (is) set out for Switzerland. 


45, sentir, to feel, smell ‘y 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je sens, J feel nous sentons, we feel 

tu sens, thou feelest vous sentez, you feel 

il sent, he feels ils sentent, they feel 

Imp. je sentais, J was feeling 

Pret. je sentis, J felt f 
Fut. je sentirai, J shall feel 

Cond. je sentirais, J should feel 


Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je sente, that I may feel 
Pret. que je sentisse, that I might fee! 


Participles. 
Pres. sentant, feeling 


Past. senti, felt 


Conjugate in the same manner: 
mentir, to lie; se repentir, to repent 


sentir bon, to smell nice Ace ir mauvais, to smell bad 
sentir le brailé, to smell burnt ae «plus jamais, never again 
lodeur (f.), the odor, smell __la douleur, the pain 
de loin, from afar parfumé, —ée, scented 

que, how! 


Cela sent bon. Qu’est-ce qui sent si mauvais? Que ces 
fleurs sentent bon! C’est une odeur agréable; je |’ai sentie 
de loin. Toute la chambre en est encore parfumée. Voulez- 
vous sentir quelque chose de bon? Je ne sens rien. La viande 
sent le brilé. Pourquoi mentez-vous? Je ne mens pas. Je 
n’ai pas menti depuis longtemps. Si j’avais menti, je le dirais. 
Je ne mentirai plus jamais. Pourquoi mentirais-je?. Voulez- 
vous que je mente? I] ecroit que j'ai menti. Je voudras 
n’avoir pas menti. Je sens que j’ai tort. Mon pére sent de 
grandes dowleurs. Je me repens de ma faute. Je m’en repen- 
tiral toute ma vie. Mon frére se repent aussi d’avoir menti. 
Vous avez fait une grande faute, vous vous @n repentirez un 
jour. Je m’en suis déja repenti. 


sia 2 NE te. 


46,  offensex, to offend une fois, once 
) Ppardonnen, to Sorgive deu3 fois, twice 
BD) . I ay DaAAL Geias WI Ae? TY AA. 


: We must never lie. I should lie, if I said that I have had 
_ much business. My brother never lies; he loves the truth. | 
. These flowers smelt i nice; 5 but, _ those smell bad. You have 
- offended me much. I am sorry fr its Forgive me. Tf you feel 
that you’ are ‘wrong, I will forgive you. I have once lied; but 
- I will never lie again. My brother also has repented Bf bis 
fault. I smell something nice. How nice these apples smell! 


Does the meat smell burnt? Bren. 
47. couvrir, to cover 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je couvre, J cover nous couvrons, we cover 
tu couvres, thou coverst vous couvrez, you cover 
il couvre, he covers ils couvrent, they cover 


Imp. je couvrais, J was covering 

Pret. je couvris, I covered 

Fut. je c&ivrirai, J shall cover 

Cond. je couvrirais, J should cover 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Pres. que je couvre, that I may cover 

Pret. que je couvrisse, that I might cover 
Participles. 

Pres. cOuvrant, covering 

Past. couvert, covered 

 ————— 


Conjugate in the same manner: 
souffrir, to suffer; offrir, to offer; ouvrir, to open 


la fenétre, the window il veut, he wishes 
limpertinence (f.), (the) impertinence le vase, the vessel, vase 
le tableau, the picture crever, to burst 
toucher, to touch Vassiette (f.), the plate 


Ouvrez la porte. La porte est ouverte. N’ouvrez pas la 
_ fenétre. Qui a ouvert toutes les fenétres? Mon frére ouvre 
* toujours la porte et les fenétres. J'ai recu une lettre de ton 
ami; mais je ne l’ouvrirai pas. Le domestique qui m’ouvrit 


a (Ne 


hier la porte, m’a dit que tu n’étais pas au logis. Faut-il que 
je souffre cela? J’ai assez souffert. Je ne souffrirai plus ces 
impertinences. Couvrez ce tableau. Jel’ai déja couvert. Ne 
couvrez pas ces fleurs. Le jardinier ne veut pas qu’on les 
couvre. Si j’avais couvert ce vase, il aurait crevé. Quoique 
j'aie couvert ces fruits d’une assiette, on y f pourtant touché, — 
hand CoRR AL Aa Ad ee’ a Soha 
48, aussit6t, immediately ily a quelqu’nn, there is somebody 
il fait froid, it is cold se couvrir, to put.on one’s hat 
Who is there? ‘Open the door Meee there is some 
one there. Has the servant opened the door? No, he has not 
“-/pepened it. Who has left it open? These soldiers have suffered 
“much. Do not cover the vase. We have already covered it. 
My master does not wish it-to-be_covered (that one may cover 
it). Phere isa bad smell (it smells bad) in this room. Do you 
wish me to open (that I may open) all the windows? Yes, Sir, 
open them if you please. Put on your hat; it is cold. 


49, pouvoir, to be able 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je puis, je peux, J can nous pouvons, we can 
tu peux, thou canst vous pouvez, you can 
il peut, he can ils peuvent, they can 
Imp. je pouvais, J could 
Pret. je pus, J could 
Fut. je pourrai, J shall be able 
Cond. je pourrais, / should be able 
Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je puisse, that I may be able 
Pret, que je pusse, that I might be able 
Participles. 
Pres. pouvant, being able 
Past. pu, been able 


aller, to go puis-je? may I? 


jusque, as far as,up to loin, far 
le marché, the market de retour, returned, on returning 


— 838i 

Pouveéz-vous faire cela? Oui, je le puis; mais mon frére ne 

le peut pas. Nous ne le pouvons pamycn plus; mais nos sceurs 
le peuvent bien. Si je pouvais aller jusqu’au marché, j’aché- 
terais de la viande. Je n’ai pu sortir hier du logis (de chez 
moi). Je pourrai peut-étre sortir demain. Si j’avais pu lui 
écrire, je l’aurais fait avec plaisir. Croyez-vous que je puisse 
~ porter cela? Il ne croyait pas que je pusse jeter si loin. Je 
voudrais que nous pussions sortir,et que yous 5 pussiez giler avec 
nous. Votre pére n’est-il pas. Beg POre de. reto on, m 
peut revenir aujourd’hui, Je ne “6 
parce que mon pere 1 nD était | as 













50. Your, brother can carry this letter 
you ‘tell me what o clock it is? eannot. 
a: watch I should be. able 
to go out to-day, bees can 
be able to come. I don 
_ able to come) now. 






L, Sha | Aish your. 
exercises? Wes shall be ‘ble‘to finish them this afternoon. I 
have not yet. been able to tell him that you have come.,, These 
children cannot 20 out, because they are ilk’ I should ] é able 
5 LO lend : yon this book if it pelengod, amp. to me. 


Ue es 








Z et a See pete Pa Get Me 
51. - savoir, to iene know how, be able 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres, je sais, I know nous savons, we know 
tu sais, thou knowest vous savez, you know 
il sait, he knows ils savent, they know 


Imp. je savais, J knew 
Pret. je sus, J knew 
Fut. je saurai, J shall know 
Cond. je saurais, J should know 
eink Subjunctive Mood. 
. que je sache, that I may know 


Participles. 
» sachant, knowing 
. su, known 





~_ 


a RE eee 


il sait écrire, he knows how to write, he can write 
je ne saurais le faire, J should not know how to doit, Icannot do it 
que je sache, that J may know, as Jar as I know 





le grec, Greek savoir bon gré, to take kindly 
mourir, to die douter fort, to doubt very much 
le nom, the name la langue, the language 


Savez-vous quand mon pére reviendra? Je ne le sais pas. 
Votre sceur le sait-elle? Elle ne le sait pas non plus. Savez- 
vous danser? Je !‘ai su autrefois, mais je ne le sais plus a pré- 
sent. Votre frére sait-il le grec? Oui, il le sait. Nous savons tous 
qu'il faut mourir. Votre cousin savait plusieurs langues. Je ne 
saurais rién refuser 4 mes amis. Il ne croit pas que je sache 
le latin. On doutait fort qu'il le sit. On voudrait que je l’eusse 
su plus tot. Il ne sait passes régles. Je n’en ai rien su. Il n’est . 
pas ici, que je sache.. Je ne saurais vous le dire. Je ne sais 
que faire, que dite. Je ne vous en sais pas bon gré. . César, 
dit-on, savait par cceur les noms de tous ses soldats. Savez-vous’ 
pourquoi je lai fait? I sait l’allemand et le frangais. 


I do not know who has taken your knife. Do you know 
a5) My brotliers knew that my uncle would come here. I 
shall soon know who has done that. We do not know yet 
whet we Shall set out. You will know it to-morrow. Can you 
draw? © E-eould draw (knew how to draw) very well formerly, 
but now I draw very badly. Do you know where he lives? 
Do you know Latin? ,I do not know it, but I know French. 
Do those children know how to read ? They ean (know som to) 
_ read and write very well. 


53. waloir, to be worth 
Pres. je vaux, J am worth nous valons, we are worth 
tu vaux, thou art worth vous valez, you are worth 
il vaut, he is worth ils valent, they are worth 
Imp. je valais, J was worth 
Pret. je valus, Twas worth 
Fut. je vaudrai, I shall be worth 
Cond. je vaudrais, J should be worth 


doo ae ek 


é Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je vaille, that I may be worth 
Pret. que je valusse, that I might be worth 


Participles. 
Pres. valant, being worth 
Past. valu, been worth 


pas grand’chose, not much se sauver, to make one’s escape 
s’occuper, to occupy one’s self se rendre, tayield, surrender 
sérieux, —euse, serious s’exposer, to expose one’s self 
la maniére, the manner se taire, to be silent 

il vaut mieux, itis better  —ile danger, the danger 


chez soi, at home — 


Son livre vaut plus que son cahier. Combien vaut cela? ov, 
_ Combien cela vaut-il? Cela ne vaut rien. Que peut valoir cette 
‘Maison? Cette maison ne vaut pas a ‘chose. Ce garcon 
‘ne yaudra jamais rien. Cet homme n’a jamais rien valu. S’il 
-valait quelque chose, il s’occuperait d’une maniére sérieuse. 
Que croyez-vous gue cela vaille? Il ne croyait pas que ma 
montre valit tant d’argent. Il vaut mieux se taire que de mal 
parler. Il vaut mieux aller seul que d’étre mal accompagné. 
Ne valait-il pas mieux se sauver que de se rendre? Il vaut 
mieux rester chez soi que de s’exposer au danger. Ne vaudrait- 
il pas mieux boire un verre de vin que deux verres d’eau? 
Vaut 1 mieux tard que jamais. 


_ &4, _ injustement, wnjustly 


How much is this cloth worth? It is worth four francs an 
(the) ell. Last year is was worth only two francs and a half 
“an (the) ell. In alittle time it will be worthmore. This coat is. 
worth nothing. I do not think that this ig* (may be) worth 
more. Of these two things, the “one is worth as much as the 
other. Tt i is better to suffér than (of) to act. unjustly. It will 
be better to do that TOW, than (of) to wait any longer. It is 
nothing (is worth. nothing). Would it not be better to. work 
~ than (of) to take a walk? 


Co al 


565, voir, to see 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je vois, J see nous voyons, we see 
tu vois, thow seest vous voyez, you see 
il voit, he sees ils voient, they see 
Imp. je voyais, J was seeing 
Pret. je vis, / saw 
Fut. je verrai, J shall see 
Oond. je verrais, J should see 
Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je voie, that J may see 
Pret. que je visse, that I might sec 
Participles. 
Pres. voyant, seeing 
Past. vu, seen 


la peine, the pain, trouble la lumiére, the light 
valoir la peine, to be worth while la chandelle, the candle 





est-ce que vous y voyez encore? can you still see? 


Que vois-je? Ne le voyez-vous pas? Je ne voisrien. Mais 
voyez done un peu. II vaut bien la peine de le voir. Voyons 
ce que c’est. Si je voyais seulement une de mes connaissances! | 
J’ai vu votre cousin; mais vous ne l’avez pas vu. Je le verrai 
bientét, et vous le verrez aussi. Je le vis hier se promener. 
Ne me voyez-vous pas? Jean, voyez qui c’est. Nous avons vu 
aujourd’hui ce que vous vites hier. Nous verrons demain ce 
que vous avez vu ce matin. Mes sceurs le verront aussi. Je 
vois bien qu’il ne le peut pas. Voyez-vous que j’avais raison? 
Ce garcon gatera tout, vous verrez. Mon cousin est venu me 
voir. Voulez-vous que j’apporte de la lumiére, ou est-ce que 
vous y voyez encore? Mettez la chandelle sur la table. 


|—«O6. je n’y vois plus, J can see no longer 
jai la vue basse, J am short-sighted 
jai la vue bonne, J have good sight 
jai mal‘aux yeux, J have sore eyes 


entendre, to hear l’eeil, les yeux (m.), the eye 


Ce WET nies 


Have you seen it? You see well that I cannot do this. I 
saw him go away. I saw his mother die. We can see (we 
there see) no longer; give us a candle. We see with (of) the 
eyes, and we hear with (of) the ears. We saw yesterday what 
you have not seen. I shall see many people to-day at the 
promenade. Do you see (Sing.) how I do this? I do not see 
your sister; is she ill? Do you think that I see her? I thought 
that you had seen her. Do your brothers not see you every 
day? Are you short-sighted? No, I am not short-sighted; but 
my eyes are sore. Your brother has good sight; he sees 
everything. 


OF. vouloir, to wish, be willing, have a mind 


Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je veux, wish | nous voulons, we wish 

tu veux, thou wishest vous voulez, you wish 
il veut, he wishes - ils veulent, they wish 

Imp. je voulais, J was wishing 

Pret. je voulus, J wished 

Fut. je voudrai, J shall wish 

Cond. je voudrais, J should wish 


Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je veuille, that J may wish 
Pret. que je voulusse, that I might wish 
Participles. 3 
Pres. voulant, wishing . 
Past. voulu, wished 


la France, France de mauvaise humeur, in a bad temper 
envoyer, to send le voyage, the journey 


je veux bien, I am perfectly willing, most willingly, with 
veuillez, be so kind, have the kindness [pleasure 
je voudrais bien, J should like very much 

voudriez-vous? would you have the kindness ? 


~ Que voulez-vous faire? Je veux me promener. Si vous le 
voulez, je le veux bien aussi. L’un le veut, et l’autre ne le veut 
pas. Mes sceurs le veulent encore moins. On voulait m’en- 


voyer en France; mais je ne l’ai pas vonlu. Si je l’avais voulu, 
je serais déja parti, Voulez-vous faire une promenade avec 
moi? Je le veux bien; mais attendez un moment; je deman- 
derai & mon frére s’il veut venir avec nous, Je crois qu’il ne le 
voudra pas, car il est de mauvaise humeur. Bien! s’il ne le 
veut pas, nous nous proménerons seuls. Je voudrais bien faire 
un petit voyage. Mon oncle ne croit pas que je veuille partir, 
Je n’aurais jamais voulu faire cela. Voudriez-vous bien me 
faire un plaisir? Vous le pouvez, si vous le voulez. Veuillez 
me rendre ce service. 


58, détenir, to detain persuadé, —ée, convinced 


My brothers will not wait any longer. Will You accompany 
me? Most willingly (I will it well); but I have business (des 
affaires) which will detain me. We wish you to become (that 
you may become) more industrious, and to do (that you may 
do) your exercises. My sisters do not wish it. Do you think 
that my father will permit (may be willing to permit) it? He 
will not wish it, I (of it) am convinced. Are you willing to 
render me a service? I will do it with pleasure if I (it) can. 
These children are not willing: to learn their <p, 


59. devoir, to owe, must, ought 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je dois, / owe nous devons, we owe 
tu dois, thow owest vous devez, you owe 
il doit, he owes - ils doivent, they owe 
Imp. je devais, I owed 
Pret. je dus, J owed 
Fut. je devrai, J shall owe 7 
Gond. je devrais, J should owe “3 
Mood. | 
Pres. que je doive, that I may owe 
Pret. que je dusse, that I might owe 
Participles. 
Pres. devant, owing 
Past. di, owed 


pe ee 


je dois partir, I am to set out, I have to set out 

tu dois partir, thou art to set out, thou hast to set out 

il doit partir, he is to set out, he has to set out 

il devait partir, he was to set out 

il devrait partir, he ought to set out, he should set out 

il aurait da partir, he should have, he ought to have set out 


embarrassé,—ée, troubled le sou, the sou, cent 
inquiet, inquiéte, anxious lhdte, the landlord 
au lieu de, instead of le pays, the country 


Je dois aller au marché. Nous devons partir demain. Je 
devais venir 4 deux heures. Vous deviez venir plus tot. Si je 
devais faire cela, je serais bien embarrassé. Je devrais écrire 
4 ma sceur, car elle doit (must) étre inquiéte. Vous devriez 
m’attendre, c’est votre devoir. Je devais partir aujourd’hui. 
‘Si j/avais dt attendre plus longtemps, je n’aurais pas été con- 
tent. | Croyez-vous que je doive soufirir cela? Vous auriez dt 

venir ici, au lieu d’aller dans ce pays-la. Combien vous dois-je? 

Vous me devez beaucoup. Vous ne me devez plus rien.« Je 
ne vous dois rien. Si je vous devais quelque chose, je vous 
paierais. Je devais beaucoup autrefois; mais je ne dois plus 
rien a présent. Combien devez-vous au tailleur? Je ne lui dois 
pas un sou. J’ai da jusqu’a cent francs 4 mon hodte; mais je 
ne lui dois plus rien. Ce monsieur doit beaucoup. Tous les 
hommes doivent mourir. 


60. se méler de, to meddle with a temps, in time 


We ought always to do our duty. I ought to tell you that 
Ido not love you. _ You should not go out without telling (it) 
me. These children have (are) to setout to-day. A young 
-man. should not (ought. not to ) meddle with. everything. I 
‘must go very fast if I wish to arrive in time. Here is the 
landlord; do you ‘not owe him something? No, I owe him 
‘nothing; but my brothers owe him ten dollars. ‘These scholars 
* ought to write their exercises better. Those children ought to 
obey their parents. You ought to pay (for) the coat which 
ib bought yesterday. 


— eo 


61. falloir, to be necessary 
Indicative Mood. 
ii faut, it is necessary 
il fallait, it was necessary 
il fallut, it was necessary 
il faudra, it will be necessary 
il faudrait, it would be necessary ; 


Subjunctive. 
qu’il faille, that it may be necessary 
qu'il fallat, that it might be necessary 
‘ Participles. 
; fallu, been necessary 


ad EFS 7 


Z 





il faut sortir, we, you, or one must go out 

il ne faut pas mentir, we, you or one must not lie 
il faut que je sorte, ) 
il me faut sortir, | 1 must go out 
il faut que nous parlions, ) 
il nous faut parler, { $F Zee speak 

sil me faut un livre, J want (must have) a book - 


il lui faut un livre, he wants (must have) a book 


avouer, to admit tout de suite, at once 
par conséquent, therefore empécher, to prevent, hinder 
la bouche, the mouth tel, telle, such; bien, certainly 


Nous avons deux yeux et deux oreilles; mais nous n’avons 
qu’une bouche: il faut par conséquent beaucoup voir, beaucoup 
entendre, mais peu parler. [I] faut avouer que cela est trés- 
beau. Que faut-il faire pour empécher un tel malheur? Com- 
ment faut-il dire? Il faut toujours travailler; il ne faut pas 
étre paresseux. Il faudra avoir patience. Que faites-vous? 
Il faut que j’écrive. Que fait votre cousin? II faut qu’il ap- 
prenne sa lecon. II fallut que je fisse tout cela. Il faudra que 
je sorte un moment. Il faut que turestes ici. Il faut que nous 
écrivions. Il faut que mes fréres travaillent. I] faut que je 
lui écrive de venir vous voir. Il faut toujours faire son devoir. 
Il ne faut point faire le mal. I ne fallait pas faire cela. Il 
faudrait bien le lui-dire.- Il me faut de l’encre. Il leur faut 
des plumes. II me faut tout de suite du feu, 


a Ne 


62, We must do our exercises. You must come back this week. 
You must say it. You must not do that. What must I write? 
You will be obliged to eat this. You must remain here; you 
must not go out... Your brother must not write so fast. Your 
sisters must return soon. My child, you must be more indus- 
trious. We must set out to-morrow. I must write to my father 
to-day. Your sister must learn her lesson. If you wish to take 
a walk, you must go out before two o’clock. We want (or 
must have) a knife. They want (or must have) pencils. 


63. | aller, to go 
: Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je vais, J go nous allons, we go 
tu vas, thou goest vous allez, you go 
il va, he goes ils vont, they go 
Imp. j’allais, J was. going 
Pret, j’allai, J went 
Fut. jirai, Z shall go 
Cond. j’irais, Z should go 
Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres, que j’aille, that I may go 
Pret. que j’allasse, that I might go 
Participles. 
Pres. allant, going 
Past. allé, gone 


s’en aller, to go away 
Indicative Mood. 


Pres. je mn’en vais, J go away nous nous en allons, we go &c. 
tu t’en vas, thou goest away vous vous en allez, you go é&c. 
il s’en va, he goesaway __ ils s’en vont, they go éc. 


Imp. je m’en allais, [ was going away 

Pret. je m’en allai, J went away 

Fut. je m’en irai, I shall go away 

Cond. je m’en irais, J should go away 

. | Subjunctive Mood. 

Pres, que je men aille, that I may go away 
Pret. que je m’en allasse, that I might go away 


wis Ch Fries 


va-t’-en, go away (thou) allez-vous-en, go away (you) — 
le collége, the college le beau-frére, the brother-in-law 


aller au-devant de quelqu’un, to go to meet some one 


Ov allez-vous? Je vais chez moi, et mon frére va au collége. 
Ov alliez-vous ce matin, lorsque je vous ai rencontré? J’allais 
a notre jardin. Y allez-vous tous les matins? J’irais volon- 
tiers m’y promener si mon frére était ici. Si vous le voulez, 
jirai avee yous. Nous irons ensemble. N’allez pas si vite; 
allez plus lentement. Ov vont ces jeunes gens? Ne vont-ils 
pas le méme chemin que nous? Ov est votre scour? Elle est 
allée voir son oncle. Elle doit revenir demain. Nous irons 
au-devant d’elle. N’irez-vous pas demain & Albany? Mon frére 
ne veut pas que j’y aille. Je m’en vais. Vous en allez-vous 
déja? Je ne m’en vais pas encore. Mais je m’en irai bient6t. 
Attendez un moment, nous nous en irons ensemble. Votre 
sceur ne s’en va pas encore. Pardonnez-moi, ma sceur s’en est 
déja allée, et mes fréres s’en iront tout a l’heure. I) faut que 
je m’en aille. Allons-nousen, messieurs. Va-t’en; allez-vous-en. - 
Ils ne veulent pas s’en aller. Il est alléa Danville. J’irai 
bientot 4 Londres voir mon beau-frére. 


64. presque, @lmost le pare, the park 


Where are your sisters going to? They are going to my 
cousin’s. Where is thy brother going to? He is going to Mr. 
Charlton’s. We are going to Louisville. These gentlemen are 
going this evening to the concert. Why are you not going 
with your brother? He does not wish me to go (that I may go) 
with him. Shall we go to-morrow into the country? We shall 
not go; my father does not wish it.!~I should go to my uncle’s 
if the weather were (was) fine. I wished him to go (that he 
might go) with me. My father would haye gone to the theater 
if he had had time. . Is it late? Thy brother is going away. 
Tf shall-remain a short time. My brother will soon go away. 
We shall also go away. My friends, I am going away. Wait 
a little; we will go away together. Are they gone to Lima? I 
go almost every day to the park, 


665. 


Imp. 
Pret. 
Fut. 
Cond. 


Pres. 
Pret. 


Pres. 
Past. 


Pres. 


et ee oes 


mourir, to die 
Indicative Mood. 


, je meurs, J die 


tu meurs, thow diest 

il meurt, he dies 

nous mourons, we die 

vous mourez, you die 

ils meurent, they die 

je mourais, / was dying 

je mourus, J died 

je mourrai, J shall die 

je mourrais, J should die 
Subjunctive Mood. 

que je meure, that I may die — 

que je mourusse, that I might die 

Participles. 
mourant, dying 
mort, dead 


courir, to run 


Indicative Mood. 
je cours, J run 
tu cours, thou runnest 
il court, he runs 
nous courons, we run 
vous courez, you run 
ils courent, they run 


je courais, 1 was running 


. je courus, J ran 


je courrai, J shall run 

je courrais, ZI should run 
Subjunctive Mood. 

que je coure, that J may run 

que je courusse, that I might rut. 

Participles. 
courant, running 
couru, run 


+ 


en tee 


l'envie (f.), the desire la pharmacie, the drug-store 
revoir, to see again A perte d’haleine, out of breath 
le chagrin, (the) grief fatigué, fatiguée, tired 
 lafaim, hunger parcourir, to run through 
secourir, to help se mourir, to be dying 
Je meurs d’envie de vous revoir. Nous mourons de chagrin. 
Ces pauvres enfants meurent de faim. Mon pére mourut hier 


dans mes bras. Votre oncle est-il mort? Ma tante mourut la — 


méme année. Ma mére mourra bient6t. Je souhaite que vous 
ne mouriez pas avant moi. Croyez-vous que notre voisin soit 
déja mort? Il serait mort, si onnel'avait secouru. Od courez- 
vous si vite? Je cours chercher un médecin. Mon frére se 
meurt. Od voulez-vous que je coure? Courons a la pharmacie. 
J’ai couru & perte dhaleine. Je ne courrai plus; je suis trop 
fatigué. Je courus hier trop loin. J'ai parcouru la moitié de 
la ville. Mon pére ne voulait pas que je courusse encore. 


66. Do you know, that my father is dead? My aunt also 
died last night. This child will not die. (The) man often dies 
in the flower of his (of the) age. This poor woman died of grief. 
My brother died in my arms. I wish that all my friends 
may die after me. Where are you running? Iam running 
to the post-office, it is already late. Do not run so fast, you 
will still arrive in time. The soldiers are running through the 
town. Charles runs as fast as Louis. Do you wish me to run 
faster (that I may run faster)? I will run to your uncle’s at 
once, but tell me where he lives. 


67. hair, to hate 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres, je hais, Z hate nous haissons, we hate 
tu hais, thou hatest vous haissez, you hate 
il hait, he hates ils haissent, they hate 
Imp. je haissais, J was hating 
Pret. je hais, 7 hated 
Fut. je hairai, J shall hate 
Cond. je hairais, J should hate 


_ 


ey $e 


Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je haisse, that I may hate 
Pret. que je haisse, that I might hate 
Participles. 
Pres. haissant, hating 
Past. hai, hated 


fuir, to flee, run away 
Indicative Mood. 


Pres. je fuis, J jlee nous fuyons, we jice 
tu fuis, thou jfleest vous fuyez, you flee 
il fuit, he jlees ils fuient, they jiee 


Imp. je fuyais, J was fleeing 

Pret, je fuis, J jled 

Fut. je fuirai, J shall jiee 

Cond. je fuirais, J showld. flee 
Subjunctive Mood. 

Pres. que je fuie, that I may flee 

Pret. que je fuisse, that I might jlee 





Participles. 

Pres. fuyant, fleeing 

Past. fui, fled 
le mensonge, the lie s’enfuir, to run away 
sans cesse, incessantly de devant, from before 
a cause de, on account of la fuite, the flight 
la conduite, the conduct VYarmée (f.), the army 
le vice, (the) vice s’approcher, to approach 


Pourquoi me haissez-vous? Je ne vous hais pas. II ne faut 
hair personne. Je hais le mensonge. Pourquoi vous hairais- 
je? J’ai toujours bai les menteurs et je les hairai sans cesse. 
Si j’ai hai cet homme, c’est a cause de sa mauvaise conduite. 
Fuis le mal et fais le bien. Je fuis les mauvaises compagnies. 
Fuyez les méchants. Fuyons tous le vice. J’ai toujours fui les 
menteurs, et je les fuirai toujours. Je m’enfuis hier de devant 
un cheval. Vous vous enfuites aussi. L’ennemi a pris la fuite. 
Nous nous enfuirons, si l'armée s’approche.  Restez, ne fuyez 
pas. Tout le monde fuira, 


ax eS 


adonné, -ée, addicted _le flatteur, the flatterer 
juste, righteous se livrer a, to give one’s self up to 
mépriser, to despise mettre & profit, to turn to account 
partout, everywhere Yoisiveté, (f.), idleness 


68. Ihate this man, he isa liar. We hate idleness. Hate a 
lie, but do not hate your neighbor. We shall always hate those 
who are addicted to vice. Flee (from) the naughty and seek the © 
company of the righteous. This man is everywhere despised; 
everyone flees (from) him, We flee (from) all those who give 
themselves up to idleness. My uncle has advised me to 
flee the company of these young men. Let us flee (from) 
flatterers? (The) time flees, we must turn it to account. 


69, cueillir, to gather 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je cueille, 7 gather nous cuéillons, we gather 
tu cueilles, thou gatherest vous cueillez, you gather 
il cueille, he gathers . _ ils cueillent, they gather 
Imp. je cueillais, 7 was gathering 
Pret. je cueillis, 7 gathered 
Fut. je cueillerai, 7 shall gather 
Cond. je cueillerais, / should gather 
Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je cueille, that I may gather 
Pret. que je cueillisse, that J might gather 
Participles. | 
Pres. cueillant, gathering 
Past. cueilli, gathered 


acquérir, to acquire 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. j’acquiers, J acquire nous aequérons, we acquire 
tu acquiers, thow acquirest vous acquérez, you acquire 
il acquiert, he acquires ils acquiérent, they acquire. 
Imp. j’acquérais, I was acquiring 
Pret. j’acquis, J acquired , 
Fut. j’acquerrai, J shall acquire 
Oond. j’acquerrais, J showld acquire 


hea Ogee 
Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que j’acquiére, that I may acquire 
Pret. que j’acquisse, that I might acquire 
Participles. 


Pres. acquérant, acquiring 
Past. acquis, acquired 


la fraise, the strawberry puisque, since, as 
la connaissance, the knowledge la sagesse, (the) wisdom 
se contenter, to be contented le diner, (the) dinner 


Que faites-vous dans ce jardin? Je cueille des fleurs. 
Cueillez-en aussi pour moi. Je vous cueillerai un joli bouquet 
_deroses. Le jardinier ne veut pas que j’en cueille beaucoup, 
puisqu’on en a déja assez cueilli. Hier je cueillis des fraises 
pour ma sceur; elle les aime tant. Votre frére est trés-instruit; 
il aquiert tous les jours de nouvelles connaissances. Votre 
voisin a acquis beaucoup de bien. Nous n’en acquerrons pas 
autant. Je ne veux point de bien mal acquis. Acquiers de la 
sagesse et de l’honneur, et contente-toi de ce que tu possédes. 
Cueillez quelques poires pour le diner. 


70. eraindre, to fear, to be afraid 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je crains, J fear nous craignons, we fear 
tu crains, thow fearest vous craignez, you fear 
il craint, he fears ils craignent, they fear 


Imp. je craignais, J was fearing 

Pret. je craignis, I feared 

Fut. je craindrai, J shall fear 

Cond. je craindrais, J should fear 
Subjunctive Mood. 

Pres. que je craigne, that I may fear 
Pret. que je craignisse, that I might fear 
Participles. 

Pres. craignant, fearing 
Past. craint, feared 


Conjugate in the same manner: 
plaindre, to pity, se plaindre, to complain 


=< a i 


vaincre, to vanquish, defeat 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres, je vaincs, J vanquish nous vainquons, we vanquish 
tu vaincs, thou vanquishest vous vainquez, you vanquish 
il vaine, he vanquishes ils vainquent, they vanquish 
Imp. je vainquais, J was vanquishing 
je vainquis, / vanquished 
je vaincrai, J shall vanquish 
je vaincrais, I should vanquish 
Subjunctive Mood. 
que je vainque, that I may vanquish 
que je vainquisse, that I might vanquish 


vainquant, vanquishing 
vaincu, vanquished 


la menace, the threat tuer, to kill 

lombre (f.), the shadow attacher, to tie 

le héros, the hero avoir peur, to be afraid 

prendre garde, to take care craintif, craintive, timid 
méme, even 


Que craignez-vous? Ne craignezrien. Si vous étes avec moi, 
je ne craindrai pas ses menaces. II ne faut pas étre craintif; 
ma sceur est trés-craintive; elle craint méme son ombre. J’ai 
toujours craint les flatteurs. I] faut vaincre ses passions. Ce 
héros a vaincu tous les ennemis. Nous vaincrons aussi les 
notres. Ce chien mord. Prenez garde qu'il ne vous morde. 
A-t-il déja mordu quelqu’un? Il mordit hier notre servante. 
S'il me mordait, je le tuerais. S’il était attaché, il ne mordrait 
personne. N’ayez pas peur, il ne vous mordra pas. 


ci g2 EFz 


7i. étre a plaindre, to be to be pitied _ 
la prononciation, the pronwnciation 
Where have you gathered these beautiful flowers? I gather 
flowers every day for my mother. I shall also gather some to- 
morrow for my aunt. I would gather you a bouquet if the 
garden were open. We do not acquire anything without trouble. 
Thou wouldst acquire a better pronunciation if thou wert some 


pet’ WS pancd 


time in France. What are you afraid of? I am afraid of 
nothing. This soldier does not fear (the) death. The general 
has defeated the enemy. You pity me, and I really am to be 
pitied. Mr. Montgomery always complains. Our neighbor’s 
dog has bitten me. My dogs do not bite. 


2. bouillir, to boil 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je bous, J boil nous bouillons, we boil 
tu bous, thou boilest vous bouillez, you boil 
il bout, he boils ils bouillent, they boil 


Imp. je bouillais, J was boiling 
Pret. je boullis, J boiled 

Fut. je bouillirai, Z shall boil 
Cond. je bouillirais, Z shold boil 


Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je bouille, that I may boil 
Pret. que je bouillisse, that I might boil 
 Participles. 
Pres. bouillant, boiling 
Past. bouilli, boiled 


cuire, to cook, bake 
Indicative Mood. 


Pres. je cuis, J cook nous cuisons, we cook 
tu cuis, thou cookest vous cuisez, you cook 
il cuit, he cooks. ils cuisent, they. cook 


Imp. je cuisais, J was cooking 

Pret. je cuisis, I cooked 

Fut. je cuirai, J shall cook 

Cond. je cuirais, [ should cook 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Pres. que je cuise, that I may cook 

Pret. que je cuisisse, that J might cook 
Participles. 

Pres. cuisant, cooking 

Past. cuit, cooked 


Pres. je ris, J laugh nous rions, we laugh 
tu ris, thow laughest vous riez, you laugh 
il rit, he laughs ils rient, they laugh 
je riais, I was laughing 
je ris, I laughed 
je rirai, J shall laugh 
. je rirais, 7 should laugh 
Subjunctive Mood. 
que je rie, that I may laugh, 
que je risse, that I might laugh 


g228 


riant, laughing 

ri, laughed 

faire cuire, to cook, get cooked la cuisine, the kitchen 
rotir, to broil, roast, faire la cuisine, to cook 
ni. .ni, neither. .nor bien, very, very much 


L’eau bout-elle? Elle a bouilli, mais elle ne bout plus. Elle 
bouillait tout 4 eure. Cette eau bouillira bient6t. Elle bouil- 
lirait déja, s'il y avait plus de feu. Ce poisson n’est bon nia 
rotir nia bouillir. Que faites-vous cuire aujourd’hui? Savez-vous 
faire la cuisine? Ce bowlanger cuit beaucoup de pain tous les 
jours. Pourquoi riez vous? Je ne ris pas. Je n’ai pas envie de 
rire. Ces enfants rient toujours. Je rirai bien si cela arrive, 
et ma sceur rira encore plus. Il vaut mieux rire que de pleurer. 
Vous ne faites que rire. Avez-vous bientét fini de rire? Nous 
avons beaucoup ri. L’un riait, Vautre pleurait. 


eS | 


73. tandis que, whilst par jour, daily, a day 
a table, at table il va, it will directly 

You are always laughing, one must not laugh at everything. 
Thy brother never laughs. When I wish to laugh, I go away. 
Your friend always laughs whilst you cry. You would aiso 
laugh, if you knew why he laughed. Our friend has made us 
laugh. My uncle will not allow us to laugh at table. The 
water does not yet boil. How does it happen that it does not 


ey: \! Sage 


yet boil? It would have boiled, if the fire were not so low. 
It will boil directly. This baker bakes (the) bread twice a day. 
The meat was not done (cooked). Do not laugh at other 
people’s misfortune. If you play with the dog, he will bite 
your (you the) hand. 


74, 


vivre, to live 
Indicative Mood. 


Pres, je vis, J live nous vivons, we live 
tu vis, thow livest vous vivez, you live 


il vit, 


Imp. 


Pret. 


Fut. 


Cond. 


Pres. 
Pret. 


Pres. 
Past. 


he lives ils vivent, they live 

je vivais, J was living 

je vécus, J lived 

je vivrai, J shall live 

je vivrais, J should live 
Subjunctive Mood. 

que je vive, that [ may live 

que je vécusse, that I might live 

Participles. 
vivant, living 
vécu, lived 


paraitre, to appear 
Indicative Mood. 


Pres. je parais, J appear nous paraissons, we appear 
tu parais, thow appearest vous paraissez, you appear 
il parait, he appears ils paraissent, they appear 


Imp. 
Pret. 


je paraissais, J was appearing 
je parus, J appeared 
je paraitrai, J shall appear ; 


. je paraitrais, J should appear 


Subjunctive Mood. 


. que je paraisse, that I may appear 
. que je parusse, that I might appear 


Participles. 


. paraissant, appearing 


paru, appeared 


ens AO Toe 
le repos, the peace, repose survivre a, to survive 


vivre de, to live on oser, to dare 
les revenus (m.), the income _ devant, before 
la misére, the misery pénible, painful 


en vie, living 

Nous vivons en repos. Notre voisin vit de ses revenus. 
Vous vivez heureux et content. J’ai vécu longtemps dans fa 
misére. Ce garcon ne vivra pas longtemps. II faut que je vive 
comme je puis. Je ne serais plus en vie, si j'avais vécu comme 
lui. Il est pénible de survivre a ses enfants. I] ne faut pas 
vivre pour manger, mais il faut manger pour vivre. I) faut 
bien vivre pour bien mourir. Vous me paraissez un peu triste. 
Qu’avez-vous fait? Il parait que vous n’étes pas content. Je n’ose 
paraitre devant mon pére. Quoique je vous aie paru faché, je 
ne l’étais pas. Je paraitrais moins triste, si je pouvais sortir. 
Mon frére n’est plus faché; il paraitra demain tout changé. 


75. suivre, to follow 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je suis, J follow nous suivons, we follow 
tu suis, thou followest vous suivez, you follow 
il suit, he follows ils suivent, they follow 


Imp. je suivais, J was following 
Pret. je suivis, J followed: 
Fut. je suivrai, 7 shall follow 
Cond. je suivrais, J should follow 
' Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je suive, that I may follow 
Pret. que je suivisse, that I might follow 
Pres. suivant, following 
Past. suivi, followed 
coudre, to sew 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je couds, J sew nous cousons, we sew 
tu couds, thou sewest vous cousez, you sew 
il coud, he sews ils cousent, they sew > 


Ne gp 


Imp. je cousais, I was sewing 

Pret. je cousis, J sewed 

Fut. je coudrai, J shall sew 

Cond. je coudrais, J should sew 
Subjunctive Mood. 

Pres. que je couse, that [ may sew 

Pret. que je cousisse, that I might sew 


Participles. 
Pres, cousant, sewing 
Past. cousu, sewed 





le conseil, the advice le rempart, the rampart 
poursuivre, to pursue dépendre, to depend 
le rat, the rat sous, wnder 


Pourquoi me suivez-vous? Je ne vous suis pas. Vous ne 
voulez pas que je vous suive. Vous m’avez défendu de vous 
suivre. Je ne vous suivrai plus. Ce chien me suivait autrefois, 
il me suivrait encore, si-je voulais. Suivons les bons conseils 
qu’on nous donne. Cet homme me poursuit; il m’a poursuivi 
toute la journée. Je voudrais qu’il ne me poursuivit plus. Les 
chats poursuivent les rats. Nous poursuivimes l’ennemi jusque 
sous les remparts. Que cousez-vous la, mesdemoiselles? Nous 
cousons des habits pour les pauvres. Nous avons cousu toute 
la journée. Coudrez-vous encore demain? Nous coudrions toute 
la semaine, si cela dépendait de nous. : 


76. sobrement, soberly gai, gaie, lively 
avoir de quoi vivre, tohave lexemple (m.), the example 
means to live on le eréancier, the creditor 
le sein, the bosom tranquillement, quietly 


Yaccident (m.),the accident probablement, probably 


Those who wish to live long, must live soberly. Has your 
friend means to live on? He lives on his income. [ live quietly 
in the (aw) bosom of my family. You will still live long. My 
uncle would probably still be living, if he had not met with 
(had) that accident. I wish that he was still living. This child 
was still living this morning. It has not lived long. His sister 


i, i os 


will not live long either. You appear to be sad. How do you 
do, my friend? It seems that you are not always well. Your 
brothers seem to be very lively. Follow me. I will follow you. 
Your brother was the first, and the others followed him. We 
will follow your example. Who pursues thee? We are pursued 
by (de) our creditors. d 


yy, naitre, to be born 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je nais, Jam born nous naissons, we are born 
tu nais, thou art born vous naissez, you are born 
il nait, he is born ils naissent, they are born 
je naissais, J was born 
je naquis, J was born 
je naitrai, J shall be born 
je naitrais, 7 should be born 
j Mood. 
que je naisse, that J be born 
que je naquisse, that I were born 


Participles. 
naissant, being born 
né, born 


Rd 22 EFEE 


croitre, to grow 
Indicative Mood. 

Pres. je crois, J grow nous croissons, we grow 
tu crois, thow growest vous croissez, you grow 
il croit, he grows ils croissent, they grow 

Imp. je croissais, J was growing. 

Pret. je cris, J grew 

Fut. je croitrai, J shall grow 

Cond. je croitrais, /-should grow 
Subjunctive Mood. 

Pres. que je croisse, that J may grow 
Pret. que je crusse, that I might grow 
Particiol 

Pres. croissant, growing 
Past. cra, grown 


nets! Steet 


mil, thousand le doigt, the jinger 
feu, late, deceased a vue d’oeil, visibly 
grandir, to grow tall mauvaise herbe, ill weed 


Quand étes-vous né? Je suis nél’an mil huit cent dix. Sj 
j’étais né un an plus tot, je serais né la méme année que vous. 
Feu mon pére naquit avant ma tante. Mon oncle est né aprés 
la mort de son pére. Nous naissons tous pour mourir. Je suis 
né pour étre malheureux. Ma petite scour est née au mois 
d’Aotit. Elle ne grandit pas. Vous avez bien grandi depuis 
que je ne vous ai vu. Je ne sais si je grandirai encore. Si je 
grandissais encore d’‘un doigt, je serais aussi grand que vous. 
Cet arbre croit bien. Les jours commencent a croitre. Vous 
étes bien petit; vous ne grandirez plus. Votre frére grandit a 
vue d’oeil. Mauvaise herbe croit toujours. 


eS se taire, to be silent 


Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je me tais, I am silent 
tu te tais, thou art silent 
il se tait, he is silent 
nous nous taisons, we are silent 
vous vous taisez, you are silent 
ils se taisent, they are silent 


Imp. je me taisais, [ was. silent 
Pret. je me tus, J was silent 
Fut. je me tairai, Z shall be silent 
Cond. je me tairais, J should be silent 
Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je me taise, that I be silent 
Pret. que je me tusse, that I were silent 
Participles. 3 
Pres. se taisant, being’ silent 
Past. tu, been silent 
Conjugate in the same manner: 


secu to please; se plaire, to take Breaswre, si 
to enjoy one’s self 


~~ §4 —_— 


aimer mieux, to prefer, like better l'aventr (m.), the future 
Ce jardin me plait beaucoup, mais ces prairies ne me plai- 
sent pas. Je ne me plais pas 4 la campagne. Je me plaisais 
mieux & la ville. Vous plaisez-vous ici? Nous nous plaisons 
ici mieux que chez nous. Cela vous plait a dire. Venez ici, 
s'il vous plait. Faites-le quand il vous plaira. Que vous plait- 
il?’ Cela ne m’a pas plu. Taisez-vous. Ma sceur ne peut se 
taire. J’aime mieux me taire que de parler mal. Nous nous 
taisons quand tout le monde parle. On veut que je me taise. 
Pourquoi me tairais-je? Je ne me tairai plus a l'avenir. 


79. la Russie, Russia  déplaire, to displease 
le grain, the corn davantage, more 
je suis né, I-(have been) was born 
Do you know when you (have been) were born? I (have 
been) was born in winter. This girl (has been) was born in 
Russia. Everybody is born to die. This boy (has been) was 
born after the death of his father. I wish (that) we were (Pret. 
Subj.) born in this country. This tree will not grow any more. 
The corn grows visibly. This book pleases me, This garden 
would please me better, if it were larger. My bonnet will pro- 
bably not please you. I always enjoy myself better in the 
country than in town. Why are you not silent? I cannot be 
silent, when I see something which displeases me. 


80, pleuvoir, to rain 
Indicative Mood. 

il pleut, it rains 

il pleuvait, it was raining 

il plut, it rained 

il pleuvra, it will rain 

il pleuvrait, it would rain 
Subjunctive--Mood. 

qu’il pleuve, that it may rain 

quwil plat, that it might rain 


pleuvant, raining 
plu, rained 


ey 27 gPue7 


ee. a SS 


neiger, to snow tonner, to thunder 
geler, to freeze Je vent, the wind 
gréler, to hail Péclair (m.), the lightning 


faire des éclairs, to lighten 

Il va pleuvoir. Il pleut déja. Pleut-il? Non, il ne pleut 
pas. Il pleuvait lorsque je suis venu. 41 a plu toute la nuit. 
I] pleuvra stirement. II pleuvrait, s’il ne faisait pas tant de 
vent. Je voudrais qu'il plat. Je crois quil neige. Neige-t-il? 
Non, il ne neige pas. N’a-t-il pas neigé? Oui, il a neigé toute 
la nuit. Sil neigeait, il ne pleuvrait pas. I] neigerait, s’il ne 
faisait pas si froid. Je voudrais qu'il neigeat. Il commence 
déja a geler. Il a gelé cette nuit. Voyez comme il gréle. 
Il commence a tonner. Oui, il tonne, je Ventends. [I ne 
tonne plus, il fait seulement des éclairs. [I] tonnerait, s'il 
faisait plus chaud. 


81. recevoir, to receive; apercevoir, s’apercevoir, to 
perceive, notice, see; to be aware of 


Indicative Mood. 


Pres. je recois, J receive nous recevons, we receive 
tu recois, thou receivest vous recevez, you receive 
il regoit, he receives ils regoivent, they receive 


Imp. je recevais, J was receiving 

Pret. je recus, I received 

Fut. je recevrai, J shall receive 

Cond. je recevrais, J should receive 
Subjunctive Mood. 

Pres, que je recoive, that I may receive 
Pret. que je recusse, that I might receive 
Participles. 

Pres. recevant, receiving 


Past. regu, received 
Indicative Mood. 
Pres. je m’apercois, J perceive 
tu t’apercois, thow perceivest 
il s’apercoit, he perceives 
nous hous apercevons, we perceive 
vous vous apercevez, you perceive 
ils s’apergoivent, they perceive 


oe 


Imp. j’apercevais, J was perceiving 

Pret, j'apergus, J perceived © 

Fut. j’apercevrai, J shall perceive 

Cond. j’apercevrais, / should perceive 
Subjunctive Mood. 

Pres. que J’apergoive, that I may perceive 

Pret. que j’apercusse, that I might perceive 


Participles. ( 
Pres. apercevant, perceiving 
Past. apercu, perceived 
Conjugate in the same manner: 
décevoir, to deceive, concevoir, to conceive, devoir, to owe 


la cométe, the comet la ruse, (the) cunning, trick 

tranquille, quiet l’officier (m.), the officer 

avertir, fo warn le reméde, the remedy 
apporter reméde, to remedy 


J’apergois un homme de loin. Nous l’apercevons aussi. 
J’apercus hier une cométe. Nous l’avons apergue avant vous. 
Je m’apercois bien de la ruse, mais vous ne vous en apercevez 
pas. Si mon frére s’apercevait du danger, il serait moins tran- 
quille. Je m’en suis apercu aujourd’hui. Si je m’en étais 
apergu plus t6t, j’'y aurais apporté reméde. Quand je m’en 
apercevrai, je vous le dirai. Ne vous en apercevez-vous pas? 
Mon cousin s’en apercevra bien. On ne peut s’en apercevoir; 
je ne m’en suis jamais apercu. Je m’en serais peut-4tre apercu, 
si l’on m’en avait averti. J’ai regu une lettre d’un officier qui 
était en France l’année derniére avec mon frére. 


82, ne....guére, scarcely, hardly 

Do you perceive that tree there? Ido not perceive it. 
These children perceive it. If you perceive anything, you must 
tell (it). We will tell you when we perceive it. I (have) 
soon perceived this. My mother will not perceive it. Has 
thy brother not perceived it? No, he scarcely perceives such 
things. If I should perceive, that you deceive me, I would tell (it) 
to your father. Thy cousin is very idle; his master has also per- 
ceived it. I do not think that he perceives (may perceive) it. 


Ss BRE to cle 


83. s’asseoir, to sit down 
Indicative Mood. 


Pres. je m’assieds, J sit down 
tu t’assieds, thow sitst down 
il s’assied, he sits down 2 
nous nous asseyons, we sit down 
yous vous asseyez, you sit down 
ils s’asseyent, they sit down 


Imp. je m’asseyais, J was sitting down 
Pret. je m’assis, J sat down 


Fut. je cca ; I shall sit down 
je m’asseyerai 


Cond. je ie assiérais < ahawbi tk Gabe 
je m’asseyerais 
Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. que je m’asseye, that I may sit down 
Pret. que je m’assisse, that I might sit down 


Participles. 
Pres, s'asseyant, sitting down 
Past. assis, sat down 


la place, (the) place, room faire place, to make room 
le fauteuil, the arm-chair le canapé, the sofa 
auprés de, near (de) sit6t, so.soon 


_ Asseyez-vous, s'il vous plait. Je suis déja assis. Je m’as- 
-sieds la ot je trouve une place. Ne vous plait-il pas de vous 
asseoir? Je n’ai pas le temps de m’asseoir. Je m/’assiérai pour 
vous obéir.. Dites-lui qu'elle s’asseye; dites-lui de s’asseoir. Je 
m’asseyais souvent a terre, quand j’étais dans mon jardin. Je 
m’assis hier dans un fauteuil, et ma sceur s’assit sur un canapé. 
Ou voulez-vous que je m’asseye? Je m’assiérai auprés de vous. 
Je me suis assis oti j’ai trouvé une place. Mes sceurs ne se sont 
pas encore assises. Si je m’étais assis, je ne me serais pas leve 
de sitét. Pourquoi ne vous asseyez-vous pas? II n’y a plus 
de place pour s’asseoir. Faites place, pour que ce monsieur 
puisse s’asseoir. 


84, las, lasse, tired casser, to break 
la pierre, the stone a cété de, by the side of, beside 
attendre, to expect, wait for derriére, behind 


Sit down, my child. I am not tired. Iseldom sit down. 
Sit down, I shall sit down too. I sat down on a stone to 
wait for my brother. Do not sit down on that chair, it is broken. 
We will sit down on that sofa. Do you wish me to (that I may) 
sit down beside you? I sat down under the tree, thy brother sat 
down behind me. Your sisters do not generally sit down. I 
will not sit down, I am not tired. My uncle wished me to sit 
down (that I might sit down) by the side of my sister. 


85, étre assis, to be seated étre debout, to be standing 
rester assis, to remain seated entre, between 


Je suis assis ici, mais je ne suis pas bien assis. Ne suis-je 
pas assis 4 ma place? Vous n’étes pas bien assise, mademoi- 
selle. Je n’étais pas bien assis la. Si j’avais été assis un quart 
dheure, je ne serais plus las. Dés que je fus assis un moment, 
je me levai. J’ai été assis entre vos deux sceurs. Restez assis 
encore un peu. Je voudrais que je ne fusse pas assisici. Je ne 
veux pas étre assis la. Je voudrais étre assis auprés de ma 
mére. Oud étiez-vous assise a l’église, madame? J’étais assise 
auprés de ma tante. Je n’y ai été assise que deux fois. 
Pourquoi étes-vous debout, messieurs ? 


86. le berceau, the arbor —_ autour de, round 


Why do you not sit down? I have been seated too long. 
I cannot sit down any more. It is impossible for me to remain 
seated the whole day. Where is your brother? He is sitting 
before the door. My sisters sat yesterday in the garden. The 
whole family was sitting round the table. I have been seated 
(1 have already been sitting) more than three hours. My father 
wishes me always to be (that I be) seated. - I do not like sitting. 
If I had been sitting as long as you, I should no longer be tired. 
To-morrow we will sit in our arbor. Yesterday we sat there 
the whole afternoon. These ladies are always standing, they 
will not sit down, I cannot stand a long time, I am tired at once, 


—— by 


87.  @tre aimé, to be loved 
Indicative Mood. 
Present. je suis aimé, L am loved 
' Imperfect. jétais aimé, Z was loved 
Preterit. je fus aimé, Z was loved 
Perfect. jai été aimé, IT have been loved 


Pret. anterior. j’eus été aimé, J had beenloved 

Pluperfect. j’avais été aimé, J had been loved 

Future. je serai aimé, J shail be loved 

Second Fut. j’aurai été aimé, I shall have been loved 

Pres. Cond. je serais aimé, J should be loved 

Past Cond. = j’aurais été aimé, I should have been loved 
Subjunctive Mood. 


Present. que je sois aimé, that I may be loved 
Imperfect. que je fusse aimé, that I might be loved 
Perfect. = = § que j’aie été aimé, that I may have been loved 


Pluperfect. que j’eusse été aimé, that I might have been loved 
Imperative Mood. 
sois aimé, be (thou) loved 
soyons aimés, let us be loved 
soyez aimés, be (you) loved 
Infinitive Mood. 
Pres. é&tre aimé, to be loved 
Pret. avoir été aimé, to have been loved 


Participles, 
Pres. €tant aimé, being loved 
Past. ayant été aimé, having been loved 
Conjugate in the same manner: 

je ne suis pas aimé; suis-je aimé ? ne suis-je pas aimé ? 
abandonner, to abandon babiller, to chatter 
par, by; de, by relier, to bind 
chatier, to chastise de tout mon ceeur, with all my heart 


Tu es aimé de tes amis. Le pauvre est abandonné de tout 
le monde. Honore ton pére et ta mére, et tu seras honoré. 
Un enfant sage ne sera jamais hai. Les méchants seront punis. 
Tu as été chatié par ton maitre pour avoir babillé. Quand mon 


—- 


livre sera relié, je vous le préterai de tout mon ceenr. Ta scour 
est aimée de ses maitres, parce qu'elle est toujours appliquée et 
attentive. Charles a été puni pour n’avoir pas fait son théme. 
Faites votre devoir, pour que yous ne soyez pas punis. Si vous 
remplissez vos devoirs, vous serez aimés et loués. Ces enfants 
seraient aimés de leurs amis, s’ils étaient plus modestes. 


88, fidélement, faithfully achever, to finish 


Thy brother is loved and praised by his masters, decause he 
is industrious and attentive; but thou art blamed, because thou 
dost not like (to) work. Charles has been punished, because he 
had not finished his exercises. Finish yours that you too may not 
be punished. Always be honest and diligent; (the) honest and 
diligent men are never despised. We were always loved by our 
masters, because we were diligent and liked (to) work. If you 
faithfully fulfil your duties, you will be loved and praised. I 
hope that you will be well received by your uncle. You have © 
not followed my advice, you will certainly be punished for it. 
My books have been bound. 


89. il y a, it is, there is, there are 
le mille, the mile la cave, the cellar 

Il y aun an que je nel’ai vu. Tl y a une heure que je suis 
de retour. I] y a trois jours que je suis malade. Il y a quatre 
semaines que je n’y ai été. Il y a longtemps qu’on me I’a dit. 
Il y a deux milles d’ici 4 Harlem. Il y aici un homme qui vous 
cherche. Il y a assez de vin dans lacave. Il y a une voiture 
ala porte. Il y a déja des cerises. Dites-moi ce quilyaa 
faire. I] y a beaucoup de personnes qui disent cela. Il n’y a 
personne au logis. J’ai été chez vous, il n’y a qu’un moment. 
Il n’y a qu’un quart d’heure qu’il est parti. Y a-t-il de la viande 
au marché? Il y en a beaucoup. 


90. la fabrique, the manufactory 
les Etats-Unis (m.), the United States 


Were there many people at the concert yesterday? There 
were a great many there. There are a great numberof manu- 
factories in the United States. There will be much fruit this 


en Os: oom 


year. Is there somebody (there)? I seeno one. Have you been 
learning this language long? Only six months. How long 
have you been here? Only a fortnight. Is there any more 
(still some) wine in the bottle? There is only one glass, What 
is there to fear? Is it far from here to Mount Vernon? It is 
only twenty miles. 


91. il est, c’est, cela est, it is, that is 


e’est is used when followed by a Noun, a Pronoun, or a single Adjective: 
il est is used when followed by an Adjective with a Verb, and in all 
denominations of time, as: temps, midi, etc. 


c’est mon frére, it is my brother c'est bon, it is good 

est moi, it is I il est facile de plaire, it is easy to please 
certain, —aine, certain. douteux, —euse, doubtful 

bien, very; fort, very a son gré, to his (her) satisfaction 


Il est vrai que vous me l’avez promis. Vous me l’avez 
promis, c’est trés-certain. I] est triste qu’il ait perdu son pere. 
Oui, c’est bien triste. Il est nécessaire que je le lui dise. Oui, 
cest trés-nécessaire. Ma sceur nous“apportera peut-étre de 
bonnes nouvelles; cela serait bien agréable, mais c’est fort dou- 
teux. Il est difficile de faire quelque chose a son gré. Il est 
temps de partir. Il n’est pas encore neuf heures et trois 
quarts. Qu’est ce que c’est? C’est du vinaigre; ce n’est pas 
du vin. C’est la vérité. Ce n’est qu’un mensonge. 


92. causer, to cause, give d’oti vient? how is it? 
mal a la téte, the head-ache maigre, thin, meagre 
c’est dommage, it is a pity faire du bien, to do good 


I have been for a little walk, that has done me good. Do 
not stay in the sun, that would give youa head-ache. It is a 
pity you have lost your penknife. It is the first time I have 
lost anything. It would be desirable for it to (that it might) rain 
soon. Yes, certainly, it would be very desirable. What o'clock 
is it? It is still early: it is noon, it is not late. What o’clock 
is it striking? I believe it is one.o’clock. How is it that you 
are so thin? Because I have been ill. Who told me that? It 
is I who told it to you, 


— §2 


93. il fait, @ is; il vaut mieux, it is better 
la rue, the street rester chez soi, to stay at home 
sale, dirty étouffant, -ante, sultry 
épais, —aisse, thick, heavy rentrer chez soi, to return home 
le pas, the step continuer, to continue 
devant soi, before one’s self se mettre A couvert, to get 
léger, légére, light under shelter 
le brouillard, ‘he fog l’été (m.), the summer 


il fait du brouillard, it is foggy 

il fait un brouillard trés-épais, it is very foggy 

il fait bien froid, it is very cold 

il fait assez beau temps, it is pretty fine weather 


Quel temps fait-il aujourd’hui? Il fait assez beau temps; 
mais les rues sont trés-sales. Le brouillard était si épais qu’on 
ne voyait pas a dix pas devant soi. I] a fait bien froid l’hiver 
dernier, et cet été il fait un chaud étouffant. Le vent se léve. 
Quel brouillard! Ce n’est qu'un léger brouillard. I) vaut mieux 
rester chez soi que de sortir par (in) ce mauvais temps. I vau- 
dra mieux rentrer chez nous que de continuer notre promenade. 
Fait-il trop froid pour vous dans cette chambre? Il n’y fait ni 
trop froid, ni trop chaud. Ne vaudra-t-il pas mieux nous mettre 
2 couvert dans cette maison-la? Vous avez raison, entrons! 


94, il fait du vent, it is windy 
il fait beaucoup de vent, it is very windy 
il fait de la poussiére, it is dusty (la poussiére, the dust) 


point du tout, not at all, rien du tout, nothing at all 


Is it warm? Is it cold? Is it fine weather? Is it not 
foggy? Are you going out to-day? No, Sir, I am obliged to 
stay at home to-day. That is a pity; for it is pretty fine 
weather, But, is it not dusty? Not at all. Will there be much 
wine this year? There will be very little (of it), because it has 
been too cold this summer; but there will be much fruit. It is 
better to work than to play. It is better to arrive too early 
than too late. Last night it was very windy; but now the 
weather is fine. It is better to play than to do nothing at all. 


Be BK tases 


95. je suis bien aise, 2 am very glad 
je suis charmé, J am delighted 
je suis faché, J am sorry 
je me repens, J repent 
je m’étonne, J wonder 
je me trouve bien, mal, I feel well, ill 
je me plais ici, [like being here 


se baigner, to bathe consulter, to consult 

habile, skiliful faire tous ses efforts, to do one’s 
guérir, to cure "utmost 

le mal, the complaint Vemploi, (m.) the office 


jusqu’ aujourd’hui, till to-day 


Je suis bien aise de vous trouver ici. Nous sommes charmés 
d’apprendre que vous ne nous quitterez pas. Il parait que vous 
vous plaisez chez nous. Votre frére sera faché de n’avoir pu . 
yous accompagner. Je ne m’étonne plus de vous voir de si 
bonne humeur. Mon oncle m’a dit que vous vous baignez tous 
les jours; comment vous en trouvez-vous? Je m’en trouve trés- 
bien; je m’en suis fort bien trouvé jusqu’ aujourd’hui. Le mé- 
decin a réussi 4 guérir mon mal. C’est un homme fort habile; 
il réussit en tout. Je ne me repens pas de l’avoir consulté. 
Suivez son conseil, vous vous en trouverez bien. Mon ami ne 
se plait plus a la campagne; il fait tous ses efforts pour obtenir 
un emploi; mais je crains qu’il ne réussisse pas. 


96. simple, simple la maladie, (the) iliness 
beaucoup de bien, a great deal of good 


How do you like being here? I like being here very much; 
but I should like it still better, if I had a little more work. I 
(have) always liked to be in the country. Your brother takes a 
walk every day; it does him a great deal of good; he repents (of) 
not having followed your advice sooner. If he continue(s) to 
lead a simple and active life, he will feel (find himself) very 
well. The physician will not succeed in curing him of this 
illness. I am delighted to see you again. We are delighted 
to be able to do you this service. 


a ak 


97. du jardin, from the garden 
au jardin, to the garden, into the garden 
le cocher, the coachman le tiroir, the drawer 
l’écurie (f.), the stable le cabaret, the inn 
le spectacle, the theater la bourse, the Exchange 
la serviette, the napkin l'hétel de ville (m.), City-Hall 


Oi avez-vous été, mes enfants? Nous avons été a l'école et 
a l’église. Lecocher est-il 4 l’écurie? La servante est-elle dans 
la cave? Ma mére a été au marché, et mon pére a la poste. 
Nous irons ce soir au concert. Mes fréres iront au spectacle. 
Mes cousins sont a la campagne depuis six mois; ils y resteront 
encore huit ou quinze jours. Od avez-vous mis les serviettes, 
Marie? Je me souviens de les avoir mises au tiroir. Cet homme 
va tous les jours au cabaret. Nous avons été aujourd’hui a la 
bourse. D'oh venez-vous A présent? Nous venons de la pro- 
menade. Ma tante vient de |’église, et mon oncle vient de 
hotel de ville. Est-ce votre frére qui sort du jardin? Par- 
donnez-moi, c’est le fils de notre voisin. 


98. de la, thence, from there avant d’aller, before going 
la forét, the forest le maire, the Mayor 


_ Where is thy brother? I think that he is in the garden or 
in the kitchen. Have you been to school to-day? My sister 
has been (is) in the country since the day before yesterday; she 
is not well. Where are you going now? I am going to church 
with my brother, and from there I will go to the Exchange. 
Take (carry) this letter to the post-office before going to the 
theater. Where have you put my penknife? I have put it 
in the drawer. Whence do these boys come? I think (that) 
they come from the forest. When Charles comes from school, 
send him to City-Hall; the Mayor will give him a book for me. 


99. duchagrin, grief, annoyance des connaissances, learning 
de l’esprit, wit, intelligence de vrais amis, true friends 
arrogant, —ante, haughty des amis riches, rich friends 
persécuter, to persecute de la modestie, modesty 

il se peut, it may be 


inca. CRED uct 


Si nous avions de l’argent, nous aurions aussi des amis. Si 
vous aviez du chagrin, vous ne seriez pas si gai. Nous aurions 
eu du plaisir a la campagne, si vous aviez été avec nous. Si 
vous aviez de l’esprit, vous ne seriez pas si arrogant. I] se peut 
que vous ayez des connaissances, mais vous n’étes pas modeste. 
Si cet homme avait eu du bonheur, il ne serait pas si pauvre. 
lest triste d’avoir des ennemis, qui nous persécutent. Vous 
avez de l’argent et du bien, mais je voudrais que vous eussiez 
aussi de la modestie et des connaissances. 


100. le crédit, the credit le sapin, the fir 
pourtant, nevertheless la mine, the mine 
avoir l’air triste, to look sad fournir, to furnish (with) 
le chéne, the oak le cuivre, copper 
le hétre, the beech 48 le plomb, lead 


Have you had pleasure in the country? Have you any rela- 
tives in New Haven? My neighbor has money and credit, but 
nevertheless he is not satisfied. This young man has intelli- 
gence and learning; he is very modest. I have had mis- 
fortunes. Has your brother had some annoyance? he looks so 
sad. Bring me salt,._pepper, mustard, and oil. In the forests 
there are oaks, beeches, and firs. (The) mines furnish us 
(with) gold, silver, copper, lead, and iron. Has the gardener 
still flowers and fruit? If I had good. bread, fresh water, and 
a piece of cheese, I should be satisfied. he! 


101. avoir faim, to be hungry avoir froid, to be cold 


avoir soif, to be thirsty avoir sommeil, to be sleepy 
avoir raison, to be right avoir besoin de, to be in need 
fermer, to close, shut of, want 


aVheure qu’il est, at thishour profondément, soundly, deeply 
je vous demande pardon, I beg your pardon 


J’ai faim. J’ai grand’ faim. J’ai de l’appétit. Donnez-moi 
& manger, s’il vous plait. Que désirez-vous? Voulez-vous du 
jambon ou du fromage? Je vous demanderai un peu de soupe 
et de viande. N’avez-vous pas soif? J’ai bien soif. Voici du vin 


et de la biére, prenez ce que vous voudrez. Je vais me coucher. 
Comment, vous voulez-vous coucher & Vheure qu'il est? J'ai 
sommeil. Je n’ai pas dormi la nuit passée; j'ai besoin de 
repos. Vous avez dormi profondément. Je vous demande par- 
don, je n’ai pas fermé l'oeil (de) toute la nuit. J’ai eu bien 
froid; il n’y avait pas de feu dans ma chambre. Vous vous 
trompez; il y avait un bon feu. 


102. avoir honte,to be ashamed avoir coutume,to be accustomed 
avoir peur, to be afraid avoir patience, to be patient 
avoir pitié, to have pity avoir envie, to have a mind 
dur, dure, hard lhabitude ( 7.), the habit,custom 
dormir la grasse matinée, to sleep late in the morning 

(the fat morning) 

Comment, vous étes encore au lit? N’avez-vous pas honte 
de dormir la grasse matinée? J’aurais honte de me lever si 
tard. Je ne puis me lever aujourd’hui, j'ai mal a la téte. Vous 
étes un petit paresseux. Quand il faut aller a l’école, vous 
avez toujours quelque mal. Vous avez coutume de yous cou- 
cher de bonne heure et de vous lever tard. C’est une mauvaise 
habitude. Je vous prie d’avoir patience un moment; je me 
léverai aussitét. Je n’ai pas envie d’attendre plus longtemps. 
J’ai peur d’arriver trop tard a l’église. Vous avez le coeur 
bien dur; vous n’avez pas pitié d’un pauvre malade. Vous 
n’étes pas malade, vous n’avez pas envie d’aller a l’école; vous 
n’aimez pas l'étude. 


103. _iluire, to shine merci, thank you 


How do you do, Henry? will you not take a walk with me? — 
Thank you, I have no mind to go out now. I am sleepy. Are 
you not ashamed to be so idle? Come, we will go to our uncle’s 
garden. What o'clock is it? It is only six o’clock; the sun is — 
still shining. You are right, it is still early; I will go with you. — 
I am accustomed to take a walk every day before going we : 
That is a good habit. But we are walking too fast (quickly). 
Let us rest a little. Iam very tired. You must have patie’ 
I am very thirsty, I should like to drink some water. | 


— 6% — 


104. commode, comfortable occupé, —ée, busy 
la porcelaine, the porcelain étourdi,—ie, thoughtless, giddy 
le marbre, the marble le chatiment, the chastisement 


si, aussi, as, gquiteas tant, autant, as much, as many 


Je suis aussi grand que toi, J am as tall as you 


Tu nes pas si grand que moi, ; thou art not so tall as IT 
Tu n’es pas aussi grand que moi, 


Je travaille autant que vous, J work quite as much as you. 
Vous ne travaillez pas tant que moi, you do not work as 
Vous ne travaillez pas autant que moi, much as I. 


Votre frére est-il aussi grand que moi? II n’est pas si 
grand que vous. A-t-il autant de livres que moi? II n’a pas 
tant de livres que vous. La maison de votre oncle est aussi 
commode que la notre. Ce jardin est trés-grand, mais il n’est 
pas si beau que le nétre. Vous ne m’aimez pas tant que je 
vous aime. La porcelaine est aussi blanche que le marbre. 
Votre cousin était si occupé, qu’il ne me vit point. I] n’est pas 
si heureux qu il le parait. Votre sceur est si étourdie qu'elle a 
déja oublié le chatiment. Mon fils ne travaille pas autant que 
vous. Vous n’avez pas travaillé aussi longtemps que moi. 


105. plus, more; le plus,the most moins,less; le moins, the least 


plus de, more than moins de, less than 


plus de, moins de are used for more than, less than, 

before a Number. 

Vous étes plus grand que mon frére, mais vous étes moins 
sage que lui. Votre médecin est moins habile que le ndtre. 
Ce monsieur est trés-riche; il a plus de trente maisons. Votre 
fils est trés-appliqué; il a fait aujourd’hui plus de six thémes. 
Notre jardinier a beaucoup d’enfants; je crois qu'il en a plus 
de douze. Tu as beaucoup d’affaires; mon frére en a plus que 
foi; mais mon cousin en a le plus. Cet ouvrier ne demande 
pas moins de cing écus par jour. L’armée ne faisait pas plus 
de quinze milles par jour. L’enfant a dormi plus de deux heures. 
Vos fréres ont été trés-appliqués aujourd’hui; ils ont fait trois 
themes de plus. 


“ 68 
106. \a carte, the card, map dépenser, to spend 
la récompense, the reward copier, to copy 


Thou art taller than I; but thy brother is not so tall as I. 
My uncle is quite as rich as thy father. We have quite as 
many books as you; but we have not so many maps. My son, 
thou hast been so diligent, that thou deservest a reward. I 
have not spent so much as you think. Iam quite as much 
delighted at it as you. My sons do not work so much as yours, 
Mr. Belmont has more children than his brother. We have 
been more diligent to-day than yesterday; we have done two 
exercises (de) more. I have much patience, but you have still 
more (of it). Henry has copied more than ten letters to-day. 
You cannot give him less than two francs. 


107, tant, so, so much d’autant, so much 
plus....plus, the more....the more 
moins....moins, the less... .the less 


enroué, —ée, hoarse encourager, to encourage 
distinguer, to distinguish la gaité, cheerfulness 
faible, weak s’attrister, to grieve 
économe, saving observer, to observe 


qu’avez-vous? what is the matter with you ? 

Cet enfant est tout enroué, tant il a crié. Je ne puis 
distinguer ces lettres, tant mes yeux sont faibles. Plus on a 
d’argent, plus on a d’amis. Plus il boit, plus il a soif. Plus le 
drap est fin, plus il est bon. Plus on le prie, moins il le fait. 
Moins il a d’argent, plus il est économe. Plus on est instruit, 
plus il faut étre modeste. Je ne sais ce que vous pouvez avoir, 
ma chére Julie, plus on rit ici, plus vous pleurez; plus on vous 
encourage a vous livrer a la gaité, plus vous vous attristez. 
Plus je vous observe, moins je comprends ce qui vous fait 
tant pleurer. O, mon cher oncle, vous ne savez pas tout 
ce que je souffre. Plus nous possédons, moins nous sommes 
contents. Plus le jour est long, plus la nuit est courte. Moins 
l'on désire, plus on est content. Plus on est agé, ah on de- 
vrait étre sensé. 





Ua a Aa 


108. The Adjectives meilleur, better; pire, worse; autre, 
other, different; and the Adverbs plus, more; moins, less ; 
mieux, better; pis, worse ; autrement, otherwise require ne 
before the verb following, unless the preceding verb be used negatively or 
interrogatively: 
il est plus heureux qu’on ne croit, he is happier than one thinks Y 
il n’est pas plus heureux qu’on croit, he is not happier than one thinks ( 


déjetner, to breakfast _ s’imaginer, to imagine 
se rétablir, to get better souper, to sup 


Ma sceur chante mieux qu’elle ne joue. Vous étes plus heu- 
reux que vous ne le méritez. A la campagne j’ai eu plus de 
plaisir que je n’en avais a la ville. Les dames parlent ordinai- 
rement mieux qu’elles n’écrivent. Le riche n’est pas si heu- 
reux que le pauvre se l’imagine. Vous étes venu plus tot 
que je ne croyais. Le menteur parle autrement qu’il ne pense. 
Nous avons eu tant de plaisir a la campagne que nous y som- 
mes restés plus longtemps qu’on ne nous l’avait permis. Nous 
souperons mieux que nous n’avons déjefiné. Ma sceur s’est 
rétablie beaucoup plus tot qu’on ne l’avait espéré. Un jeune 
homme modeste parle moins qu’il n’écoute. 


109. Yhomme le plus aimable, the most amiable man 

de homme le plus aimable, of the most amiable man 

a homme le plus aimable, to the most amiable man 

les hommes les plus aimables, the most amiable men 
s’adresser, to address one’s self important, -ante, important 
corrompu, —ue, corrupted positif, —ive, positive 
la circonstance, the circumstance remarquable, remarkable 

C’est le médecin le plus habile que je connaisse. Nous par- 

lons du médecin le plus habile de la ville. Vous vous étes 
adressé a ’homme le plus corrompu de tous. Londres est la 
plus grande ville du monde. Je me souviens encore des circon- 
stances les plus importantes. JI] m’a promis de la maniére la 
plus positive de m’écrire, mais il n’a pas tenu parole. J’ai été 
hier a Philadelphie; c’est une des villes les plus remarquables 
des Etats-Unis. Nous prendrons le chemin le plus court 
pour aller a Hastings. CO’est la plus belle maison de la ville, 
L’homme le plus riche n’est pas toujours le plus heureux, 


a FO a 


110. Vingratitude (f.), ingratitude médire, to speak ill 
quelquetois, sometimes affliger, to grieve 
par exemple, for instance présumer, to suppose 


You complain of the ingratitude of (the) men; one some- 
times rewards badly the most important services, and it hap- 
pens pretty often, that those to whom one has done a great 
deal of good, are the most ungrateful. Your neighbor Clark, 
for instance, is the most ungrateful man in the world. He 
speaks ill of everybody,even of his benefactors. That grieves me 
more than you think, Mr. Clark speaks differently from what 
he thinks. He is not so bad as you suppose. The honest 
man never speaks otherwise than he thinks. This is the most 
learned man (that) I know. I have written more than ten letters. 


111. qui? qui est-ce qui? who? 
de qui? de qui est-ce que? of whom? 
a qui? a qui est-ce que? to whom? 
qui? qui est-ce que? whom ? 
que? quoi? qu’est-ce qui? what ? 
CO MIMOR oii. 5: Ei ie Ss wile of what? 
PMR 8 oy 8 PE ae to what? 
que? qu'est-ce que? what ? 


la modiste, the milliner il est question, the question is 
l'étudiant (m.), the student tourmenter, to ver 
Qui est cet homme-la? C’est un homme trés-instruit. C’est 
un officier francais. Qui est cette femme-la? C'est une 
modiste. Qui sont ces messieurs? Ce sont des étudiants. 
Qui sont ces dames? Ce sont les scours de madame Tournon, 
De qui parlez-vous? A qui avez-vous écrit? Qui est-ce qui a 
fait cela? Qui est-ce que vous cherchez? Qui cherchez-vous? 
De quoi avez-vous besoin? A qui est-ce que vous avez donné 
ma canne? De qui est-ce qu'il est question? Pour qui est-ce 
que vous travaillez? Quoi, vous étes encore ici? De quoi vous 
occupez-vous donc? A quoi pensez-vous? Que dites-vyous? 
Que sommes-nous? Que vous a-t-il répondu? Qu’avez- 
yous pris? Qu’est-ce que vous écrivez? Qu’est-ce qui vous 
tourmente? 


—— 


icles! gS cae 


112. Singular. Plural. 
m. f. m. f, 
~ quel quelle? quels quelles? which ? what? 
~ lequel laquelle? lesquels lesquelles? which? 
duquel delaquelle? desquels desquelles? of which? 
auguel a laquelle? auxquels auxquelles? to which? 
lequel laquelle? lesquels lesquelles? which? 


quel homme? what, which man? 

quelles sont ses intentions? what are his intentions? 
lequel de ces hommes? which (one) of these men? 
lesquelles de ces femmes? which of these women? 


la préférence, the preference la condition, the condition 
la saison, the season accepter, to accept 


Quel livre lisez-vous? Quels fruits aimez-vous le plus? De 
quelles fieurs prendrez-vous? <A quels tableaux donnez-vous 
la préférence? De quelles maisons parlez-vous? Quels sont 
les noms des saisons? Sous quelles conditions l’accepterez- 
vous? Quel age a-t-elle? Quel temps fait-il? Quelle heure 
est-il? Lequel de ces jardins vous plait le plus? Laquelle de 
ces dames est votre sceur? Lesquels de ces messieurs parlent 
francais? Lesquelles de vos sceurs sont malades? Mon frére 
est-il parti? Lequel? L’ainé. Ma sceur est-elle arrivée? 
Laquelle? J’ai donné votre livre a une de vos filles. A laquelle? 


J’ai regu ce cadeau d’un de mes amis. Duquel? Auxquels de 
ces messieurs avez-vous parlé? 


1138. blesser, to wound _ la piéced’argent, the piece of money 
le dessin, thedrawing le combat, the combat, fight 
le maitre de dessin, the drawing-master 
va venir, is going to come, is coming 
What are you doing there? We are drawing. What are 
you drawing then? Flowers. Which is your drawing, Charles? 
This is it. That is not badly done. Where is Louisa? She 
isin the garden. What is she doing there? I do not know 
(it). Does she not know that the drawing-master is coming? 
What would he say, if she were not here! What do you wish 
to do with (of) this piece of money? I will give it to one of 
these poor men. Who has been in my room? To whom have 


— 2 —: 


you told it? From whom have you heard (learned) it? In 
which combat has your brother been wounded? Of which com- 
bat did you speak? Of whom are you thinking? Which of 
your brothers has arrived? Which of your sisters is ill? To 
which of these girls did you give the letter ? 


114, 

8, & Pl. Singular. Plural. 

qui lequel laquelle lesquels lesquelles who, which 

aaa | duquel de laquelle desquels desquelles whose, of which 

& qui auquel Alaquelle auxquels auxquelles to whom,to which 

que  lequel laquelle Jesquels lesquelles whom, which 

qui, as the complement of a preposition, can only be used for persons, 

or for things personified; for animals and things not personified we 
use lequel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles, 

la facilité, ease, fluency la probité, honesty 

s‘entretenir, to talk, converse voyager, to travel 


Voila un jeune homme qui écrit trés-bien. C'est une jeune 
dame qui parle avec beaucoup de facilité. J’aime m’entretenir 
avec des hommes qui ont beaucoup voyagé. C'est le médecin 
que j'ai vu, la demoiselle que vous connaissez. Ce sont les 
livres que vous cherchez, les fleurs que vous aimez. Ov est la 
lettre dont vous parlez? Avez-vous vu les personnes dont on 
dit tant de bien? C’est un homme dont je connais la probité. 
Elle ne sait ce qu’elle dit; ils ne savent ce qu’ils font. Monsieur 
Géréon m’écrivit un billet, auquel je n’ai pas répondu. C’est 
de quoi je me plains. C’est a quoi je pense souvent, 


115. sauver, to save passer, to spend (time) 
la-bas, yonder la feuille, the leaf 
habiter, to inhabit tomber, to fall 
convenir, to swit la valeur, the value 


Here is the young man who has saved the child of our 
neighbor. The house which you see yonder, is that which my 
aunt has bought. The rooms which you inhabit, are very com- 
fortable. Do you know the lady of whom we are talking? 
Where is the poor man to whom you have given a glass of 


* 
\ 


Sees fase 


water? Have youseen the child whose father is so ill? The 
ribbons you have sent me, suit me. The days which I have 
spent with you, have been very agreeable to me. There is the 
tree under which we have rested so often,and whose leaves are 
already falling. These are things whose value I do not know. 
The young man of whom you are speaking, has departed. 


116. éviter, toavoid __les habillements (m.), the clothing 
nuisible, hurtful renvoyer, to put off 
ce qui, ce que areemployed for that which, or its equivalent what. 


Trouvez-vous ce que vous cherchez? Ce que vous apprenez 
est utile. Comprenez-vous ce que je vous dis? Nous parlons 
de ce dont vous parlez. Nous faisons ce que nous pouvons. Ce 
que vous nous dites, est-il vrai? Ce que je vous dis est vrai. 
Que mettez-vous dans votre coffre? Nous-y mettons ce que 
nous avons, nos habillements et nos livres. Ce jeune homme 
sait-il ce qu'il fait? I] sait ce qu'il fait et ce qu'il dit. Faites- 
vous ce que le maitre vous ordonne? Nous faisons ce qu'il 
nous dit. Voila ce que vous désirez. Prenez ce qui vous plait. 
Ce qui est beau n’est pas toujours utile. Pensez toujours a ce 
que vous dites, mais ne dites pas toujours ce que vous pensez. 
Ne renvoyez pas a demain ce que vous pouvez faire aujourd’hui. 
Kvitez ce qui est nuisible a la santé. 


‘ 


117. quelque, some, any quelqu’un, —une, some one 
chaque, every, each quelques-uns, —unes, f some 
intéresser, to interest chacun, —une, every one, each one 
état, the position — remettre, to put back 


Avez-vous vu quelqu’un dans le jardin? Mon oncle m’a 
donné de l’argent. Prétez-moi quelques plumes. Quelqu’un 
viendra diner avec nous. J’ai vu quelques étudiants. Je parle 
de quelqu’un que vous connaissez. Quelques-uns de nos amis 
viendront ce soir. Je me servirai de quelques-uns de vos livres. 
Voila quelque chose de beau. Nous parlons de quelque chose 
qui vous intéresse. Chaque état a ses plaisirs. Chacun vit a sa 
maniére. Chacun doit remplir ses devoirs. Le maitre a parlé a 
chacun de ses écoliers. Remettez ces livres chacun a sa place. 
Donnez-moi quelques-unes de ces fleurs. 


—-, wo 


118. personne, noone, nobody rien, nothing 
aucun, —une, no,noone nul, nulle, no, no one 
The pronouns personne, rien, aucun, nul, are generally ac- 
companied by the negative ne, 
se facher, to get angry unrien, a trifle 
épargner, to spare l'impression (7. ),the impression 
le reproche, the reproach l'exception (f.), the exception 


Je n’ai rien a faire. Rien ne me fait plaisir. Je ne sais rien 
de tout cela, La mort n’épargne personne. Nul ne connait 
le sort qui attend. Ce garcon se fache pour unrien. Personne 
ne le sait. Je ne connais personne ici. N’en dites rien a 
personne. Je ne le dirai & personne. Personne ne me I'a 
demandé. Nul de vous ne sait dessiner. Nul ne sait s’il sera 
en vie demain. Les reproches ne font nulle impression sur lui. 
Je n’ai pris aucun de ces livres. Aucun de mes amis ne viendra. 
Nulle régle sans exception. Avez-vous vu quelques-unes de ces 
dames? Je n’en ai vu aucune. Je n’ai parié a aucun de ces 
messieurs. Je ne connais personne si savant que vous. Vous 
ne plaisez & personne. Y a-t-il quelqu'unici? Personne. 


119, \e bruit, the noise le dollar, the dollar 
rare, rare le mérite, the merit 
s’arréter, to stop (one’s self) véritable, true 


Every age has its pleasures. Everybody has fulfilled his duty. 
Every noise frightens him. He stops before every inn. Each 
of these houses costs six thousand dollars. He has made a 
present to every one. Every one has his faults. Every book 
has its merits. One must employ each day well. Do you know 
any of these ladies? I know some of these gentlemen, but I 
know none of these ladies. Eat some pears. There are fine 
apples, give me some. Some one has told me that you would 
depart to-morrow. We are speaking of somebody whom you 
know. No one of my friends has (is) arrived. I have lost none 
of my books. Nobody knows that you are here. Nothing is 
more rare than a true friend. Some of these young ladies have 
not yet finished their work. 


ee OR ce 


120. tout, everything tout, toute, every, whole, all 
le tout, the whole tout (adv.), quite 
méme, same, self, even _ tel, telle, many a one, such 
moi-méme, myself nous-mémes, ourselves 
toiméme, thyself vous-mémes, yourselves 
lui-méme, himself eux-mémes, th | 
elle-méme, herself elles-mémes, ade 
soi-méme, one’s self vous-méme, yourself 

tout homme, every man le méme homme, the same man. 


toute femme, every womdn le roi méme, the king himself 
toute la ville, the whole city tel rit, many a one laughs 
tous les hommes, ald men de tels amis, such friends 


Tout est perdu. Tous les hommes sont mortels. Je vous 
servirai en toute occasion. Je vous vois tous les jours. Je l’ai 
vu moi-méme. tLe roi méme ena parlé. C’est tout le méme 
homme que vous avez connu. Ce sont les mémes enfants. 
Vous étes toujours le méme. J’ai acheté du méme drap, de la 
-méme toile. Mes soceurs viendront elles-mémes. Nous |’avons 
vu nous-mémes. Monsieur Charlier a écrit cette lettre lui-méme. 
Votre pére vous l’a dit (a) vous-eméme. Je te le donnerai moi- 
méme. Il ne faut pas parler toujours de soi-méme. ‘Tel en 
parle qui n’en sait rien. Le tout est plus grand que la partie, 
- Je n’aime pas de tels livres, de telles plumes. 


121. les meubles (m.), the furniture la réponse, the answer 
| arranger, to arrange Vidée (f.), the idea 
communiquer, to communicate la raison, the reason 


All this furniture is very beautiful. All the ladies have 
danced. All the children have taken a walk. The whole garden 
is well arranged. We have worked the whole day. We have 
communicated it to all our friends. Our neighbor has bought 
the whole. All those who were here, have heard it. It is the 
same gentleman whom we saw (haveseen) yesterday. Itisalways 


. the same answer. These are the same reasons which he has 


already explained. I had the same idea. Give me some of 
the same wine. We have sent it to the same merchant. I have 
been there myself, Thou hast done it thyself. 


- 6 — 


122. lun, the one. certain, —aine, certain, some 
l'autre, the other plusieurs, several 
l'un l'autre each other, autre chose, something else 
lesunsles autres) oneanother autrui, others (after pre- 
l'un et l'autre, both positions only) 
l'un et l'autre lont dit : 
ils l’ont dit l'un et l'autre both have said t 
ni l'un ni l'autre ne l’ont dit, neither the one nor the 
other has said it 
Tentrée (7.), the entrance, admission __ envier, to envy 
I] n'y a rien de plus certain. Un certain monsieur, une cer- 
taine dame me l’a raconté, J’ai donné votre livre 4 un certain 
écolier, Certains garcons, certaines filles sont ici. Vous parlez 
d'un certain négociant que je connais trés-bien. Il me |]’a promis 
sous certaines conditions. La chose n'est pas encore certaine.— 
Plusieurs de mes amis le savent. J'ai regu aujourd’hui plu- 
sieurs lettres. On a refusé l’entrée a plusieurs personnes. Par- 
lez-moi d’autre chose. Donnez-moi un autre habit. L’un dit 
ceci, l'autre dit cela. N’avez-vous pas d’autre encre, d'autres 
plumes? Ces deux fréres s’aiment l'un l'autre. Ils sont ap- 
pliqués l'un et ’autre. J’ai pris l'un pour l'autre. Les hommes 
doivent s’aimer les uns les autres. N’enviez pas le bonheur 
d’autrui. Ne faites pas 4 autrui ce que vous ne voudriez pas 
qu’on vous fit. Ni l'un ni l'autre n’en ont parleé. 


128. quiconque, whoever, every body who 
queleonque, whatever 
quelque, however, as 
quelque, whatever 
quel que, quelle que &c., whatever 
qui que ce soit, whoever he may be 
quoi que ce soit, whatever it may be 
quelconque, whatever, always stands after its Noun. 
quelque, however, with an Adjective is indeclinable. 
quelque, whatever, followed by a Noun with any other Verb than 
étre, to be, takes an s before a Noun Plural. 
quel que, whatever, followed by the Verb étre, *‘o be with a Noun, 
- maust be writtenin two words: quel que, quelle que, quels que, 
quelles que, according to the Gender and Number of the Noun, 


poe ae 


bienfaisant, -ante, liberal _ aider, to help 
Vopinion (f.), the opinion s’y prendre, to manage 
en imposer, to deceive inutile, wseless 


Quiconque est riche, doit étre bienfaisant. Je donnerai ce 
livre a quiconque le voudra. On n’a pas bonne opinion de qui- 
conque parle mal de ses amis. Prétez-moi un livre quelconque. 
Qui que vous soyez, vous n’obtiendrez rien. Quoi que vous 
disiez, on ne vous écoutera pas. Qui que ce soit qui vous ait 
dit cela, on vous en aimposé. Je n’ai pas parlé a qui que ce 
soit. Quel que soit cet emptoi, il veut l’accepter. Quelle que 
soit son intention, je ne l’aiderai pas. Quelque riche que vous 
soyez, ily ena encore de plus riches que vous. De quelque 
maniére qu’on s’y prenne, tout sera inutile. 


‘124. faire des reproches, to reproach attaquer, to attack 
prendre congé, to take leave traduire, to translate 


He gives to one what he takes from the other. Both are 
wrong. He has reproached both; but neither the one nor the 
other has deserved it. I have taken leave of both. These 
brothers love each other very much; they always go out to- 
gether. They seem to have been born for each other. Give 
me another hat and another stick. Do not speak ill (badly) 
of others. I have already heard the news from several persons. 
We have spent several days in this town. I tell it to every one 
who is willing to hear it. We shall defend ourselves against 
everybody who will attack us. The law will punish everybody 
who does not obey it. Give me any (an) exercise whatever 
to translate. However learned you may be, there are still many — 
things which you donot know. Whatever he may say, I shall 
not listen to him. 


125. = one, Vs 
songer, to think la noix, the nut 
Si vous allez au concert, j’y irai aussi. Vous allez peut-étre 
a léglise, j’y vais aussi. Vous dites que mon livre est sur la 
table; il y était, mais il n’y est plus. Songez-y un peu. Oui, 
jy songerai. Vous venez de la ville; j’en viens aussi. Avez- 


st WTS 


vous du papier? J’en avais, mais je n’en ai plus. Qu’en pensez- 
vous? Jen’en saisrien. Je vous en parlerai une autre fois. 
Etes-vous content de mon fils? Oui, j’en suis content. Voila 
du gateau; en voulez-vous? Donnez m’en un morceau. Voila 
de l'eau; donnez m’en un verre. Je n’en yeux plus. Voila des 
pommes; donnez-lui-en quelques-unes. Voila d’excellentes noix. 
Je n’en mange point. 


126. verser, to pour planter, to plant 
le bane, the bench la couple, the couple 

My father has gone there this morning. 1 was not yet 
there. My brother has gained nothing by it. I shall remain 
there three days. Do not speak any more of it. I have 
promised it to him, and I shall think of it. The ink was a little 
too thick; I have poured some water into it. Will you sit down 
on this bench? Yes, I will sit down on it. Is your father in 
the room? No, Sir, he is not there. What have you planted 
by the side of your flowers? I have planted vegetables there. 
Charles has made ten mistakes in his exercise, and I have made 
nine (of them). Have you any money? No, I have none. 
Have you any friends? I have still a bottle of wine, will you 
have a glass? Ithank you. I have already drunk some. I 
have some apples, will you have any? Give me a couple 
of them. 





127. 


CONVERSATIONS. 





Jacques et Chrétien. 


Jacques. Avez-vous vu le pauvre Antoine? 
Chrétien. Non. 


fossé. 
Ch. 


Ah, il fallait voir comme il était désolé tout-a-l’heure ! 


Mad * est-ce qu’il lui est done arrivé? 


Il était couvert de boue depuis les pieds jusqu’a la téte. 


. Qui l’avait mis dans cet état-la? 


Il était dans la prairie avec Charles et Louis. 


. Eh bien ? 


Vous savez qu’il y a un fossé d’un cdté. 


. Oui. 


Ils voulaient jouer a qui sauterait le mieux par-dessus ce 


Et il est tombé au beau milieu ? 
Précisément. 


. Il ne s’est pas blessé, j’espére ? 


I] dit que non. 


. Est-ce lui qui a sauté le premier ? 


Oui, et les autres n’ont plus été tentés de faire preuve 


de leur adresse. 


Ch. 


od. 
toute 


Ou est-il a présent ? 
Le pauvre malheureux! IJ est dans sa chambre pour 
la journée. 





127. 


il fallait voir, you should have seen par-dessus, over 


désolé, —ée, distressed le beau milieu, the very middle 
la boue, the mud | . précisément, exactly 

depuis, from : blesser, to hurt 

l'état (m.), the state tenter, to tempt 

le fossé, the ditch faire preuve, to make a trial 

le coté, the side Vadresse (f.),the skill 


sauter, to jump 


— $90 — 


128, Frédéric et Antoine, — 


Frédéric. Savez-vous ce que papa va nous acheter ? 

Antoine. Non, qu’est-ce que c'est? 

F. Je suis stir, que vous ne le devineriez jamais. 

A. Eh bien! dites-le-moi: 

F. Il va nous acheter a chacun de nous un petit cheval. 

A. Un cheval, Frédéric? vous badinez, vous voulez dire un 
cheval de bois ? 


F. Comment! a notre Age un cheval de bois! 

A. Je m’amuse bien avee un cheval de bois. 

F. Mais n’aimeriez-vous pas mieux un vrai cheval ? 

A. Oh, assurément. 

F. Eh bien, je vous dis que nous aurons un vrai cheval. 

A. Oh, que je suis content! 

F. Nous pourrons faire une promenade a cheval avec papa. 

A. Trotter, galoper, oh, quel plaisir! 

F. Vous verrez, que je serai bon cavalier. 

A. Papa nous fera apprendre sans doute 4 monter a cheval ? 

F. Qui, il a dit que nous irions au printemps au manége, 
129. Etienne et Geoffroi, 


Etienne. I] sera bientét temps de nous coucher. 

Geoffroi. I am not sorry for that, for I am very sleepy. 

E. Je ne youdrais jamais me coucher avant dix heures. 

G. And at what time would you like to get up? 

B. A huit heures. 

G. I like to get up early. 

E. Quand je suis 4 la campagne, j'aime a me lever d’assez 
bonne heure. 

G. Have you ever seen the sun rise? 





128, sir, stire, sure trotter, to trot 
deviner, to quess galoper, to gallop 
badiner, to joke le cavalier, the horseman 
le cheval de bois, the rocking-horse monter a cheval, to ride on horse- 
vrai, vraie, real back 
assurément, certainly le printemps, the spring 


la promenade a cheval, the ride on le manége, the riding-school 
horseback 


eae, igo 


Oui, quelquefois au bord de la mer. 
It is very beautiful to see, is it not? 
Papa dit que c’est un spectacle magnifique. 
I hope (that) I shall en see the sun rise next 
summer. 
E. Ov irez-vous? | 
G. Ido not know yet, but I think, we'shall go to Saratoga. 


eRe 


180. Auguste et Nicolas. 


Auguste. Nicolas! Nicolas! 

Nicolas. What do you want? 

A. Venezici. Aurons-nous aujourd’hui une lecon de 
francais ? 

N. I do not think so. Our master cannot come. Some 
strangers have come to see him. — 

A. Eh bien, nous nous amuserons cette aprés-midi. 

N. No, my dear. Papa wishes me to do (that I may do) 
my exercise, and to learn my lesson. 

A. Mais savez-veus ce qu'il faut faire, si monsieur Viard ne 
vient pas? . 

N. No matter. Papa does not wish me to lose (that I may 
lose) my time. 

A. Et moi, je ne veux pas étre toute la journée cloué sur 
mes livres. 

N. You will do as you please. But if you do not apply 
yourself better, you never will be (anything) but an ignorant 
(boy). You have been taking French lessons three years, and 
you know nothing. 

A. Est-ce ma faute? 

N. Certainly. It is not enough to take a few lessons a. 
(the) week, you must also apply yourself, if you wish to make 
(des) progress. 





129. le bord de la mer, the sea-side n’importe, no matter 
le spectacle, the sight cloué,—ée sur, nailed to 
magnifique, magnificent s'appliquer, to apply one’s self 
prochain,—aine, next le progrés, the progress 


130, Vétranger (m.), the stranger 


— 


131. Adéle et Elvire. 


Adéle. Etes-vous préte, Elvire ? 
Hivire. Pas encore; pourquoi cela? 
A. Maman nous attend; nous allons sortir cette aprés-midi. 
BE. Oh, tant mieux! J’aime a sortir avec maman, Atten- 
dez un moment. Je cours chercher mon chapeau; od sont 
mes gants? 
Ne sont-ils pas dans votre tiroir ? 
Non, je les ai 6tés ce matin. 
Et vous ne savez pas ot vous les avez mis? 
Non, vraiment. 
Vous perdez toujours vos gants. 
Je les ai peut-étre laissés dans le salon. 
Je vais voir, dépéchez-vous de vous habiller. 
Les avez-vous trouvés ? 
Oui, ils étaient sur la table. 
Oh, merci, Adéle. 
Maman nous appelle. 
Elle sera fachée, que nous l’ayons fait attendre si 
longtemps. 


tes p> ed be tet tet be tet bt 


132. Alphonse et Henri. 


Alphonse. Will you come with me into the garden? 

Henri. Very willingly; but I do not trust the weather. The 
sky is getting cloudy. There will be a storm. 

A. I should like it, for the land has need of rain. But I do 
not think that the weather will change (changes). 

H. You will see (are going to see), that it will rain. Do you 
not see the storm which is forming (itself) yonder? The wind 
is rising. The thunder is pealing from afar. 

A. I think you are right. Did you see that lightning? 





131, pret, préte, ready se couvrir, to get cloudy 
dter, to take out lorage (m.), the storm 
laisser, to leave les terres (f.), the land 
le salon, the drawing-room la pluie, the rain 
se dépécher, to make haste se former, to form 

132. se fier a, to trust le tonnerre, the thunder 


le ciel, les cieux, the sky, Heaven gronder, to peal 


ga MRE 


H. Do you see those whirls of dust ? 

A. There is the rain (which is) beginning. Heaven, what 
a flood! 

H. It is a cloud (which is) bursting. 

A. The water will certainly do great damage. 


132. Guillaume et Louis. 


Guillaume. Est-il vrai, Louis, que tu dois partir demain? 

Louis. Not to-morrow, but at this very moment. 

G. Et pourquoi done si vite? 

L. Because my father is dangerously ill, and he wishes to 
see me. 

G. Ah! quel malheur! J’espére pourtant qu’il se rétablira. 

L. (May) God grant it! My mother is in (at the) despair. 
I have done nothing but ery all (this) night. 

G. Allons, ne perds pas courage. Mon cceur me dit, que 
ton pére en réchappera,et que je te reverrai bientot. 

L. May it please Heaven! but there is not much (to) hope. 
Good-bye, William! 

G. Adieu, mon cher Louis! Que le ciel te conserve ton pére ! 

: ena | thank you with all my heart. 

G. Bon voyage! 


134, Guillaume et Ernest. 


Guillaume. Sais-tu, Ernest, que le pére de Louis est a l’ex- 
trémité? 

Ernest. I know it but too well (too much). He has been 
struck with (fallen into) apoplexy, and there is nothing more 
to hope. He has lost his speech (the use of the speech). 





132. le tourbillon, the whirl le courage, courage 
Vondée (7. ), the flood réchapper, to escape 
le nuage, the cloud conserver, to preserve 
les dégits, (m.), damage [ment le voyage, the journey 

133. 4 Vinstant méme, at this very mo- 134, étre a l’extrémité, to be dying 
dangereusement, dangerously Vapoplexie (f.), apoplexy 
vouloir, to grant lusage (m.), the use 


le désespoir, despair la parole, the speech 


oo a aS 


G. Ce pauvre Louis me fait bien dela peine. Nous ne le 
reverrons plus, si son pére vient a mourir. On dit qu'il ne 
laisse point de fortune a sa famille. 

BE. No, he only had his salary. His widow and his children 
are much to be pitied. — 

G. Il faudra que Louis apprenne un métier. 

B. Yes, without doubt. 

G. C'est bien dommage, car c’est une excellente téte; ila 
beaucoup de disposition pour l'étude. 

BE. And all that now becomes useless to him. 

G. Nous sommes heureux d’avoir encore nos parents. 


135. “Jules ct Matthieu. 


Jules. Did you see (the) poor little Robert? 

Matthieu. Was it he who was here? 

Yes, 

He was going out as I came in, but I did not know him 


How I pity him! 

What has happened to him? 

He is crippled for (the) life. 

I saw (that) he had crutches. 

He will never be able to walk, nor to do any work. 
How did that happen? 

He fell down in climbing up a tree. 

Poor fellow! Did you give bim something ? 

I had no money, but mamma gave him half a dollar. 
All that is in my purse shall be for him. 

I know where he lives, we will go (and) take it to him. 
Where does he live? 

At the other end of the village. 

We can go there this afternoon. 


Pees US eee ey 5 





134, les appointements (m.), the salary _la béquille, the crutch 
la veuve, the widow ni, nor 
le métier, the trade : grimper sur, to climb up 
la disposition, the disposition le garcon, the fellow 
135, reconnaitre, to know again le bout, the end 
estropié, —ée, crippled le village, the village 


sae MS 
1386. Le pére, Martin, Robert, Elise. 


Martin. Sais-tu, Robert, que nous allons nous promener en 
voiture ? 

Robert. Oui, Elise vient de me le dire. Out allons-nous? 

M. Jenen saisrien. Je m’imagine que papa nous ménera 
4 Fordham. | : 

R. Ah, je voudrais bien y aller. J’aime tant les fraises 
délicieuses qu’on y mange. 

M. Et moi, j’aime beaucoup a sortir avec papa; il a tou- 
jours quelque histoire intéressante a nous raconter.— 

-R. A quelle heure partirons-nous? 

M. A trois heures. Ov est Elise? 

R. Elle fait sa toilette. Voila papa, qui vient. 

Pére. . Eh bien, mes enfants, étes-vous préts? La voiture est 
a la porte. 

M. Oui, papa; il n’y a qu’a prendre nos chapeaux. LEst-il 
vrai que nous irons a Fordham? 

P. Qui, puisque je sais que les fraises sont tant de votre 
gotit. Mais ot est votre sceur? 

M. Jenel’ai pas vue, depuis que je suis rentré. Je vais 
Vappeler. 


137, Le pére, Martin, Robert, Elise. 


CONTINUATION. 

Martin. Elise! Elise! 

Elise. Qu’est-ce que c’est? 

M. Papa te demande. Nous allons partir. 

E. Attendez un petit moment. Je ne croyais pas qu'il fat 
déja temps. : 

M. ‘Tu te fais toujours attendre. Dépéche-toi done. Si au 
bout de cing minutes tu n’es pas préte, nous partirons sans tol, 
et tu resteras a la maison. 

R_ Voila enfin Elise. Montons vite en voiture. 





136, se promener en voiture, toride 1237, enfin, at last 
in @ carriage monter en voiture, to get into the 
délicieux, -euse, delicious carriage. 
faire sa toilette, to dress . 


E. Je vous demande pardon, papa; je regrette beaucoup de 
vous avoir fait attendre. 

Pére. Je sais que tu avais quelque chose a faire, ma fille. 
Descendons vite, le cocher nous attend. 
Est-ce une voiture a quatre personnes, papa? 
Oui, ma fille. | 
Est-elle couverte? Peut-on la fermer en cas d’orage? 
Je crois que oui. Martin, peux-tu ouvrir la portiére? 
Non, papa, cela m’est impossible. 
La voila ouverte, Elise, tu te placeras dans le fond a 
e6té de moi. Et vous, messieurs, vous vous mettrez sur le 
devant. 

M. Mais, papa, vous savez bien que je ne peux pas aller 
en arriére; je m’en trouve mal, 

P. Nous changerons de place hors de la ville. Fouette, 
cocher ! 


POO to 


1IB8, Philippe ct Jean. 


Philippe. Veux-tu venir avec moi? 

Jean. Where do you want to go? 

Ph. A Harlem. Mes parents y sont, et ils m’attendent. 

J. Icertainly will, if Mamma allows it (me). 

Ph. Va vite lui en demander la permission. Mes parents ont 
une voiture: nous reviendrons en voiture, 

J. So much the better. But why did you not go with them? 

Ph. C’est que je n’avais pas encore achevé ma tache. 

J. Thus they have made you stay at home as a (in) penance. 

Ph. Point du tout; je ne me divertis jamais qu’aprés avoir 
fait mon devoir. 

J. Wait for me a moment; I am going to return imme- 
diately. 





137. descendre, to go down en arriére, backwards 
le cas, the case hors de, outside 
la portiére, the (carriage-) door fouetter, to whip (drive on) 
se placer, to take a seat 138, la tiche, the task 
le fond, the back en pénitence, as a penance 


le devant, the front 


— 8§ — 


Ph. Eh bien? 

J. I knew that Mamma would allow it (me). She knows 
that I am in good company. 

Ph. Mais que ferons-nous 4 Harlem pour nous amuser? 

. J. Do you know how to play (at) billiards? 

Ph. I know (it) a little; but my father does not wish me to 
play (at it) (that I may play). 

J. Sais-tu ce que nous ferons? Nous jouerons aux quilles. 

Ph. [t is a game which I like much. 

J. Il y a tant de plaisir 4 voir tomber les quilles a droite et 
a gauche. : 

Ph. There are my parents (who are) coming. 


139. Catherine et Jeannette. 


Catherine. Where are you going so fast, Jane? 

Jeannette. I am going to make some purchases. Mamma 
wants (would like) to have a few (some) ells of fine pink ribbon. 
Do you not know where one may find some ? 

C. Nobody is better supplied with (in) ribbons than Mr. 
Robert. He has (of them) splendid ones, at very moderate 
prices. 

J. Very well, come (then) with me. You will help me to 
choose and to bargain. 

¢. Certainly, provided (that) it does not take long. 

J. Are you then in such a hurry? 

Q. (It is that) I have an errand to do. 

J. Well; we shall have done ina moment. Another time 
I will accompany you, too. ) 





138. se divertir, to play [liards assorti, —ie, supplied 


jouer au billard, to play (at) bil- superbe, splendid 
les quilles (f.), the skittles (ten- modéré, —ée, moderate 
pins) choisir, to choose 
& droite, (to the) right marchander, to bargain 
& gauche, (to the) left pourvu, provided 
139, Yemplette (f.), the purchase: ne soit pas, does not take 


ruban rose, pink ribbon la commission, the errand 


cs I ce: 


740. Mile. Jeannette et Mr. Robert. 


Jeannette. Good day! Mr. Robert. Can (could).one find at 
your house fine pink ribbons ? 

Robert. Oh, yes, ladies. Here is a complete assortment o 
them. : 

J. At how much an (the) elldo you sell these ? 

‘R. Twenty-four cents. 

J. You are joking, Mr. Robert. I have bought wider ones 
(of them) at eighteen cents. 

R. I am sure, Miss, that is impossible. One can easily be 
mistaken in (upon) the quality. I. have some as wide at the 
same price, (of) eighteen cents. But you wil) soon find the 
difference between them (of them). 

J. We are in a hurry, Mr. Robert. If you can let me have 
them (can give them to me) at twenty cents, I will take six ells. 

R. Very well, Miss, take them. 





140, l'assortiment (m.), the assortment aisément, easily 
complet, -éte, complete se tromper, to be mistaken 
large, wide la différence, the difference 


Seconp Part. 


ELEMENTS OF FRENCH GRAMMAR. 





-* THE ALPHABET. 
l. The French Alphabet consists of the following twenty-five letters: 


Names Names 
a A ah nN enn 
bB bay 0 O Oo 
ec C say p P pay 
aD day q Q — 
e E eh r R err * 
f F eff s S ess 
¢ G jay * t T tay 
h H ash ? u U —* 
i I ee vv vay 
j J. jee ? x X ix 
k K kah y ¥ ee greck 
1 L ell ZZ, zed 

M emm 


2. The letters are divided into two general classes: Vowels and Con- 
sonants; the vowels are: a, €, i, O, U, y. All other letters are consonants. 

3. For a full explanation of the Principles of French Pronunciation, 
the learner is referred to the Short Guide to French Pronunciation, preceding 
_ the First Course of this Method. For oral exercises.in French Reading 
and Spelling with pupils of a tender age, AHN’S French Primer and 
Reading-Charts should be employed. 





1 7 to be pronounced like s in pleasure, 

2a to be pronounced asin fast. 

3 The French name of this letter cannot be represented by English letters; it must 
be learned from the mouth of the teacher. 

4err to be pronounced as in ferry, 


89 


ee 
THE PARTS OF SPEECH, 
4, The Parts of Speech in French are nine, namely: the Article, the 
Noun, the Adjective, the Pronoun, the Verb, the Adverb, the Preposition, 


the Conjunction, and the Interjection. Articles, Nouns, Adjectives, and 
Pronouns are declined; Verbs are conjugated; Adverbs, Prepositions, Con- 


THE ARTICLE. 
5, Articles are little words which we put before nouns to limit their sig- 
nification. In French, they are distinguished as: 


Plural. 

masc. fem. both genders. 
‘the Definite Article: le, la les the 
the Indefinite Article: un, une — a, an 


some, any 
(I. 1. 2 7. &}° 
THE NOUN. 
6. A Noun is the name of a person, place, or thing, as: femme, woman; 
Génes, Genoa; maison, house. The nouns are divided, as in English, into 
two general classes: Proper and Common. Proper nouns are the names of 
individual persons, or things, as: Pierre, Peler; Londres, London; common 
nouns are the names of a class of persons, or things, as: oiseau, bird; homme, 
man. 


7. Nouns have modifications of three kinds, namely: Numbers, Genders, 
and Cases. 


Numbers. 
8, Number is the distinction between one and more than one, usually 
expressed by some difference in termination. 
9. There are two numbers, the Singular and the Plural; the singular 
denotes one object, as: un livre, a book; the plural denotes more than one 
object, as: les enfants, the children. 


Formation of the Plural. 

10. The Plural is regularly formed by adding gs to the singular, as: la 
feuille, the leaf; les fenilles, the leaves. 
7 1. Nouns which end in the singular in §, X, or Z, are alike in both 
numbers, as: le fils,he son; les fils, the sons; la voix, the voice; les voix, the 
voices. 

12, Nouns ending in au or eu add x for the plural, as: le chapeau, the 
hat; les chapeaux, the hats; le jeu, the game, les jeux, the games. 

13, Nouns ending in al change this termination into aux, as: le 
cheval, the horse; les chevaux, the-horses. 





* These numbers cite the Exercises Me Tr Le ee 
the Roman figures indicate the Courses, the Arabic figures the Ezercises, 


em 
14. Mark the following exceptions: 


le bijou, the jewel les bijoux, the jewels 

le caillou, the pebble les cailloux, the pebbles 

le chou, the cabbage | les choux, the cabbages 

le genou, the knee ~ les genoux, the knees 

le hibou, the owl les hiboux, the owls 

le joujou, the plaything les joujoux, the playthings 
le bal, the ball les bals, the bails 

le carnaval, the carnival les carnavals, the carnivals 
le cal, the callosity les cals, the callosities 

le chacal, the jackal y, _ les chacals, the jackals _ 

le régal, the regale. “en+ & les régals, the regales Lean 
le bail, the lease les baux, the leases 

le corail, the coral les coraux, the corals 
Vémail (m.), the enamel les émaux, the enamels 

le soupirail, the air-hole les soupiraux, the air-holes 
le travail, the work * les travaux, the works 


le vantail, the leaf (of folding-doors) les vantaux, the leaves (of folding-doors) 


13, The following are still more irregular: 
le ciel, the sky, Heaven les cieux, the heavens 
Voeil (m.), the eye les yeux, the eyes 
‘ips les aieuls, the grandfathers 
Vaieul (m.), the grandfather 1 len afoux. the chitin = 
(I. £9. 50. 73. 74. 78. 76.) 


16. Compound nouns consisting of a noun and an adjective, or of a noun 
and a pronoun, or of two nouns, vary both parts to form the plural, as: 
la basse-cour, the poultry-yard; les basses-cours, the poultry-yards; madame, 
Madam; mesdames, ladies; un chou-fleur, a cauliflower; des choux-fleurs, 
cauliflowers. [I. 91. 92.] 


17. When a compound noun is formed of two nouns, with a preposition 
between them, the sign of the plural is added to the first noun only, as 
un are-en-ciel, a rainbow; des arcs-en-ciel, rainbows. 


18. In words compounded of a noun with a verb ora preposition, the 
noun alone takes the mark of the plural, as: l’avant-coureur, the forerunner, 
les avant-coureurs, the forerunners. 


19. Compound nouns consisting of two indeclinable parts of speech, are 
alike in both numbers, as: le passe-partout, the pass-key; les passe-partout, 
the pass-keys. To these a few others may be added, which follow the same 
rule, although one or even both of the component parts are’ nouns, as: 
le réveille-matin, the alarm-clock; des réveille-matin, alarm-clocks ; ; le téte- 
a-téte, the private interview; des téte-i-téte, private interviews. 





* le travail, the trave, becomes les travails, the traves. 


20. Some nouns (from the nature of things meant) have no plural, as: 
lor, gold; le vif-argent, quicksilver; la jeunesse, youth; others have no 
singular, as: les environs, the environs; les frais, expenses; les moeurs, man- 
ners; les gens, people; les vivres, victuals. 

2\|. Several nouns have two different meanings for the singular, and for 
the plural; in the plural, however, the greater part of them are frequently 


used with either meaning. 
le ciseau, the chisel les ciseaux, the scissors 
la défense, the defence les défenses, the tusks 
le fer, iron les fers, the chains, fetters 
le gage, the pledge les gages, the wages 
la lettre, the letter les lettres, the literature 
la lunette, the spy-glass les lunettes, the spectacles 
le neveu, the nephew les neveux, the descendants 
la petite maison, the little house _les petites-maisons, the lunatic asylum 
la tablette, the shelf les tablettes, the table-book 
la troupe, the crowd les troupes, the troops, soldiers 


Genders. 
22. There are only two Genders in French, the Masculine and the 
_ Feminine. The Masculine Gender is that which denotes persons or animals 
of the male kind, as: le pére, the father, le lion, the lion; the Feminine 
Gender is that which denotes persons or animals of the female kind, as: 
la mére, the mother, la lionne, the lioness. 


23. The sexes are generally distinguished by the use of different ter- 
minations. Many nouns become feminine by merely adding a mute e to the 
masculine, as: 


un commergant, a trader une commergante, a tradeswoman 
un Frangais, a Frenchman une Francaise, a French woman 
le berger, the shepherd la bergére, the shepherdess 

le cousin, the cousin (masc. ) la cousine, the cousin (fem.) 

un ours, a he-bear une ourse, a she-bear 


24. Nouns ending in an, On, ien, become feminine by doubling the 
final m, and adding @, as: 

le baron, the baron la baronne, the baroness 

le paysan, the peasant (masc.) la paysanne, the peasant (fem. ) 

le musicien, the musician (masc.) la musicienne, the musician (fem. ) 

25. Many nouns in @ become feminine by adding sse, as: 

le comte, the count la comtesse, the countess 

le tigre, the tiger la tigresse, the tigress 

26. Nouns ending in eur, if derived from French verbs, become 
feminine by changing eur into euse, as: 

le chanteur, the singer (masc.) a chanteuse, the singer (fem.) 

le danseur, the dancer (masc.) 1a danseuse, the dancer (fem.) 


veo MRE a 


27. Nouns ending in teur, and not derived from French verbs, be- 
come feminine by changing teur into trice, as: 
Vacteur, the actor . Vactrice, the actress 
Vinstituteur, the teacher Vinstitutrice, the lady-teacher 


28, To the foregoing rules there are many exceptions. The following 
are worthy of notice: : 


le loup, the he-wolf la louve, the she-wolf 
Vépoux, the husband l’épouse, the wife 
le juif, the Jew la juive, the Jewess 
le veuf, the widower la veuve, the widow 
un abbé, an abbot une abbesse, an abbess 
" Dieu, God une déesse, a goddess 
un larron, a thief (mase. } une larronnesse, a thief (fem. ) 
un duc, a duke une duchesse, a duchess 
le gouverneur, the governor, tutor la gouvernante, the governess 
le roi, the king la reine, the queen 
Vempereur, the emperor Vimpératrice, the empress [I. 39. 40.] 


29. The noun gens, people, has the peculiarity that all adjectives 
before it are used in the feminine, and all adjectives after it in the mas- 
culine gender. ‘To this there is only one exception, namely the adjective 
tout, all, which remains masculine before gens, if not accompanied 
by another adjective which has a particular feminine termination; thus, we 
say: 


de dangereuses gens dangerous people 

des gens fort dangereux very dangerous people 

tous les gens sensés all sensible people 

tous les honnétes gens all honest people 
toutes ces bonnes gens all this good people 

toutes ces méchantes gens all this bad people. 


30. The nouns: gens d'affaires, business-men, gens de lettres, literary men, 
and the like, are always masculine. 

31. The names of things without life have no particular gender in 
French, but are said to be either masculine or feminine, according to rules 
which do not here admit of explicit statement. In the main, therefore, the 
gender of these nouns must be learned by experience, but the following 
practical rules will be found of value. 


Gender as determined by the meaning. 


32. Masculine are the names of the seasons, months, and days of the 
week, of metals, and trees, as: le printemps, spring; le dimanche, Sunday; le 
chéne, the oak; le fer, iron. 

33. Feminine are most names of plants, fruits, and flowers, the names of 
sciences, virtues, and vices, as: la poire, the pear; la prune, the plum; la 
chimie, chemistry; la paresse, idleness. 


i, QR as 


Gender as determined by the ending, 

34, Masculine are the greater number of words in al, et, ant, ent; 
also those in @u, eU, OU, age, and ége; as: le métal, the metal; le 
secret, the secret; le chant, the song; le bitiment, the building; le marteau, 
the hammer; le feu, the fire; le cou, the neck; le dommage, the damage; le 
piége, the trap. 

35, Feminine are most nouns in eur, esse, ance, and ence; also 
those in ée, té, tié, and in son or ion; as: l'erreur, the error; la vitesse, 
the quickness; la patience, patience; la journée, the day; la bonté, the kind- 
ness; la maison, the house; la création, the creation; la passion, passion. 

36. A considerable number of nouns are of both genders, with a diffe- 
rent meaning for each gender, as: 


l Masculine, Feminine. 
l'aide, the assistant l'aide, the assistance 
l'aune, the alder l'aune, the ell 
le livre, the book Ja livre, the pound 
le manche, the handle la manche, the sleeve 
le page, the page (serving-boy) la page, the page (of a book) 
le somme, the nap, sleep la somme, the sum 

Je souris, the smile la souris, the mouse 

~ le tour, the tour, turn la tour, the tower 
le voile, the veil la voile, the sail 

Cases. 


37. Cases denote the relation which a noun sustains to other words in 
the sentence. 

38. There are four cases: the Nominative answering to the English No- 
minative, the Genitive answering nearly to the English Possessive, or Ob- 
jective with of; the Dative corresponding to the English Objective with to or 
for; the Accusative nearly the same with the English Objective. The 
nominative and accusative of nouns are always alike. 


The Declension of Nouns. 


39. The declension of a noun is a regular arrangement of its numbers 
and cases. 


40. Nouns preceded by the Definite Article are declined as follows: 


Nom. le pére, the father les péres, the fathers 
Gen. du pare, of the father, the father’s des péres, of the fathers, the fathers’ 
Dat. au pére, to the father aux péres, to the fathers 


Ace. le pare, the father les péres, the fathers, 


9 — 


Singular. Plural. 
Nom. la mére, the mother les méres, the mothers 
Gen. de la mére, of the mother des meres, of the mothers 


Dat. A la mére, to the mother aux méres, to the mothers 
Acc. la mere, the mother les méres, the mothers 

Nom. l’enfant, the child les enfants, the children 
Gen. del’enfant,of the child — des enfants, of the children 
Dat. 4 l'enfant, to the child aux enfants, to the children 
Acc. l’enfant, the child les enfants, the children 
Nom. V’heure, the hour les heures, the hows 

Gen. de l’heure, of the hour des heures, of the hours 
Dat. - a l’heure, to the hour aux heures, to the hours 
Acc. Vheure, the hour les heures, the hours 


[I. 33. 34. 35. 36.] 


4|. All nouns that begin with a vowel,-or non-aspirated hy take ? — 


(with the apostrophe) instead of le or la; instead of le arbre, we say 
Varbre, the tree; instead of la école, V’école, the school. [I. 37, 38.] 
42. The characteristic of the French declension is that it forms the 
genitive and dative cases by prefixing de and @ to the nominative; at the 
same time, the articles le and les, thus preceded by de and 4@, are 
contracted as follows: 
de le into du de les into des 
ale “ au a les ‘“« aux 
The contractions du and au are never used with nouns beginning with 
a vowel, or non-aspirated h. [I. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66.) 


43. Nouns with the Indefinite Article are declined as follows: 
une ville, a town 
d’une ville, of a town 


Nom. un jardin, a garden 

Gen. d’un jardin, of a garden 

Dat. a un jardin, to a garden & une ville, to a town 

Acc. un jardin, a garden une ville, a town 
Mark the elision of thee in @’un, d’une. 


44, Nouns preceded by the Partitive Article are declined as follows: 


« 


Singular, 
de la viande, some meat 


de viande, of some meat 
& de la viande, to some meat 
de la viande, some meat. 


Nom. du pain, some bread 

Gen. de pain, of some bread 

Dat. a du pain, to some bread 

Acc. du pain, some bread 

Plural, 

Nom. des cerises, some cherries 
Gen. de cerises, of some cherries 
Dat. a des cerises, to some cherries 


Acc. des cerises, some cherries (I. 77. 78. I. 99. 100.! 


— 


45, Partitive nouns preceded by an adjective, take in all cases the pre- 
position de instead of du, dela, del’, des; with a following ad- 
jective, however, a partitive noun retains its article. 


Nom. de bon pain, good bread de belles fleurs, beautiful flowers 
Gen. de bon pain, of good bread de belles fleurs, of beautiful flowers 
Dat. A de bon pain, to good bread A de belles fleurs, to beautiful flowers 
Acc. de bon pain, good bread de belles fleurs, beautiful flowers 
Nom. du vin rouge, red wine de la biére fraiche, fresh beer 

Gen. de vin rouge, of red wine de biére fraiche, of fresh beer 

Dat. a du vin rouge, to red wine i de la biére fraiche, to fresh beer 
Acc. du vin rouge, red wine de la biére fraiche, fresh beer 


(1. 179, 180. 181, 182.) 
46, Proper nouns are declined by prefixing the prepositions de and a. 


Nom. Paris, Paris Emilie, Dinily 
Gen. de Paris, of or from Paris d'Emilie, Emily's 
Dat, & Paris, to Paris i Emilie, to Emily 
Acc, Paris, Paris Emilie, Emily 


47. Proper nouns strictly used as such, have no plural. When several 
persons of the same name are spoken of, the noun takes the article les, 
as: les deux Caton, the fioo Catos; but when such nouns are used to denote 
character, they follow the rule of common nouns, as: La France a en ses 
Césars; France has had her Corsars. [I1. £7, £8.) 


48. The French uses capital initial letters at the beginning of sentences, 
of lines in poetry, and for all Proper Names; but adjectives derived from 
proper names of persons or places should begin with small letters, as: 
anglais, English. 


Use of the Articles. 


49. The Definite Article regularly stands in French before a noun when 
taken without limitation, in its most universal sense, as: ‘homme est morte], 


1 


man is mortal. It should always be repeated before several nouns in the > 


same construction, as: les soldats et les officiers, the soldiers and officers. 

50. It is also prefixed to the names of countries, continents, and of the 
points of compass, as: la France, France; l'Angleterre, England; l'Europe, 
Europe; le nord, the North. After the preposition en, however, the article 
is omitted: en France, in France. 


51. In general, the Inde finite Article is used in French nearly as in En- 


glish, but there are a few differences of importance. 
52. The Indefinite Article is used in English, and no article in French, 
before nouns which express titles, professions, nationalities, etc., as: 
votre frére est médecin your brother is @ physician 
étes-vous Francais ? are you & Frenchman? 


Se A ole 


53. By a like usage no article is employed in French before a noun 
used to explain a preceding noun or pronoun, and in the titles of books; as: 

Paris, capitale de la France Paris, the capital of France 

Grammaire de la langue francaise .A grammar of the French language. 


54. In place of the indefinite article a, an, with a distributive sense, 
before nouns of measure, weight, and number, the French employs the 
definite article le, la, as: 


les oeufs valent trente sous la douzaine; eggs are worth thirty cents a dozen 
le beurre se vend vingt sous la livre; butter is sold for twenty cents a pound. 


55. The Partitive Article du, dela, del’, des, is used in French 
when we want to express an indeterminate number, or a part of a thing; it 
answers to the English some or any expressed, or understood; as: 


donnez-moi du pain, de la viande give me some bread, some meat, 
et des oeufs; and some eggs. 
{l. 77. 78. Il. 99. 100.) 
56. If the substantive is preceded by an adjective, the preposition de 
is used for both genders and numbers, instead of the partitive article du, 
de la, de I’, des; as: 
donnez-moi de bon pain, de bonne give me some good bread, some good 
viande et de bons oeufs; meat, and some good eggs. 
{I. 779. 180. 181. 182.) 


57. Inthe same manner the preposition de is substituted for the par- 
titive article after nouns signifying measure of extent, quantity, weight, or 
number, and after the adverbs of quantity: 


beaucoup, much, many . trop, too much, too many 
plus, more assez, enough 
peu, little, few rien, nothing 
moins, less pas, 
combien? how much? how many? point, 2a peg 
tant, autant, as much, as many jamais, never. 
Thus we say: . 
vous avez beaucoup d’esprit; you have much wit. 
vous faites trop de bruit; you make too much noise. 
une livre de beurre a pound of butter 
une bouteille de bon vin a bottle of good wine. 


[l. 67. 68, 69. 70. 71. 72.) 


98: The words bien, much, many, and la plupart, most, 
are always followed by the definite article; as: 
bien du chagrin, much trouble la plupart du. monde, 
bien des livres, many books la plupart des hommes, 


59 When nouns are joined in a close connection with a verb or a 
preposition, the partitive article is usually omitted. The commonest cases 
of this omission are the following: 


most men. 


= ' GR oe 
avoir coutume, to be accustomed faire mention, to mention 


avoir peur, fo be afraid faire crédit, to trust 

avoir honte, to be ashamed faire attention, to pay attention 
avoir faim, to be hungry faire place, to make room 
avoir soif, to be thirsty faire plaisir, to give pleasure 


avoir sommeil, to be sleepy prendre congé, to talce leave 
avoir envie, fo have a mind prendre garde, to take care 

avoir raison, to be right prendre courage, to take courage 
avoir tort, to be wrong tenir parole, to keep (one's) word 
avoir patience, fo have patience trouver moyen, to find means 
avoir besoin, fo be in need of rendre service, to do a service 


avoir mal, to feel pain rendre visite, fo pay a visit. 
avec plaisir, wilh pleasure sans facgon, without ceremony 
avec patience, with patience par ordre, by command 
sur terre, by land sans péril, without danger 
sur mer, by sea par amitid, through friendship. 
(Il. 101, 102. 103.) 


THE ADJECTIVE. 
60, An Adjective is a word which qualifies or limits a noun, as: le rnban 
bleu, the blue ribbon; un grand arbre, a large tree; une jolie fleur, a pretty 
' 61, All adjectives are declinable in French, and agree in number and 
gender with the noun or pronoun which they qualify. 


The Plural of Adjectives. 

62. In forming the plural, adjectives are generally subject to the same 
rules as nouns. To this there are only a few exceptions, namely, blen, blue, 
which has bleus, and a few adjectives in al, which form their plural by ad- 
ding 8, instead of changing al into aux, These are: 


amical amicals friendly initial initials initial 
fatal fatals fatal matinal matinals early 
final finals Jinal naval navals naval 
glacial glacials frigid pénal pénals penal 


The Feminine of Adjectives. 


63. Asa general rule, French adjectives become feminine by adding @ 
mute to the masculine. Of course, adjectives ending in e mute in the mas- 
culine, are alike in both genders. Thus we say: 

le petit garcon, the little boy la petite fille, the litile girl 
un livre utile, a@ useful book une chose utile, a useful thing 
To this there are many exceptions, (I. 11, 12, 37, 88, 43, 44.) 


a Ce sa 


64, Adjectives which end in x in the masculine, become feminine by 
changing x into Se; as: 


un homme heureux, a happyman une mére heureuse, a dpet mother. 


65. Adjectives in f, change this letter into ve; as: 
un homme actif, an active man une vie active, an active life. 


66. Most adjectives ending in el, eil, et, en, on, as, double their 
final consonant and add e; as: 
un maitre cruel, a cruel master 
un bon pere, a good father 
du vin net, pure wine 
un siége bas, a low seat 


une béte cruelle, a cruel beast 
une bonne mére, a good mother 
une chambre nette, a clean room 
une maison basse, a low house. 


67. Adjectives in eur when derived from French verbs, change eur 
into euse; those with the ending teur change it into trice. The prim- 
itive adjectives in eur, however, * meilleur, extérieur, etc., follow the 
general rule. [woman 

‘un valet trompeur, «a deceitful valet une femme trompeuse, a deceitful 
un muscle moteur, a motory muscle une force motrice, a motive power 
le meilleur homme, the best man la meilleure lecon, the bestlesson 


68. The following adjectives form their feminine irregularly: 


épais, épaisse, thick faux, fausse, false 

pros, grosse, large doux, douce, sweet 

sot, sotte, stupid roux, rousse, red 

secret, secréte, secret frais, fraiche, fresh 
discret, discréte, discreet blane, blanche, white 
inquiet, inquiéte,. uneasy franc, franche, frank 
complet, compléte, complete sec, séche, dry 

long, longue, long caduc, caduque, decaying 


bénin, bénigne, benign 
malin, maligne, malign 
favori, favorite, favorite 


public, publique, public 
ture, turque, Turkish 
grec, grecque, Greek 


69. There are five adjectives which have two masculine terminations: 


——Mase.——_——___-Fem. -——Masc.—— Fem. 
beau _. bel belle beautiful fou fol folle foolish 
nouyeau nouvel nouvelle new vieux vieil vieille old 


mou mol molle soft 


The second masculine form is used in the singular only, and immediately 
before masculine nouns beginning with a vowel, or non-aspirated h. 


un beau palais, a beautiful palace un vieux soldat, an old soldier 
un bel arbre, a fine tree un vieil habit, an old coat 
de beaux arbres, fine trees cet habit est vieux, this coat is old 
une belle fleur, a beautiful flower une vieille femme, an old woman. 
{I. 205. 106. 107. 108.) 


a NE eee 


Agreement. 
70. Adjectives must agree with their nouns in gender and number, no 
matter whether they are before them, or after them, or considerably remote. 
Thus we say: 


= 


le petit gargon, the little boy un verre cassé, a broken glass 

la petite fille, the little girl =~ une canne cassée@, a broken cane 
les petits gargons, the litile boys ~ des verres cassés, broken glasses 
les petites filles, the litile girls des cannes cassées, broken canes 


ce diamant est cher, maisil est beau; this diamond is dear, but it is fine. 
ces tableaux sont chers, mais ils sont these pictures are dear, but they are 


beaux; Sine. 

cette maison est chére, mais elle est this house is dear, but it is fine. 
belle; 

ces maisons sont chéres, mais elles _ these houses are dear, but they are fine. 
sont belles; 


7\. With the pronouns nous and vous, denoting onky one-sieaiis 
the adjective is always in the singular; as: 
étes-vous content de mon fils? are you satisfied with my son ? 


72, When an adjective belongs to several nouns, even of different gen- 
ders, it is always put in the masculine plural, unless all the nouns be femin- 
’ ine; then, of course, it should be in the feminine plural; as: . 


mon pére et mon frére sont savants; my father and brother are learned. 
mon frére et ma s@ur sont morts; my brother and sister are dead. 
votre mére et votre sexur sont savantes; your mother and sister are learned. 


Comparison. 
73. In French, the different degrees of quality are expressed by prefixing 
to the adjective the adverbs plus, more, and le plus, the most, as: 
grand, great plus grand, greater le plus grand, the greatest 
petit, small plus petit, smaller le plus petit, the smallest 
74 The following adjectives are compared irregularly: 
bon, good meilleur, better le meilleur, the best 
mauyais, bad pire, worse le pire, the worst. 
petit, little moindre, less le moindre, the least 


75. The Comparatives and Superlatives must agree in gender and num- 
ber ee their nouns, the same as the simple Sp pg? 

[I. 41. 42. 81. 82. IL. 109. 110.) 

76. All Comparatives are to be construed with the conjunction que, 

than, introducing the latter term of comparison; before a numeral, how- 

ever, plus de, moins de are used for more than, less than ; thus, 

il est plus heureux que vous; he is more fortunate than you. 
jai plus de quinze ans; Iam more than fifteen years of age. 
; {IL 105, 106.) 


oe es 


77. The degree of equality is expressed by the adverbs aussi, si, 
as, before adjectives and adverbs, and autant, tant, as much, as 
many, before nouns and verbs. In negative sentences these adverbs are 
applied indifferently; in affirmative sentences, however, only the full forms 
aussi, autant, should be employed. Examples: 

je travaille aussi bien que lui I work as well as he (does) 

je souffre autant que lui Iam suffering as much as he (does ) 
je ne suis pas Si grand que vous 

je ne suis pas AUSSI grand que vous 
il n’a pas tant de bonté que vous ) he has not so much kindness as you 
il n’a pas autant de bonté que vous t (have) 


Iam not so tall as you 


(II. 104. 106.} 

78. All Comparatives, and the words autre, other; autrement, 
otherwise, require ne before the verb following, unless the preceding 
verb be used negatively or interrogatively; thus, 


il est plus heureux qu’on ne croit heis happier than one thinks 
il n'est pas plus heureux qu’on croit he is not happier than one thinks 
[II. 108.} 


79. The Superlative commonly governs, in French, the noun following in 
the genitive case, and the verb following in the subjunctive mood; thus we say: 
Londres est la plus grande villedu monde London is the largest city in the world 
e’est l’ami le plus fidéle que j’aie this ts the truest friend I have 


| The Place of Adjectives. 
80. French adjectives are either placed before their nouns, or after 
them, according to the following rules. * 
8|. Adjectives which generally precede the noun, are: 
1. beau, fine; bon, good; grand, great; gros, big; jeune, young; 
-joli, pretty; mauvais, bad; méchant, wicked; meilleur, beiter ; 
petit, small; vaste, vast; vieux, old; vilain, ugly; 
2. the Ordinals, when used with the definite article; 
3. those which denote a characteristic quality of the whole class. 
Thus we say: 
un bon livre, a good book le premier livre, the first book 
une petite maison, a small house un riche propriétaire, a rich proprietor 
quelle jolie maison ! what a nice house! le rusé renard, the cunning foa. 


82. In the following instances, the adjective follows the noun to which 
it belongs: . 
1. when such qualities are specified, as are perceptible by the senses; 


«a 


thus, 
un habit bleu, a blue coat une table ronde, a round table 
du lait chaud, warm milk une table carrée, a square iabie 





* For the placing of Adjectives, only the leading principles are given. To illustrate 
their application in detail, and explain the many modifications which they admit, can- 
not be attempted here. 


2. when the adjective is derived from the pedper noet of a person, 


nation, country, or town, as: 


la langue frangaise, the French language 
l'empire allemand, the German Empire 
8. when a participle is used as an adjective; as 
un verre cassé, a broken glass 
une action brillante, a brilliant action 
4. when other words depend on the adjective, and when several 
_ adjectives belong to the same noun; as: 
un écrivain trés-célébre, a very celebrated writer 
un monarque fier et puissant, a proud and mighty monarch. 
83. In certain cases, adjectives can either follow or precede the noun, at 
the option of the writer. Among these adjectives a few need some attention 
as having a different meaning, when preceding, and when following the 


noun. Examples: 


une certaine nouvelle, dirlain Hews 
un honnéte homme, an honest man 


un brave homme, a good man 
une fausse clef, a false key 


une nouvelle certaine, sure news 
un homme honnéte, a polite man 
un homme brave, @ courageous man 
une clef fausse, a wrong key 


The Government of Adjectives. 
84. Many adjectives, when used predicatively, have some noun or pro- 
noun for their object, which is commonly introduced by de, of; a, to, or 
some other preposition. Among these adjectives mark the following of most 


frequent occurrence: 


85. Adjectives followed by de: 


absent, absent from 
affligé, afflicted with 
capable, capable of 
content, pleased with 
différent, different from 
digne, worthy of, to 
éloigné, far from 
envieux, envious of 
faché, sorry for 


86. Adjectives followed by a: 


nécessaire, necessary to 
nuisible, hurtful to 
semblable, similar to 
sensible, sensible of 
sujet, subject to 

utile, useful to 


87. Adjectives followed by other prepositions: 
_ bon pour, kind towards 
célébre par, pour, celebrated for 


civil envers, polite to 
88, The adjectives haut, high, long, long, large, broad, require de after 


them, as: 


une maison haute de vingt pieds 
une table longue de six pieds 


— 108 — 


ignorant en, not versed in 


insolent avec, insolent to 


poli envers, polile to 


a house twenty feet high 
a table six feet long 


89. In place of these adjectives, the corresponding nouns hauteur, height, 
profondeur, depth, longueur, length, largeur, breadth, are more commonly 


used in this way: 


‘une maison de vingt piedsde hauteur a house twenty feet high 


une table de six pieds de longueur 


NUMERALS. 


a table six feet long. 


90. Although the Numerals are not regarded in the proper sense as a 
distinct part of speech, their peculiarities of form and use are such, that they 
require to be treated as a class by themselves. 


Ol. 
1. wun, une 
2. deux 
3. trois 
4. quatre 
5. cing 
6. six 
7. sept 
8. huit* 
9. neuf 
10. dix 
11. onze* 
12. douze 
13. treize 


- 414. quatorze 


15. quinze 


16. seize 

17. dix-sept 
18. dix-huit 
19. dix-neuf 
20. vingt 


21. vingtet un 
22. vingt-deux 
23. vingt-trois 
24. vingt-quatre 
25. =vingt-cing 
26. vingt-six 





* Note that before huit, huiti 


le huit, le huititme, du onze, etc. 


Cardinals. 
vingt-sept 
vingt-huit 
vingt-neuf 
trente 
trente et un 
trente-deux. 
trente-trois 
trente-quatre 
trente-cing 
trente-six 
trente-sept 
trente-huit 
trente-neuf 
quarante 
quarante et un 
quarante-deux 
quarante-trois 
quarante-quatre 
quarante-cing 
quarante-six 
quarante-sept 
quarante-huit 
quarante-neuf 
cinquante 
cinquante et un 
cinquante-deux 


78. 


cinquante-trois 
cinquante-quatre 
cinquante-cing 
cinquante-six 
cinquante-sept 
cinquante-huit 
cinquante-neuf 
soixante 
soixante et un 
soixante-deux 
soixante-trois 


. soixante-quatre 


soixante-cing 
soixante-six 
soixante-sept 
soixante-huit 
soixante-neuf — 
soixante-dix 
soixante et onze 
soixanté-douze 
soixante-treize 
soixante-quatorze 
soixante-quinze 
soixante-seize 
soixante-dix-sepi 
soixante-dix-huit 


emeé, and onze, onzitme, no apostrophe is used. We say: 


an oe a 


79. soixante-dix-neuf 90. quatre-vingt-dix 100. cent | 
80. quatre-vingts 91. quatre-vingt-onze 200. deux cents 
81. quatre-vingt-un 92. quatre-vingt-douze 300. trois cents 
82. quatre-vingt-deux 93. quatre-vingt-treize 400. quatre cents 
83 quatre-vingt-trois 94. quatre-vingt-quatorze 500. cinq cents 
84. quatre-vingt-quatre 95. quatre-vingt-quinze 600. six cents 
85. quatre-vingt-cing 96. quatre-vingt-seize _ 700. sept cents 
86. quatre-vingt-six 97. quatre-vingt-dix-sept 800. huit cents 
87. quatre-vingt-sept 98. quatre-vingt-dix-huit 900. neuf cents 


; vingt-neuf 

92. Cardinal numerals have no modifications, except un, which forms 
the feminine une, and vingt and cent, which take the plural termina- 
tion s, when several scores or hundreds are spoken of, and they are not 
followed by another number. Both remain uninflected when followed by 
another number, or used in place of the ordinals. We say: 


un espace de quatre-vingts ang a period of eighty years 


quatre-vingts livres eighty pounds 

trois cents soldats three hundred soldiers 
quatre-vingt-dix livres ninety pounds 

trois cent vingt-six soldats three hundred and twenty siz soldiers 
page cent quatre-vingt page one hundred and eighty 

en mil huit cent in the year eighteen hundred 


93. The word mille, meaning a thousand, never takes an 8; 
we say deux mille, two thousand; when meaning a mile, it takes an §; as: 
un mille, @ mile; deux milles, two miles. When used for the date of the year, 
it is written mil; as: l’an mil huit cent soixante-quatorze, in the year 1874. 


94. The French say simply cent, @ hundred; mille, a thousand. 


(Il. 51. 52.) 
Ordinals. 
95. Ist, premier, premiére 17th, dix-septitéme 
2nd, second, seconde (deuxiéme) 18th, dix-huitiéme 
3d, _troisiéme 19th, dix-neuviéme 
4th, quatriéme 20th, vingtiéme 
5th, cinquidme 2ist, vingt et unidme 
6th, sixiéme 22nd, vingt-deuxiéme 
jth, septiéme 30th, trentiéme 
Sth,. huitiéme 40th, quarantiéme 
9th, neuviéme 50th, cinquantiéme 
10th, dixiéme 60th, soixantiéme 
llth, onziéme . 0th, soixante-dixiéme 
12th, douziéme 80th, quatre-vingtiéme 
13th, treiziéme 90th, quatre-vingt-dixiéme 
14th, quatorziéme 100th, centiéme 
15th, quinziéme 1000th, milliéme 


16th, seiziéme last, dernier, derniére 


— 105 — 


96. Except le premier and le second, the Ordinals are formed from the 
Cardinals by the addition of iéme, subject to slight variations. Those in 
e change e into iéme; cing takes u before iéme, cinquiéme, and those 
ending in f change this final letter into viéme; as: neuf, neuviéme. 
Compound numbers add, as in English, the ordinal ending only to their 
last number. 


97. In place of our Ordinals the French employs the Cardinals: 

1. to denote the day of the month, except the first, which is always 
le premier; 

2. after the Christian name of a sovereign. In this case, too, the first 
is premier; dhe second may be second, or deux; but always 
without any article. 

Thus we say: 
le premier Mai, the first of May Henri premier, Henry the First 
le deux Mars, the second of March Charles second, 
le quatre Juin, the fourth of June Charles deux, por ta Mey. 
le onze Avril, the eleventh of April Charles dix, Charles the Tenth 


98. Besides the Cardinals and Ordinals, the following classes of numerals 
require to be especially noticed: 


1. the Collectives; as: une huitaine, a number of eight; une douzaine, 
a dozen; une vingtaine, a score, ete. ; 

2. the Fractionals, as: la moitié, the half; demi, demie, half; un 
tiers, a third; un quart, a quarter; un cinquieme, a fifth; from 
here upwards, they are essentially the same as the Ordinals; as: 
cing sixiemes, five-sixths, etc.; 

3. the. Multiplicatives; as: le double, double, twofold; le triple, triple; 
quadruple, fourfold, ete. {I. 87. 88.] 


PRONOUNS. 


99, A pronoun is a word used instead of a noun; as: notre maison est 
belle, je ne la vendrai pas, je la garderai; our house is fine, I will not 
sell it, I will keep it, Pronouns are divided into six classes: Personal, Pos- 
sessive, Demonstrative, Relative, Interrogative, Indefinite. 

Personal Pronouns. 

100. A personal pronoun is a pronoun whose form shows of what person 
it is. There are three persons, the first, the second, and the third. The 
first person is that which denotes the speaker or writer; the second denotes 
the hearer or person addressed; and the third the person or thing spoken of. 

101. In French, personal pronouns are divided into two classes, Con- 
junctive and Disjunctive. 

102. Conjunctive personal pronouns are those indispensably joined to a 
verb; as: je parle, [ speak; a disjunctive personal pronoun is one used ab- 
solutely, or after a preposition; as: c’est lui, it is he; venez avec moi, 
come with me, 


103. Fist Person. Sreconp Person. 
Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. 
Nom. je J nous we tu thou vous you 
Gen. — -~-- _ _ _ — — —_ 
Dat me tome nous tous te to thee vous to you 
Acc. me me nous wus te thee vous you 
Tump Penson. 

Masculine, Feminine. 
Nom. il he ils they elle she elles they 
Gen. — — _ —_ —— = ~ 
Dat. lui fohim leur tothem lui to her leur to them 
Acc. le him les them la her les them 
both genders. 
a Plural. 
Nom. -— — 
Gen. — —_ 
Dat. se to one’s self se to themselves 
Acc. se one's self se themselves 


104. All Conjunctive Personals want the genitive case. 


Declension of the Disjunctive Personal Pronouns. 


105. Finst Person. Srconp Person. 
Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. 
moi JI nous we toi = thou vous you 


Nom. 
Gen. de moi of me denous ofus de toiof thee de vous of you 
Dat Amoi fome anous tous aAtoi fothee Avous to you 
Acc. moi me nous wus toi thee vous © you 
Turep Person. 
Masculine. Feminine. 
lui he ‘eux they elle she elles they 


Alui dohim aeux tothem  Aelle toher§ aAelles to them 
lui him eux them elle her elles them 


Of both genders. 


Nom, 

Gen, deluiofhim deux ofthem delle of her elles of them 
Dat. 

Acc, 


Nom. — 

Gen. desoi of one's self 
Dat. Asoi to one's self 
Ace. soi one’s self 


Pronouns used with reference to Animals and Things. 
106. Singular. Plural. 
Nom. il, elle, ce it ils, elles, ce they 
Gen. en of it en of them 
Dat. lui, y to it leur, y to them 
Acc. le, la it les them 


Plural. 


— 107 — 


Compound Personals. 


107. The word méme, self, added to the disjunctive personals, forms 
the class of compound personal pronouns: 


moi-méme, myself nous-mémes, ourselves 
toi-méme, thyself vous-mémes, yourselves 
lui-méme, himself eux-mémes, 

elle-méme, herself elles-mémes; ivi cpg 
soi-méme, one’s self — « vous-méme, yourself. 


They take the preposition de in the genitivé case, and & in the dative, 


Use of the Personal Pronouns. 


108, The personal pronouns, J, thou, he, she, we, you, they, are always 
expressed by the conjunctive pronouns je, tu, il, elle, nous, vous, ils, 
elles, when they are the subject of a verb, provided they are not con- 
nected by a conjunction with another noun or pronoun; as: je lis, 1 read; 
elle vient, she comes, etc. Of course, the pronoun of the third person always 
takes the gender of the noun to which it relates; thus: they are rich, is in 
French, ils sont riches, with reference to men, and elles sont riches, with 
reference to women. 


109. The same personal pronouns, J, thou, he, she, we, you, they, become 
disjunctive in French, and are to be expressed by moi, toi, lui, elle, 
nous, vous, eux, elles, under the following circumstances: } 

1. when they come before or after the words qui, que, seul; 
2. when they are used as an answer to a question; 
3. when they are joined to a noun or pronoun by a conjunction; 

4. when they come before a noun or verb used in opposition to another 

noun or pronoun; as: | 

je suis plus jeune que lui. Lam younger than he. 

quia fait cela? c’est moi. who has done that? It is I. 

mon frére et MOi, nous appre- my brother and I, we learn French. 
nons le francais. 

vous reviendrez & la ville, et moi you will return to town, and I will go 
jirai a la campagne. into the country. 


110. The genitive case of personal pronouns is always expressed by the 
disjunctive pronouns de moi, de toi, de lui, d’elle, de nous, de 
vous, d’eux, d’elles, after the verb; as, 


il se plaintde moi . he complains of me 
je ne parlepasdelui —=——- I. do not speak of him 


I1{. The dative case of personal pronouns is most commonly expressed 
by the conjunctive pronouns, me, te, lui, nous, vous, leur, before 
the verb; thus: . 

il me plait, he pleases me il lui a dit, he has told him 
je leur parlerai, I will speak to them il nous a dit, he has told ug 


-_ 108 —<— 


112. They become disjunctive, and are to be expressed by & mol, 
a toi, a lui, a elle, a nous, a vous, a eux, a elles after the 
verb, in three cases, viz: 

1. when they come after a noun or pronoun to which they are joined 

by a conjunction; 

2. when they are governed by a reflective verb; 

3. when they are governed by any of the following verbs: 


aller, to go bofre, to drink 
courir, to run penser, songer, to think 
accourir, to run to venir, lo come 


je vous parle aussi bien qu’Aa eux; I speak to you as well as to them 
il s‘adresse A moi; je me fie A lui; he applies to me; I trust him 

il vient A nous; allez a lui; he comes to us; go to him 

je pense & vous et a elle; I think of you and of her. 


113. When the personal pronouns are in the accusative (objective) case, 
they are generally conjunctive, and expressed by me, te, le, la, nous, 
vous, les before the verb; as: 

je le connais; je la verrai; I know him; I will see her 
je les estime; on nous voit; I esteem them; one sees us. 


114, Personal pronouns after a preposition are always disjunctive, and 
expressed by moi, toi, lui, elle, nous, vous, eux, elles; as: 
pour moi, je pense ainsi as for me, I think so 
vous parlerez aprés @ux, you will speak after them 


115. For things without life, in French, only the conjunctive pronouns 
are used, namely: il, elle, ils, elles, for ii, they, in the nominative 
case, and le, la, les, for it, them, in the objective case. For the 
genitive case is substituted em, which may be rendered by of it, from it, 
with it, for it, of them, from them, some, any; and for the dative case y, which 
means fo it, in it, fo them, in them. y and en are also used as adverbs of 
place; en stands for hence, thence; and y for there or thither. Examples: 
voila notre maison; elle est vieille, there is our house, it is old, I will sell 

je la vendrai; n'en parlez plus; it; do not speak any more of it 
c'est une entreprise difficile, vous i is a difficult undertaking, you will 


n'y réussirez pas; not succeed in it 
avez-vous étéen France? j'emviens; have youbeento France? Icome thence 
non, je n’y ai jamais été no, I have never been there, 


116. The pronoun le, ét, is often a mere expletive, representing a word 
already used. When it stands for an adjective, or a noun not referring to © 
some definite object, it always remains invariable. But when it stands for 
a noun, or adjective, referring to a definite object, it is made to agree with 
its antecedent; then it is le for the masculine of the singular, la for the — 
feminine, and les for both genders of the plural. When so used, these pro- 


nouns are not expressed in English. Examples are; 


son GOR ts 


vos fréres sont-ils appliqués? are your brothers diligent? 
non, ils ne le sont pas no, they are not 

ces messieurs sont-ils fréres? are these gentlemen brothers ? 
oui, monsieur, ils le sont yes, Sir, they are 

étes-vous le frére de Guillaume? are you William’s brother? 
oui, je le suis yes, Lam 


étes-vous la malade? oui, jela suis are you the patient? yes, Tam 
sont-ce la vos livres? oui, ce les sont are these your books? yes, they are. 


117. The compound pronouns, himself, herself, themselves, one’s self, are 
expressed by se when reflective; by lui-méme, elle-méme, eux- 
mémes, elles-mémes, to denote emphasis; by SOi when referring 
to persons in a general sense, or to the pronouns, on, one; chacun, every- 
body; quelqu’un, somebody; and by lui, elle, eux, elles, when referring 
to some definite person or persons. The word itself, relating to things with- 
out life, is generally expressed by SOi. Mark that this pronoun is confined 
to nouns in the singular. 


il se soumet & vos ordres he submits himself to your orders 

elle parle toujours d’elle-méme she always speaks of herself 

chacun agit pour soi every one acts for himself 

mon frére a de l’argent sur lui my brother has money about him(self) 
Vaimant attire le fer A soi the loadstone attracts iron to itself 


(I. 155, 156. 157. 158, 159, 160. 161. 162. 175.176. 177.178. TL. 125. 126.) 


Place of the Personal Pronouns. 


118. The personal pronouns je, tu, il, elle, nous, vous, ils, elles, 
usually precede the verb; they may be separated from it by the particle 
ne, or the conjunctive pronouns of the dative and the accusative ease, but 
never by an adverb; they follow the verb only in interrogative sentences, as: 


j’apprends, il écrit, nous lisons I learn, he writes, we read 
Vous dites toujours la vérité you always speak the truth 
parlez-vous francais ? do you speak French ? 


119. The personal pronouns of the dative and the accusative case, namely: 
me, te, se, nous, vous, le, la, les, lui, leur, y, and en, are 
always put immediately before the verb in a simple tense, and before its 
auxiliary in a compound one. When two or more pronouns are governed by 
the same verb, those of the first and the second person precede those of the 
third; and if they are both of the third, the accusative goes before the da- 
tive, y and en go last. The conjunctive pronouns are placed before the 
verb in the following order: 

me, te, se, nous, Vous go before every other 

le, la, les go before lui, leur, y, en 
lui, leur go before y, en 

y goes before en 


Examples: ' 
il me le donne, il vous l'a prété he gives it to me, he has lent it to you 
il nous les a envoyés he has sent them to us 
il me les enverra he will send them to me 
je vous les porterai I shall bring them to you 
il le lui donne, il le leur prétera he gives it to him, he will lend it to them 
il les lui a envoyés he has sent them to him 
je vous y en porterai I will carry you some there 


120, When the verb is used in the imperative affirmative, all pronouns 
are put after it, and connected by hyphens; in this case moi is used instead 
of me; toi instead of te, and le, la, les come before all other pronouns. 
y and en, as usually, go last. But if the imperative be negative, the pro- 
nouns go before it, as in all other tenses. Examples: 

parlez-leur; écrivez-lui; voyez-les speak to them; write to him; see them 

prétez-le-moi; vendez-le-leur lend it to me; sell it to them 

ne le leur vendez pas do not sell it to them. 

(I. 163. 164. 165. 166, 167. 168. 169. 170.) 


Possessive Pronouns. — J 


121, A Possessive Pronoun is a pronoun which denotes the relation of 
property. In French, the possessive pronouns are distinguished as posses- 
sive adjectives, which are always joined to a noun; and absolute possessives, 
which are used alone, but always with reference to a preceding noun. 


122, The following are the Possessive Adjectives: 
A Plural 


: . Plural. 
m. ¥. m. & ff. m. & f. m. & f. 
mon ma mes my notre nos our 
ton ta tes thy votre vos your 
son sa ses, his, her, its leur leurs their 


123. They are varied for number and gender, and agree in these parti- 
culars with the noun they qualify, and not, as in English, with their ante- 
cedent, as: : 

ma tante a vendu son jardin my aunt has sold her garden. 

ma sceur m’a prété ses gants my sister has lent me her gloves 

124, For the sake of euphony, before feminine nouns beginning with 
a vowel or non-aspirated h, the masculine pronouns mon, ton, sOn, are 
used instead of ma, ta, sa; as: mon fme, my soul; mon humeur, 
my temper. 

125, When nouns are joined in construction, the possessive adjectives 
must be repeated before each of them; as: 
mon pére,ma mére et mes fréres my father, mother, and brothers 


126. The French avoids the use of the possessives in many situations, 
where they are employed in English, either putting in their stead the defin- 
ite article only,or using with the article the dative of the personal pronoun; as: 


on bE oe 


vous lui avez rompu le bras you have broken his arm 


jai mal au cété I have pain in my side 
127. The following are the Absolute Possessive pronouns: 
Singular. Plural. 
le mien, la mienne les miens, les miennes, mine 
le tien, la tienne les tiens, les tiennes, thine 
le sien, la sienne les siens, les siennes, his, hers, its 
le notre, la ndtre les ndtres, ours 
le votre, la votre les votres, yours 
le leur, la leur les leurs, theirs 


128. These pronouns agree in gender and number with their antecedent, 
and are declined like nouns with the definite article; as: ton couteau et le 
mien, thy knife and mine. 

{I. 5. 6. 9. 10. 19. 20. 31. 32, 41. 42. 53. 54. 55. 56. 85. 86.) 


Demonstrative Pronouns. 

129. A Demonstrative Pronoun is a pronoun which points out the object 
to which it relates. In French, there are two demonstrative pronouns, one 
to be used adjectively before nouns only, and the other to be used absolutely. 
The former is: ‘ 

ce, cet, cette, this, ces, these 
ce before a masculine noun, cet before a masculine noun beginning with 
a vowel or non-aspirated hh; cette before a feminine noun; the plural ces 
is for both genders. To determine more precisely the object spoken of, 
add the particle ci or 1a to the noun preceded by a demonstrative; thus, 


ce jardin, this garden cet homme-la, that man 

cet oiseau, this bird ces plumes-ci, these pens 
cet homme, this man ces femmes-la, those women 
cette maison, this house ces hommes-ci, these men: 


| (Il. 27. 28. 57. 58.] 
130. The Absolute Demonstrative is: 


celui, celle, this ceux, celles, these 


131, When followed by a relative pronoun, it relates to persons only, as: 
celui qui est content, est heureux; he who is contented, is happy 
ceux qui ont vécu avant nous * those who lived before us. 


132. When followed by the preposition de, it refers to persons as well 
as to things, and is used in such phrases, as: mon livre et celui de mon frére, 
my book and that of my brother. 


133. When compounded with the words ci and 14, thus: 
celui-ci, celle-ci, this celui-la, celle-la, that 
ceux-ci, celles-ci, these ceux-la, celles-la, those 
celui-ci refers to the nearest object, and celui-la to the more distant, and if 
both are contrasted, celui-ci means the latter, and celui-la the former; as: 
voici de bons livres: lesquels voulez- here are good books, which do you 
yous, ceux-ci ou ceux-la? want, these or those? 


=— 2g — 


134. The demonstratives ceci, this, and cela, that, which are ap- 
plied to things only, have the force of mere pronouns. In like manner ce 
is used absolutely before the verb étre, to be, or a relative pronoun; thus, 

ceci est bon, cela ne vaut rien — this is good, that is worth nothing 

ce n'est pas mon frére this is not my brother 

prenez ce qui vous plait take what you like, 


(1. 46. 46, 83, 84, U1. 116.) 
Relative Pronouns. 
135. A Relative Pronoun is a pronoun that stands fora preceding word 
or phrase, and serves to connect propositions. The relative pronouns are: 
qui, who; quoi, what; lequel, laquelle, which. 


They are declined as follows: - 
Mase. d Fem., Sing. & Plur. 
Nom. who (quoi), ce what 
Gen. de qui, or of whom de quoi, of what 
Dat =a qui to whom & quoi to what 
Acc. que whom (quoi), ce que what 
Masc. Fem. Masc. Fem. 

Nom. lequel laquelle lesquels lesquelles which 
Gen. duquel de laquelle desquels desquelles of which 
Dat auquel A laquelle auxquels auxquelles to which 
Acc. lequel laquelle lesquels lesquelles which 


136. The nominative qui and the accusative que are appliéd indiffer- 
ently to persons and things in the singular and plural, as: 


l'homme qui parle the man who speaks 
les livres qui sont surlatable the books which are on the table 
la femme que j'ai vue the woman whom I have seen 


les plumes que vous cherchez the pens which you are looking for 


137. The genitive de qui is confined to persons, but is usually replaced 
by dont, which may be applied indifferently to persons and things in the 
singular and plural; as: E 

j'ai vu la personne dont vous parlez IJhave seen the person of whom you speak 
Yhomme dont vous parlez, est mort the man of whom you speak, is dead 
voici 'homme de qui vousavezparlé there is the man of whom you have spoken 
l'affaire dont je vous ai parlé the business of which I told you. 

138. The dative case 4 qui is applied to persons only; for animals 
and things the dative of lequel, laquelle, is to be used, as: 

Yhomme A qui j’ai ouvert la porte the man to whom I opened the door 
les amis & qui nous écrivons the friends to whom we write 
c’est un mal auquel je suissujet this is a complaint to which I am subject. 

139. In general, after any preposition, qui is used for persons, and 

lequel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles, for animals and things; thus, 
la dame avec qui je suis arrivé the lady with whom I arrived 
voici l’arbre sur lequel il monta there is the tree on which he climbed 


— 113 — 


140. The English pronotin whose is usually to be rendered by dont; 
but if preceded by any preposition, it is expressed by de qui, duquel, 
de laquelle, etc., as: 

Vhomme dont le fils est malade the man whose son is sick 
Vhomme avec le fils duquel vous the man with whose son you have ar- 
étes arrivé rived 

41. The relative quoi is used in the sense of what (thing), or that 
(thing) which, but not otherwise than after a preposition; if a nominative or 
an accusative is required, ce Qui or Ce que is used instead; as: 

voila de quoi je me plains that is what I complain about 
ce que j'ai mangé était excellent what I have eaten was very good. 


142. The relative, often omitted in English, must always be expressed in 


French; as: le livre que vous lisez, est & moi, the book you read, belongs to me. 
(I. 23. 24 Il. 114. 115. 116.} 


Interrogative Pronouns. 
143. An Interrogative Pronoun isa pronoun with which a question is 
asked. The interrogative pronouns are: 
qui, who? lequel, laquelle, which? que, what? 
quoi, what? quel, quelle, which? 
They are declined as follows: 


Sing. & Plur. Singular. Plural. 
M. & F. Mase. Fem. Mase. Fem. 
Nom. qui? who? lequel laquelle? lesquels lesquelles? which? 


Gen. dequi? of whom? duquel de laquelle ? desquels desquelles? of which? 
Dat. Aqui? to whom? auquel a laquelle? auxquels auxquelles? to which? 
Acc. qui? whom?  lequel laquelle?  lesquels lesquelles? which? 


Nom. que,quoi? what? quel quelle? quels quelles? what? 
Gen. de quoi? of what? dequelde quelle? de quels de quelles? of what? 
Dat. Aquoi? towhat? aquel aquelle? aquels aA quelles? to wha? 
Acc. que? what? quel quelle? quels quelles? what? 


144. qui, who? is applied to persons only. Instead of qui, who? 
we may use: qui est-ce qui? and instead of qui, whom? qui 
est-ce que? 

qui est 14? qui est-ce qui est-la? who is there? 
qui cherchez-vous ? } 
qui est-ce que vous cherchez? Sn a eee. Oe toe 

i45. The pronoun lequel, laquelle ? is applied to both persons and 
things, and always relates to a preceding or following noun, with which it 
agrees in gender; it corresponds to the English interrogative which, followed 
by of. | 

lequel de vos fréres apprend le francais? which of your brothers learns French? 
. lequel de ces jardins est 4 vous? which of these gardens belongs to you? 


— 14 — 


146, The word quel, quelle? is prefixed to nouns as an interrogative 
adjective, the same as which, what? in English. It is applied to persons as 
well as things, and agrees with its noun in gender and number; as: — 

& quel jeu jouerons-nous ? what game shall we play at? 
quelles plumes cherchez-vous? what pens are you looking for? 

147. que? and quoi? answer precisely to the English pronoun 
what? denoting things. The former occurs only in the nominative and 
accusative, and the latter is nearly always governed by a preposition. In- 
stead of que, we may also use qu’est-ce qui for the nominative, and 
qu’est-ce que for the accusative; as: 

que lisez-vous? qu’est-ce que vous lisez? what are you reading? 

de quoi parlez-vous ? what are you speaking of ? 


(I. 89. 90. 100. 1270. TI, 174. 112. 113.) 


Indefinite Pronouns. 

148. When a pronoun stands for some’ person or thing indeterminate, 
or unknown to the speaker, it is called an indefinite pronoun. In English, 
such words are usually classified with pronominal adjectives. 

149, The following are always joined to a noun: 

quelque, quelques, some quelconque, quelconques, whatever 
chaque, each, every certain,-aine, some, certain 

150. quelque, and its plural quelques are employed for both gen- 
ders, in the meaning of some, any, whatever; as: prétez-moi quelque livre, 
lend me some book. (tl. 2127.) 

151. chaque is used for both genders, but in the singular only, as: 
chaque homme, each or every man; chaque femme, each or every woman. 

; (il, 117.) 

152, quelconque, plural quelconques, has the same form for both 
genders, and always follows its noun, as: prétez-moi un livre quelconque, 


lend me any book whatever. (Il. 7223. 124.) 
153. certain before a noun means some, certain, and after it sure. 
{i!. 222.] 
154. The following are employed with or without a noun: 
nul, nulle ni l'un ni l'autre, neither 
pas un, pas une tn one méme, same, self 
aucun, aucune tel, telle, such 
autre, other plusieurs, several 
l'un et l'autre, both tout, everything 
l'un ou l'autre, either tout, toute, every, whole, all 


155. nul, pas un, aucun, no one, nobody, always require ne before 
the verb; as: 
aucun ami me me reste no friend remains to me 
pas un ne I’a vu no one has seen it 
nul n’est immortel nobody is immortal, [Il. 118, 119,] 


— 115 — 


156. méme, and its plural mémes are used for persons and things 
of both genders; as: le méme homme, the same man; la méme chose, the 
same thing. After a noun, or pronoun méme answers to the English 
compounds myself, himself, herself, &c., as: | 

la religion méme le défend religion itself forbids it 
le roi méme s’y opposa ' the king himself opposed it 
[II. 120. 121.) 

157. tel, telle, as a pronoun, is applied to persons only, and has no 
plural. As an adjective, it is translated by such, and may be used in the 
singular and plural for persons and things; thus, 

tel rit aujourd’hui qui pleurera many a one laughs to-day, who will 

demain ; weep to-morrow. 

une telle conduite me deplait; such a conduct displeases me. 

(II. 120. 121.] 

158, tout, everything, and le tout, the whole, are used without a noun 
in the singular only; in the sense of every, tout is immediately joined to 
a noun in the singular, and agrees with it in gender. When meaning whole, 
all, it is used in the singular and plural number, with the article or some 
pronoun between it and the substantive; as an adverb it means quite. 


tout est vanité en ce monde all is vanity in this world 

je prendrai le tout I will take the whole 

toute la maison est pleine de monde = the whole house is full of people 
tout homme est mortel every man is mortal 

e’est tout le méme homme that is quite the same man 


(I. 59. 60. II, 120. 121.] 


159. The following are never joined to a noun: 


on, one, people, they l'un l'autre, one another 
quelqu’un, —une somebody —  autrui, others 
quelques-uns,—unes some personne, nobody 
quiconque, whoever rien, nothing 

chacun, every one la plupart, most 


160. Von is used instead of on after et, and; si, if; ot1, where; ou, 
or; que, that, provided the following word does not begin with an ]; as: 


letemps ot l’on vit, les lieux ot l’on — the time in which one lives, the places 


est; where one is 
le soir, on se proméne, ou on lit; in the evenings one goes out for a walk, 
. or reads {I, 101. 102.] 


i61. quelqu’un corresponds to the English somebody, anybody; 
quelques-uns, quelques-unes are employed for some in such 
phrases, as: 
je me servirai de quelques-uns de vos TI will make use of some of your books 
: livres; 
connaissez-vous quelques-unes de ces do you know any of these ladies ? 
. dames ? : (Il, 217. 


— l16— Jj 


162. quiconque, whoever, and chacun, every one, are confined to 
persons in the singular. The latter, however, when it relates to a preceding 
noun, may be applied to things as well as to persons. In this case, it has 
two terminations, chacun for the masculine, chacune for the feminine. 
Thus we say: 
je parle & quiconque veut m’entendre, J speak to whoever will hear me 
chacun vit 4 sa maniére, every one lives after his own way 
remettez ces livres chacun A sa place, put these books each in its 

(Il. 217. 123, 124.) 

163. Pun Pautre, one another, each other, admits of both genders 
and numbers, and takes the mark of declension between Pun and Pautre; 
thus, 

mon frére et votre scour parlent tou- my brother and your sister always 
jours l'un de l'autre; speak of each other. 
(Il. 2122.) 

164. autrui, others, is applied to persons only, and must always 
depend on a preposition, as: 

il ne faut pas désirer le bien d’autrai shore chacabee? oct 

165. personne, nobody, and rien, nothing, always require ne be- 
fore the verb; as: 

je n’ai rien vu de plus beau T have seen nothing finer 
vous ne plaisez 4 personne you please nobody. 

In interrogative sentences aucun, personne, rien are used without 
ne; in this case they mean: any, anybody, anything; as: 

est-il rien de plus beau? Is there anything more beautiful? 

[l. 113. 114, OU. 118, 119.) 

166. If aucun, personne and rien are used without a verb, in 

answer to a question, they retain their negative meaning, even without ne; 


qui m’appelle ? personne who calls mef nobody 
qu’apportez-vous ? rien what do you bring? nothing. 

167. There are a few indefinite pronouns which are always followed by 
qui que, whoever quelque que, whatever 
quoi que, whatever tel que, such as 


quel que, whoever, whatever tant que, however 

168. When the English words however, howsoever precede an adjective 
or participle, they are expressed in French by quelque indeclinable; as: 
quelque grande que soit sa faute, however great his fault may be, I will 

je lui pardonnerai; forgive him. 

169. The English word whatever, followed by a noun and any other 
verb than fo be, is expressed by quelque before a noun singular, and by 
quelques before a noun plural, as: 
quelques fautes qu’ilaitcommises, whatever faults he has committed, I will 

je lui pdrdonnerai; forgive him. 


— ll? — 


170. The English word whatever, followed by a noun and the verb to be, 
is expressed by quel que in two words, the first of which is an adjective, 
and agrees with its noun in number and gender; thus: 
quelle que soit sa faute, je lui whatever his fault may be, I will for- 

pardonnerai; give him. (Il. 123, 124.] 


THE VERB. 


171. A Verb is a word that signifies to be, to act, to be acted upon; as: je 
suis, J am; j'aime, Tlove; je suis aimé, I am loved. 


Classes. | 


172. Verbs are divided with respect to their signification into five 
classes: active, passive, neuter, reflective, impersonal. 

173. An active verb expresses an action which has some person or thing 
_ for its object; as: Charles étudie sa legon, Charles studies his lesson. 

174. A passive verb expresses an action received by its subject; as: les 
méchants seront punis, the wicked will be punished. 

175. A neuter verb expresses simply a state of being; as: je dors, I sleep. 

176. A reflective verb is a verb that has for subject and object the same 
person or thing; as: je m’habille, J dress myself. 

(77. An impersonal verb is a verb that is used only in the third person 
singular of each tense, as: il neige, it snows. 


Modifications. 

178, Verbs have modifications of four kinds; namely: Moods, Tenses, 
Persons, and Numbers. 

179. There are five moods: the Indicative, the Conditional, the Impera- 
tive, the Subjunctiye, the Infinitive. 

180. The Indicative simply declares a thing, as: j’écris, I write. 

_ 181. The Conditional represents the being, action, or passion under a 
condition, as: j’irais, si je n’étais pas malade, J should go, if I were not sick. 

182. The Imperative expresses the will of the speaker, as: répondez- 
moi, answer me. . ‘ 

183. The Subjunctive asserts with modifications, in a subordinate 
manner, as: je désire que vous réussissiez, I wish you may succeed. 

184. The Infinitive expresses the being, action, or passion in an inde- 
finite manner, as: parler, to speak. 

185. Tenses are those forms of the verb, which distinguish time; they 
are divided into two classes, simple and compound tenses. 

186. There are four simple tenses: the Present, the Imperfect, the Pret- 
erit, the Future; and four compound tenses, namely: the Perfect, the Plu- 
perfect, the Preterit Anterior, and the Second Future. 

187. The Person and Number of a verb are those forms in which it 
agrees with its subject. Verbs have three persons, first, second, and third, 
and two numbers, the singular and the plural, 


- is — 


Conjugation. 
188. Conjugation of a verb is a regular distribution of its moods, tenses, 
numbers, and persons, There are four conjugations in French, namely: 
the First with the present Infinitive in er, as aimer, to love 
the Second with the present Infinitive in ir, as finir, to finish 
the Third with the present Infinitive in oir, as devoir, to owe 
the Fourth with the present Infinitive in re, as vendre, to sell. 


189, With respect to their form, the verbs of the four conjugations are 
divided into two classes, regular and irregular. But in regard to the Third 
Conjugation, containing the verbs in oir, grammarians are greatly at 
variance, and some supposing these verbs to be all irregular, even deny the 
existence of a Third Regular Conjugation altogether. On this point the 
following remarks require special notice on the part of the learner. Besides 
avoir, to have, there are in French twelve simple verbs in oir, which 
are all admitted to be irregular, except devoir, to owe, and recevoir, 
to receive; and even these two must be included in the irregular list, 
if we adopt the common definition, a regular verb is a verb which does not 
change its root. According to this view, they should be classified as Irregular 
verbs in Oir; so much the more as there is neither propriety, nor advantage 
for the learner in treating two verbs as a separate conjugation. 

190. As the French conjugation consists, partly of variation, accom- 


plished by means of the two auxiliaries avoir, to have, and &tre, to be, 
they are to be learned in the first place. 





XX 
191. avoir, to have 
Snoretz TENsEs. Compounp TENSES. 
Indicative Mood, 
Present. Perfect. 
jai, I have j'ai eu, [have had 
tu as, thou hast tu as en, thouhasthad ~ 
il a, he has il a eu, he has had 
nous avons, we have nous avons eu, we have had 
‘vous avez, you have vous avez eu, you have had 
ils ont, they have ils ont eu, they have had 
Imperfect. Pluperfect. 
javais, I had javais eu, I had had 
tu avais, thou hadst™ tu avais eu, thou hadst had 
il avait, he had il avait eu, he had had 
nous avions, we had nous ayions eu, we had had 
vous aviez, you had vous aviez eu, you had had 


’ ils avaient, they had i]s avaient eu, they had had 


Smmete TENSES. 

Preterit. 
jeus, I had 
tu eus, thou hadst 
il eut, he had 
nous etimes, we had 
vous etites, you had 
ils eurent, they had 

Future. 
jaurai, I shall have 
tu auras, thou wilt have - 
il aura, he will have 
nous aurons, we shall have 
vous aurez, you will have 
ils auront, they will have 


Present. 
jaurais, I should have 
tu aurais, thou wouldst have 
il aurait, he would have 


nous aurions, we should have 


vous auriez, you would have 


ils auraient, they would have 


aie, have (thou) 


Present. 
que jie, I may have 


. que tu aies, thou mayest have 


qu'il ait, he may have 


que nous ayons, we may have 
que vous ayez, you may have 


quwils aient, they may have 


Preterit. 
que j’eusse, I might have. 


ComPounD TENSES, 
Preterit Anterior, 
jeus eu, [had had 
tu eus eu, thou hadst had 
il eut eu, he had had 
nous etimes eu, we had had 
vous etites eu, you had had 
ils eurent eu, they had had 
Second Future. 
jaurai eu, I shall have had 
tu auras eu, thou wilt have had 
il aura eu, he will have had 
nous aurons eu, we shall have had 
vous aurez eu, you will have had 
ils auront eu, they will have had 
Conditional. 
Past. 
jaurais eu, I should have had 
tu aurais eu, thou wouldst have had 
il aurait eu, he would have had 
nous aurions eu, we should have had 
vous auriez eu, you would have had 
ils auraient eu, they would have had 


Imperative: 


ayons, let us have ayez, have (you) 


Subjunctive. Sy 


que j’aie eu, I may have had 

que tu aies eu, thou mayest have had 

qu'il ait eu, he may have had 

que nous ayons eu, we may have had 

que vous ayez eu, you may have had 

qu ils aient eu, they may have had 
Pluperfect. 

que jeusse eu, I might have had 


que tu eusses, thou mightest have que tu eusses eu, thou mightest have had 


qu'il efit, he might have 


qu’il efit eu, he might have had 


que nous eussions, we might have que nous eussions eu, we might have had 
que vous eussiez, you might have que vous eussiez eu, you might have had 


qu’ils eussent, they might have qwils eussent eu, they might have had 
Infinitive. ‘ 3 
Pres. avoir, to have ay Perf. avoir eu, fo have had 
Participle. ; 
Pres. ayant, having Perf. ayant eu, having had 
Past. eu, had (I. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 97. 98. 103. 104. 111. 


112. 117. 118, 119. 120. II, i. 2. 5. 6. 9. 10. 18. 16.) 


192. 
Sorte Tenses. 


Present. 
je suis, Jam 
tu es, thou art 
il est, he is 
nous sommes, we are 
vous étes, you are 
il sont, they are 


imperfect. 
jétais, I was 
tu étais, thou wast 
il était he was 
nous étions, we were 
vous étiez, you were 
ils étaient, they were 
Preterit. 
je fus, J was 
tu fus, thou wast 
il fut, he was 
nous filmes, we were 
vous fiites, you were 
ils furent, they were 


Future. 
je serai, J shall be 
tu seras, thou wilt be 
il sera, he will be 
nous serons, we shall be 
vous serez, you will be 
ils seront, they will be 


Present. 
je serais, J should be 


tu serais, thou wouldst be 


il serait, he would be 


nous serions, we should be 
vous seriez, you would be 
ils seraient, they would be 


sois, be (thou) 


Conditional. 
"~ faurais été, I should have been 


Ses OD ate 
étre, to be 


Compounp TENSES. 


indicative. 


Perfect 
j'ai été, I have been 
tu as été, thou hast been 
il a été, he has been | 
nous avons été, we have been 
vous avez été, you have been 
ils ont été, they have been 


Pluperfect. 
javais été, I had been 
tu avais été, thou hadst been 
il avait &é, he had been 
nous avions été, we had been 
vous aviez été, you had been 
ils avaient été, they had been 


Preterit Anterior. 
jens été, I had been 
tu eus été, thou hadst been 
il eut été, he hud been 
nous efimes été, we had been 
vous efites été, you had been 
ils eurent été, they had been 


Second Future. 
jaurai été, J shall have been 
tu auras été, thou wilt have been 
il aura été, he will have been 
nous aurons été, we shall have been 
vous aurez été, you will have been 
ils auront été, they will have been 


Past. 


tu aurais été, thou wouldst have been 
il aurait été, he would have been 

nous aurions été, we should have been 
vous auriez été, you would have been 
ils auraient été, they would have been 


Imperative. 
soyons, let us be  soyez, be (you) 


Poe 


Sree TENSES. 


Present. 
que je sois, J may be 
que tu sois, thou mayest be 
qu'il soit, he may be 
que nous soyons, we may be 
que vous soyez, you may be 
qu'ils soient, they may be 


Preterit. 
que je fusse, I might be 
que tu fusses, thou mightest be 
qu'il fait, he might be 
que nous fussions, we might be 
que vous fussiez, you might be 
qu’ils fussent, they might be 


Subjunctive. 


121 — 


Compounp TENSES. 


Perfect. 

que j’aie été, I may have been 

que tu aies été, thou mayest have been 
quwil ait été, he may have been 

que nous ayons été, we may have been 
que vous ayez été, you may have been 
quils aient été, they may have been 


Pluperfect. 
que j’eusse été, I might have been 
que tu eusses été, thou mightest have been 
qu'il efit été, he might have been 
que nous eussions été, we might have been 
que vous eussiez été, you might have been 
quils eussent été, they might have been 


Infinitive. 


Pres. tre, fo be 


Pres. étant, being 


Perf. avoir été, to have been 


Participle. 


Perf. ayant été, having been 


Past. été, been (I. 93. 94. 95. 96. 101. 102. 103. 104. 111, 112. 
117. 118. 119. 120. I. 1. 2. 5. 6. 9. 10. 15. 16.) 


193. In general, the French auxiliaries are used nearly the same as to 
have and to be in English, namely, avoir for the compound tenses of the 
active voice, and @tre for the passive. But there are also not a few active 
verbs in French, which form their compound tenses with étre, where 
to have in English is employed. These are: 

1. All reflective verbs, as: se lever, to rise; je me suis 3 love I have risen; 


2. The following neuter verbs: 
aller, to go 
arriver, lo arrive 
entrer, fo come in 
mourir, to die 
naitre, to be born 
partir, to set out 
rester, to remain 


retourner, to come back 
sortir, to go out 
tomber, to fall 

venir, to come 
parvenir, fo attain 
devenir, to become 
revenir, to come back 


194. A few verbs may take either auxiliary; namely, avoir, when the 
action of the verb is had in view, and 6tre, when reference is had to the 
condition or state which the verb expresses. These are: 


accourir, to run to 
cesser, to cease 
changer, to change 
croitre, to grow 
descendre, to descend 


échapper, to escape, evade 
grandir, to grow tall 
monter, to ascend 

périr, to perish 

vieillir, to grow old 


195, Some are used with different meanings, 
demeurer, with avoir: to reside with étre: fo remain 


convenir, as to suit “to agree 
passer, “ to go through « to pass away, go 
expirer, ¥ to die ‘* to expire 


Formation of the Tenses, 
196, There are five principal parts in the conjugation of French verbs, 
namely, the Present Infinitive, the Present Participle, the Past Participle, 
the Present Indicative, and the They are called prin- 


ciphT OF primitive parts, because when they are known, all others can be in- 
ferred from them. 


197, From the Present Infinitive are formed: 
the Future by changing r or re into rai, and 
the Present Conditional by changing r or re into rais. 


Pres. Infinitive. Future. Pres. Conditional. 
parler tospeak - je parlerai je parlerais 
finir’ to finish je finirai. je finirais 
vendre to self je vendrai je vendrais 


198. From the Present Participle are formed: 
the Plural of the Indicative Present by changing ant into ons, ez, ent 
the Imperfect Indicative by changing ant into ais; and 
the Present Subjunctive by changing ant into e. 

Pres. Part. Ind. Pres. Plur, Impert. Ind. Pres. Subjunct. 
parlant, speaking nous parlons je parlais que je parle . 
finissant, finishing nous finisons je finissais _ que je finisse 

‘vendant, selling nous vendons je vendais que je vende 
199. From the Past Participle all compound tensés are formed by means 
of the auxiliaries avoir, fo Atve, aud Gtre, to be. 

Past. Part. ———————Compound Tenses. 

parlé, spoken jaiparlé javaisparlé _j'aurai parlé etc. 

puni; punished j’eus puni jaurais puni je suis puni etc. 

vendu, sold jai vendu j’aurai vendu j'ai été vendu ete. 

200. From the Present Indicative the Imperative is formed by sim- 
ply omitting the pronouns je, nous, vous, thus: ~ 
Imperative. 








Pres. Indic. 
je parle, I speak parle 
nous finissons, we finish finissons 
vous vendez, you sell vendez 


201. From the Preterit Indicative the Subjunctive of the same tense is 
formed by changing ai into asse for verbs of the first Conjugation, and by 


' adding se to all other verbs, as: 
yt T spoke ee lasse 
je parlai, que je par 
jefinis, "I finished que je finisse 


je vendis, Isold que je vendisse 


123 — 


REGULAR VERBS. — FIRST CONJUGATION. 
202. parler, to speak 


SmumeLE TENSES. 


indicative. 


Present. 
je parle, I speak 
tu parles, thou speakest 
il parle, he speaks 
nous parlons, we speak 
vous parlez, you speak 
ils parlent, they speak 


Imperfect. 
je parlais, I was speaking 
tu parlais, thou wast speaking 
il parlait, he was speaking 
nous parlions, we were speaking 
vous parliez, you were speaking 
ils parlaient, they were speaking 


Preterit. 
je parlai, I spoke 
tu parlas, thou spokest 
il parla, he spoke 
nous parlames, we spoke 
vous parlates, you spoke 
ils parlérent, they spoke 


Future. 
je parlerai, I shall speak 
tu parleras, thou wilt speak 
il parlera, he will speak 
’ nous parlerons, we shall speak 
vous parlerez, you will speale 
ils parleront, they will speak 


Present. 
je parlerais, I should speak 
tu parlerais, thou wouldst spealc 
il parlerait, he would speak 


nous parlerions, we should speak 


vous parleriez, you would speak 
ils parleraient, they would speak 


Conditional. 


CoMPoOUND 'TENSES. 


Perfect. 

jai parlé, I have spoken 

tu as parlé, thou hast spoken 

il'a parlé, he has spoken 

nous avons parlé, we have spoken 
vous avez parlé, you have spoken 
ils ont parlé, they have spoken 


Pluperfect. 
javais parlé, I had spoken 
tu avais parlé, thou hadst spoken 
il avait parlé, he had spoken 
nous avions parlé, we had spoken 
vous aviez parlé, you had spoken 
ils avaient parlé, they had spoken 


Preterit Anterior. 
jeus parlé, I had spoken 
tu eus parlé, thou hadst spoken 
il eut parlé, he had spoken 
nous etimes parlé, we had spoken 
vous etites parlé, you had spoken 
ils eurent parlé, they had spoken 


Second Future. 

jaurai parlé, I shall have spoken 

tu auras parlé, thou wilt have spoken 

il aura parlé, he will have spoken 

nous aurons parlé, we shall have spoken 
vous aurez parlé, you will have spoken 
ils auront parlé, they will have spoken 


Past. 

jaurais parlé, I should have spoken 

tu aurais parlé, thou wouldst have spoken 
il aurait parlé, he would have spoken 
nous aurions parlé, weshould have sp. 
yous auriez parlé, you would have spoken 
ils auraient parlé, they would have sp. 


Imperative. ‘ 
parle, speak (thou) parlons, let us speak parlez, speak (you) 


Smite Tenses. Compounp Trnsrs. 
Subjunctive. ‘ 
Present. Perfect. 
que je parle, I may speak que j'aie parlé, J may have spoken 
que tu parles, thou mayest speak que tu aies parlé, thou mayest have sp. 
gu'il parle, he may speak qu'il ait parlé, he may have spoken 


que nous parlions, we may speak que nous ayons parlé, we may have sp. 
que vous parliez, you may speak que vous ayez parlé, you may have sp. 
qu'ils parlent, they may speak qu’ils aient parlé, they may have spoken 


Preterit. Pluperfect. 
que je parlasse, I might speak que j'eusse parlé, J might have spolcen 
que tu parlasses, thou mightest speak que tu eusses parlé, thou mightest etc. 
qu'il parlAt, he might speak qu'il efit parlé, he might have spoken 
que nous parlassions, we might sp. que nous eussions parlé, we might etc. 
que vous parlassiez, you might speak que vous eussiez parlé, you might etc. 
qu’ils parlassent, they might speak qu’ils eussent parlé, they might etc. 


Infinitive. 

Pres. parler, to speak Perf. avoir parlé, to have spoken 
Participle. 

Pres. parlant, speaking Perf. ayant parlé, having spoken 


Past. parlé, spoken 
(1. 123, 124, 125. 126, 127. 128. 129, 130. 131, 132. 
IL 3. 4. 7. 8 11, 12. 13, 14, 15. 16.) 


SECOND CONJUGATION. 


203. finir, to finish 
Indicative. 
Ps Present. Perfect = 
je finis, I finish j'ai fini, 1 have finished 
tu finis, thou finishest tu as fini, thou hast finished 
il finit, he finishes ila fini, he has finished 
nous finissons, we finish. nous avons fini, we have finished 
vous finissez, you finish 3; vous avez fini, you have finished 
ils finissent, they finish ils ont fini, they have finished 
Imperfect. Pluperfect. 
je finissais, I was finishing javais fini, I had finished 
tu finissais, thou wast finishing tu avais fini, thou hadst finished 
il finissait, he was finishing il avait fini, he had finished 


nous finissions, we were finishing nous avions fini, we had finished 
- vous finissiez, you were finishing vous aviez fini, you had finished 
ils finissaient, they were finishing ils avaient fini, they had finished 


— 125 — 


SIMPLE ‘TENSES. CompounD TENSES. 

Preterit. Preterit Anterior. 
je finis, J finished jeus fini, I had finished 
tu finis, thou finishedst tu eus fini, thou hadst finished 
il finit, he finished il eut fini, he had finished 
nous finimes, we finished nous etimes fini, we had finished 
vous finites, you finished — vous etites fini, you had finished 
ils finirent, they finished ils eurent fini, they had finished 

Future, Second Future. 
je finirai, I shall finish jaurai fini, I shall have finished 
tu finiras, thou wilt finish tu auras fini, thou wilt have finished 
il finira, he will finish il aura fini, he will have finished 
nous finirons, we shall finish nous aurons fini, we shall have finished 
vous finirez, you will finish vous aurez fini, you will have finished 
ils finiront, they will finish ils auront fini, they will have finished 

Conditional. 

Present. Past. 
je finirais, I should finish jaurais fini, I should have finished 
tu finirais, thou wouldst finish tu aurais fini, thou wouldst have finished 
il fnirait, he would finish il aurait fini, he would have finished 
nous finirions, we should finish nous aurions fini, we should havefinished 
vous finiriez, you would finish vous auriez fini, you would have finished 


-ils finiraient, they would finish ils auraient fini, they would have finished 


Imperative. 
finis, finish (thou) finissons, let us finish finissez, finish (you) 


/ 


Subjunctive. . 
Present. ; Perfect. 


que je finisse, I may finish que jie fini, I may have finished 
que tu finisses, thou mayest jinish que tu aies fini, thou mayest have finished 
qu'il finisse, he may finish © qu'il ait fini, he may have finished 


que nous finissions, we may finish quenousayons fini, we may have finished 
que vous finissiez, you may finish que vous ayez fini, you may have finished 
quwils finissent, they may finish qu ils aient fini, they may have finished 


Preterit, Pluperfect. . 
que je finisse, I might finish que j’eusse fini, J might have finished 
que tu finisses, thou mightest finish que tu eusses fini, thou mightest eic. 
qu'il finit, he might finish qu'il efit fini, he might etc. 


que nous finissions, we might finish que nous eussions fini, we might ete. 
que vous finissiez, you might finish que vous eussiez fini, you might etc. 
quils fnissent, they might finish —_qu’ils eussent fini, they might etc, 


an = 


Pres. finir, to finish 


Pres, finissant, finishing 


Infinitive. 


Perf. avoir fini, to have finished 
Participle. 
Perf. ayant fini, having finished 


Past. fini, finished (I. 133, 134, 135. 136. 137. 138, 
Il, &. 4. 7. & 11, 12. 18. 14. 15. 16.) 
FOURTH CONJUGATION, 
204. vendre, to sell 
Indicative. 
r Present. Perfect. 
je vends, I sell jai vendu, J have sold 


je vendais, I was selling 

tu vendais, thou wast selling 

il vendait, he was selling 

nous vendions, we were selling 
vous vendiez, you were selling 
ils vendaient, they were selling 


Preterit. 
je vendis, I sold 
tu vendis, thou soldest 
il vendit, he sold — 
nous vendimes, we sold 
yous vendites, you sold 
ils vendirent, they sold 


Future. 
je vendrai, I shall sell 
tu vendras, thou wilt sell 
il vendra, he will sell 
nous vendrons, we shall sell 
vous vendrez, you will sell 
ils vendront, they will sell 


tu as vendu, thou hast sold 

il a vendnu, he has sold 

nous avons vendu, we have sold 
vous avez vendu, you have sold 
ils ont vendu, they have sold 


Pluperfect. 
javais vendu, J had sold 
tu avais vendu, thou hadst sold 
il avait vendu, he had sold 
nous avions vendu, we had sold 
vous aviez vendu, you had sold 
ils avaient vendu, they had sold 


Preterit Anterior. 
hoes conte I had sold 
tu eus vendu, thou hadst sold 
il eut vendu, he had sold 
nous efimes vendu, we had sold 
vous efites vendu, you had sold 
ils eurent vendu, they had sold 


Second Future. 
jaurai vendn, J shall have sold 
tu auras vendu, thou wilt have sold 
il aura vendu, he will have sold 
nous aurons vendu, we shall have sold 
vous aurez vendu, you will have sold 
_ ils auront vendu, they will have sold 


— 127 — 


Sree TENsEs. CompounD TENSES. 
Conditional. 
Present. Past. 
je w rendeatie I should sell jaurais vendu, J should have sold 
tu vendrais, thou wouldsé sell tu aurais vendu, thou wouldst have sold 
il vendrait, he would sell jl aurait vendu, he would have sold 
nous vendrions, we should sell nous aurions vendu, we should have sold 
vous vendriez, you would seil vous auriez vendu, you would have sold 
ils vendraient, they would sell — ils auraient vendu, they would have sold 
Imperative, 
vends, sell (thou) vendons, let us sell vendez, sell (you) 
Subjunctive. 
Present. Perfect. 
que je vende, I may sell que jaie vendu, I may have sold 
que tu vendes, thou mayest sell que tu aies vendu, thou mayest have sold 
qu’il vende, he may sell qu’il ait vendu, he may have sold 
que nous vendions, we may sell que nous ayons vendu, we may have s. 
que vous vendiez, you may sell _ que vous ayez vendu, you may have sold 
quils vendent, they may sell qwils aient vendu, they may have sold 
Preterit. Pluperfect. 
que je vendisse, I might sell que jeusse vendu, I might have sold 
que tu vendisses, thou mightest sell que tueusses vendu, thou mightest haves. 
qu'il vendit, he might sell qu'il eit vendu, he might have sold 


que nous vendissions, we might sell que nous eussions vendu, we might etc. 
que yous vendissiez, you might sell que vous eussiez vendu, you might ete. 
quils vendissent, they might sell quils eussent vendu, they might have s. 


Infinitive, 

Pres. vendre, fo sell Peri. avoir vendu, to have sold 
Participle. ; 

Pres. vendant, selling Perf. ayant vendu, having sold 


Past. vendu, sold 
[I. 239. 140. 141. 142. 143. 144, 145, 146. 
I. 3. 4. 7. 8. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.] 


Notes to the Conjugations. 


205. Verbs ending in the infinitive in cer, take @ (with the cedilla) 
instead of € before @ and O; as: placer, to place, nous plagons, we place. 


206. Verbs ending in the infinitive in ger, always take a silent e after 
g when followed by a or 0; as: manger, to eat, nous mangéons, we eat. 


207. Verbs ending in the infinitive in eler or eter as: appeler, to call; 
jeter, to throw, double the 1 or t before a silent e, as: j’appelle, J call, but 
nous appelons, we call; je jette, I throw, but nous jetons, we throw. Only 
three are excepted, namely; acheter, to buy, geler, to freeze, and peler, to peal. 


— 1278 


208. The three verbs, acheter, to buy, geler, to freeze, and peler, 
to peal, and all those which have a silent e or & in the second syllable from 
the end, change e or é into é, when the following syllable is silent; as: 
pga jachéte, J buy; lever, to raise, je léve; répéter, to repeat, 
e répéete. ; 

209. Verbs ending in the infinitive in yer change the y into i before 
a silent @; as: balayer, to sweep, je balaie, J sweep. Mark that these verbs 
retain the i after y in the first andsecond persons plural of the imperfect 
indicative and present subjunctive: thus, from employer, fo employ, we 
form nous employions, vous employiez (Imperfect Indicative and Present 
Subjunctive). 

210. Ina like manner, verbs ending in the infinitive in ier, are written 
with double i in the first and second persons plural of the imperfect indica- 
tive, and of the present subjunctive; thus we say: prier, to beg; nous 
priions, we begged. (Il. 147. 148. 149, 150. 151. 152. 153. 154.) 


Forms of Conjugation. 


2\|. For the three forms of conjugating a verb in English, the French 
has but one, the simple form; thus, 


je vends T seil I am selling I do sell 
nous vendons we sell we are selling we do sell 
ils vendent they sell they are selling they do sell 
je vendais I sold I was selling I did sell 
nous vendions we sold we were selling we did sell 


ils vendaient they sold they were selling __ they did sell 

212. A verb is conjugated negatively by placing the adverb ne before 
it, and pas or point after it, or after the first auxiliary. In the present 
infinitive me and pas are both placed before it. In general, point implies 
a stronger negation than pas, Examples: 

ne pas donner, not to give. 

je ne donne pas, J do not give je n'ai pas donné, J have not given 
tu ne donnes pas, thou dost not give tu n’as pas donné, thou hast not given 
il ne donne pas, he does not give _il n'a pas donné, he has not given 
nous ne donnons pas, we donot give nous n'avons pas donné, wehave not g. 
vous he donnez pas, you do not give vous n’avez pas donné, you have not g. 
ils ne donnent pas, they do not give ils n’ont pas donné, they have not g. 


213, The negatives pas and point may be omitted after the verbs 
cesser, fo cease, oser, to dare, pouvoir, to be able, and in the negative 
conditional of savoir, je ne saurais, when meaning, T cannot; thus, 

il me cesse de se plaindre he does not cease complaining 
je n’ose lui parler I dare not speak to him 

je ne puis marcher I cannot walk 

vous ne sauriez le refuser you cannot refuse it 


SS Bec 


214. A verb is conjugated interrogatively by placing the pronoun after 
it, or after the first auxiliary. In thisform, a hyphen should always be 
inserted before the pronoun; and if theverb or the first auxiliary ends in a 
vowel, and the pronoun begins with another, for the sake of euphony, -t- 
(with a hyphen before it and after it) is inserted. Examples: 


punissais-je, did I punish ? ai-je puni, have I punished ? 
punissais-tu, didst thou punish? —as-tu puni, hast thou punished ? 
punissait-il, did he punish ? a-t-il puni, has he punished ? 


punissions-nous, did we punish? avons-nous puni, have we punished ? 
punissiez-vous, did you punish? avez-vous puni, have you punished ? 
punissaient-ils, did they punish? ont-ils puni, have they punished ? 


215. When a question is asked, with a noun or any of the following 
pronouns, ceci, cela, aucun, quelqu’un, personne, or rien as 
subject, the noun or pronoun belongs at the head of the sentence, and the 
verb follows in the interrogative form, thus, 


le diner est-il prét? is dinner ready ? 

cela est-il bon & manger? is that good to eat ? 
quelqu’un m’a-t-il demandé? did anybody ask for me? 
la compagnie est-elle arrivée? has the company arrived ? 


216. <A verb ending in a mute e in the first person singular, takes an 
acute accent when used interrogatively, thus, 


je parle, I speale © je ne respire pas, I do not breathe 
parlé-je, do I speak ? ne respiré-je pas, do I not breathe? 


217. When a verb used interrogatively has but one syllable in the first 
person singular, the expression est-ce que should be employed instead of 
the simple form of question; thus, : ' 


est-ce que je perds, do Ilose? _est-ce que je dors, do I sleep ? 


With some verbs, this rule appears to be disregarded; as ai-j e, have I? 
suis-je, am I? dis-je, do I'say? sais-je, do I know? puis-je, can I? 


218. <A verb is conjugated interrogatively and negatively by placing the 
adverb ne before it, and the pronoun with pas or point after it, or 
after the first auxiliary, thus, 


* 

ne pleurai-je pas, did I not ery ? n’ai-je pas fini, have I not finished ? 
ne pleuras-tu pas, didst thou not ery? _n’as-tu pas fini, hast thou not finished ? 
ne pleura-t-il pas, did he not ery? n’a-t-il pas fini, has he not finished ? 
ne pleurames-nous pas, did we not cry ? n’avons-nous pas fini, have we not f. ? 
ne pleurates-vous pas, did you not ery? n’avez-vous pas fini, have you not f. ? 
ne pleurérent-ils pas, did they not cry? n’ont-ils pas fini, have they not f. 2 

(I, 103. 104, 111. 112, 113. 114, 115. 116, 121, 122.} 


The Passive Verb. 


219. 


étre aimé, to be loved 


Indicative. 


Present. 
je suis aimé, I am loved 
tu es aimé, thou art loved 
il est aimé, he is loved 
elle est aimée, she is loved 
nous sommes aimés, we are loved 
vous étes aimés, you are loved 


ils sont aimés, 
elles sont aimées, | "y are loved 


Imperfect. 
j'étais aimé, I was loved 
tu étais aimé, thou wast loved 
il était aimé, he was loved 
“nous étions aimés, we were loved 
vous étiez aimés, you were loved 
ils étaient aimés, they were loved 
Preterit. 
je fus aimé, I was loved 
tu fus aimé, thou wast loved 
il fut aimé, he was loved 
nous fiimes aimés, we were loved 
vous fiites aimés, you were loved 
ils furent aimés, they were loved 


Future. 
je serai aimé, J shall be loved 
tu seras aimé, thou wilt be loved 
il sera aimé, he will be loved 
nous serons aimés, we shall be loved 
vous serez aimés, you will be loved 
ils seront aimés, they will be loved 


- Perfect. 
jai été aimé, I have been loved 

tu as été aimé, thou hast been loved 

il a été aimé, he has been loved 

elle a été aimée, she has been loved 
nous avons été aimés, we have been loved 
vous avez été aimés, you have been loved 
ils ont été aimés, 

elles ont étéaimeées, | "4y have been 1 


Pluperfect. 

javais été aimé, I had been loved 
tu avais été aimé, thou hadst been loved 
il avait été aimé, he had been loved 
nous avions été aimés, we had been loved 
vous aviez été aimés, you had been loved 
ils avaient été aimés, they had been loved 

Preterit Anterior. 
jeus été aimé, I had been loved 
tu eus été aimé, thou hadst been loved 
il eut été aimé, he had been loved 
nous efimes été aimés, we had been loved 
vous efites été aimés, you had been loved 
ils eurent été aimés, they had been loved 


Second Future. 
jaurai été aiméd, J shall have been loved 
tu auras été aimé, thou wilt have been loved 
il aura été aimé, he will have been loved 
nous aurons été aimés, we shall have ec. 
vous aurez été aimés, you will have etc. 
ils auront été aimés, they will have etc. 


Conditional. 


Present. . 
je serais aimé, I should be loved 


Past. 
j'aurais été aimé, [should have been loved 


tu serais aimé, thou wouldst beloved tu aurais été aimé, thou wouldst have etc. 


il serait aimé, he would be loved 


il aurait été aimé, he would have etc. 


nous serions aimés,we should be loved nous aurions été aimés, we should ete 
vous seriez aimés, you would be loved vous auriez été aimés, you would etc. 
ils seraient aimés, they would be loved ils auraient été aimés, they would etc. 
Imperative. 
sois aimé, be (thou) loved 
soyons aimés, let us be loved 
soyez aimés, be (you) loved 


Present. 

que je sois aimé, I may be loved 
que tu sois aimé, thou mayest be loved 
qu il soit aimé, he may be loved 
que nous soyons aimés, we may be loved 
que vous soyez aimés, you may be loved 
qu’ils soient aimés, they may be loved 

imperfect. 
que je fusse aimé, I might be loved 
que tu fusses aimé, thou mightest be I. 
qu'il fat aimé, he might be loved 
que nous fussions aimés, we might etc, 
que vous fussiez aimés, you might etc. 
qu’ils fussent aimés, they might etc. 


131 


Subjunctive. 


Perfect. 
que j’aie été aimé, I may have been loved 
que tu aies été aimé,thou mayest have etc. 
qu'il ait été aimé, he may have ete. 
que nous ayons été aimés, we may ete. 
que vous ayez été aimés, you may etc. 
quwils aient été aimés, they may etc. 
Pluperfect. 
que jeusse été aimé, I might have been l. 
que tu eusses été aimé, thou mightest ete. 
qu’il etit été aimé, he might have been |. 
que nous eussions été aimés, we might etc. 
que vous eussiez été aimés, you might etc. 
quwiils eussent été aimés, they might etc. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. étre aimé, to be loved Perf. avoir été aimé, to have been loved 
7 Participle. 
‘Pres. étant aimé, being loved Perf. ayant été aimé, having been loved 
(Il. 87. 88.] 
The Reflective Verb. 
220. se lever, to rise 


Suerte TENSES. 


CoMPOUND TENSES. 


Indicative. 


Present. 
je me léve, J rise 
tu te léves, thou risest 
il se léve, he rises 
nous NOUS levons, we rise 
vous VOUS levez, you rise 
ils se levent, they rise 

Imperfect. 
je me levais, I was rising 
tu te levais, thou wast rising . 
il se levait, he was rising 
nous nous levions, we were rising 
vous vous leviez, you were rising 
ils se levaient, they were rising 


Preterit. 
je me levai, J rose 
tu te levas, thou rosest 
il se leva, he rose 
nous nous levames, we rose 
vous vous levates, you rose 
ils se levérent, they rose 


. Perfect. 
je me suis levé, 1 have risen 
tu tes levé, thou hast risen 
il s'est levé, he has risen 
nous nous sommes levés, we have r. 
vous vous @tes levés, you have risen 
ils se sont levés, they have.risen 
Pluperfect. 

je m’étais levé,. J had risen 
tu tétais levé, thou hadst risen 
il s’était levé, he had risen 
nous nous étions levés, we had risen 
vous vous étiez levés, you had risen 
ils s’étaient levés, they had risen 

Preterit Anterior. 
je me fus levé, I had risen 
tu te fus levé, thou hadst risen 
il se fut levé, he had risen 
nous nous fames levés, we had risen 
vous vous fiites levés, you had risen 
ils se furent levés, they had risen 


= = 


Snorete Tenses. , Compounp TENSES. 
Future. Second Future. 
je me léverai, I shall rise je me serai levé, J shall have risen 
tu te laveras, thou will rise tu te seras levé, thou will have risen 
il se lévera, he will rise il se sera levé, he will have risen 


nous nous léverons, we shall rise nous nous serons levés, we shall have etc. 
vous vous léverez, you will rise vous vous serez levés, you will have ele, 


ils se léveront, they will rise ils se seront levés, they will have etc. 
Present. Past. 

je me léverais, J should rise je me serais levé, I should have risen 

tu te léverais, thou wouldst rise tu te serais levé, thou wouldst have risen 

il se léverait, he would rise il se serait levé, he would have risen 


nous nous léverions, we should rise nous nous serions levés, we should etc. 
vous vous léveriez, you would rise vous vous seriez levés, you would etc. 
ils se léveraient, they would rise ils se seraient levés, they would etc. 


Imperative. 
léve-toi, rise (thou) levons-nous, let us rise —_ levez-vous, rise (you) 
| Subjunctive. 
que je me léve, J may rise que je me sois levé, [ may have risen 
que tu te léves, thou mayest rise que tu tesois levé, thou mayest have risen 
qu'il se lave, he may rise qu'il se soit levé, he may have risen = * 


que nous nous levions, we may rise que nous nous soyons levés, we may etc. 
que vous vous leviez, you may rise que yous vous soyez levés, you may elc. 
qu'ils se lévent, they may rise qu’ils se soient levés, they may have risen 
Imperfect. Preterit. 
que je me levasse, J might rise que je me fusse levé, I might have risen 
que tu te levasses, thou mightest rise que tu te fusses levé, thou mightest etc. 
qu'il se leviit, he might rise qu'il se fit levé, he might have risen 
que nous nous levassions, we might r. que nousnous fussions levés, we might etc. 
que vous vous levassiez, you might r. que vous vous fussiez levés, you might etc. 
qu'ils se levassent, they might rise —_ qu’ils se fussent levés, they might ete. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. se lever, to rise Perf. s’étre levé, to have risen 
Participle. 
Pres. se levant, rising Perf. s’étant levé, having risen 
Past. levé, risen 7 (l. 171, 172. 173. 174.) 


221. All reflective verbs take as their object a reflective pronoun of the 
same person and number with their subject, and étre as their auxiliary. 
In the first and second persons, singular and plural, the reflective pronoun 
is the same with the conjunctive personal; in the third person, there is a 
special reflective pronoun se; it has the value of both dative and accusative 
of either number and gender, ) 


~ 19h = 


222. Instead of the passive voice, which is less frequently used in 
French than in English, a reflective phrase is usually substituted in such 
sentences as the following: 

ce mot ne s‘écrit pas ainsi 
ce cheval ne se vend pas this horse is not for sale 
cela se voit tous les jours that is seen every day 

223. A reflective verb is often used in a reciprocal sense, but in the 
plural only. In this case, the reflective pronoun answers to the English one 
another, each other. 

224. A large number of French reflective verbs correspond to English 
intransitives, and require, therefore, special attention. Such are: ; 


this word is not written thus 


s’abstenir, to abstain 
s’accorder, to agree 
samuser, to be amused 
s’apercevoir, to perceive 
s’appeler, to be called 
s’asseoir, to sit down 

se baigner, to bathe 

se coucher, to go to bed 
se défier, to distrust 

se dépécher, to make haste 
s’échapper, to escape 
s’écrier, to ery out 
s’emparer, to seize upon 
s’empresser, fo hasten 
s’en aller, to go away 
s‘endormir, to fall asleep 
senfuir, to run away 
s’enrichir, to grow rich 
s’entretenir, to talk 
s’étonner, to wonder 
s’évanouir, to faint 


s’évaporer, to evaporate 
se fier, to trust 

se figurer, to fancy 

se fondre, to melt 

se hater, to make haste 
s’imaginer, to imagine 

se lever, to rise 

se moquer, to make fun 
se plaindre, to complain 
se porter, to be (of health) 
se promener, to take a walk 


' ge réjouir, to rejoice 


se repentir, to repent 

se reposer, to rest 

se réveiller, to awake 

se rire de, to laugh at 

se soumettre, to submit 

se souvenir, to remember 
se taire, to be silent 

se tromper, to be mistaken 
se vanter, to boast 


| Impersonal Verbs. 
225. Some verbs, which, in virtue of their meaning, can be used only in 
the third person singular, with the indefinite subject il, i¢, have been called 
Impersonal Verbs. Such are: 
il neige, it snows il grésille, it sleets 
il géle, it freezes il éclaire, it lightens 
il gréle, it hails il tonne, it thunders 


il pleut, it rains 
il dégéle, it thaws 
il faut, it is necessary 
{II. 80.] 
226. The impersonal verb il faut corresponds to the English must, 
to be obliged to, to have to, and the like. It is followed by an infinitive, or by 
que with a verb in the subjunctive; thus, 
il faut instruire les enfants children must be instructed 
il faudra que votre frére lui écrive your brother shall have to write to him. 


=— i = 


227. When il fat means to be in need of, to wéint, it takes the subject 
of the English sentence in the dative, and the thing wanted in the nomina- 
tive, thus, 

il faut un chapeau a votre frére — your brother wants a hat 

il lui fallait de l'argent he was in want of money {I1. 61. 62.) 


228. There are many verbs in French, transitive as well as intransitive, 
which are also used impersonally, as: 


il importe, it matters il parait, it appears 
il suffit, if is sufficient il semble, it seems 
il s'agit, the question is il arrive, it happens 
il convient, it becomes il vaut mieux, if is better 


_ 229. Impersonal phrases formed with the verbs avoir, 6tre and 
faire, are very frequent, and deserve special notice. 


230. il y @ corresponds closely to the English there is, there are, and 
is used i: nearly the same manner. Very often, it refers in a particular form 
to time and place. Examples: 

il y a une voiture A la porte there is a carriage at the door 

il y a déja des cerises there are cherries already 

combien y a-t-il d'ici a Albany? how far is it from here to Albany ? 

combien y a-t-il que votre frére how long has your brother been dead ? 

est mort? il y a quinze fortnight 
: ibm def (I. 51. 52, I. 89. 90.) 

231. The impersonal verb # is, it was, &c., is expressed in French by 
il est, il était, &c., when followed by an adjective without reference to 
anything mentioned before, and in all denominations of time. But when 
followed by a noun, a pronoun, a verb in the infinitive, ora single adjective 
(which then always refers to some preceding object), it is rendered by c’est. 
Examples: 

il est six heures, ilest temps de partir it is six o'clock, it is time to set out 


il est possible que j'aie eu tort it may be that Iwas wrong 
ce fut une grande joie pour nous it was a great joy for us 
c'est un malheur, c’est agréable it is a misfortune, it is agreeable. 


232. Before a noun in the plural, and the pronoun eux, elles, we 
should always employ ce sont instead of c’est; thus, 

ce SOnt vos fréres qui ont raison it 48 your brothers who are right 

ce sont enx qui l’ont va RS ily ihe Rr aenee  ons 
233. The impersonal expression il fait (lit. it makes) is commonly used 
to describe the operations of nature and the state of the weather; thus, 

il fait beau temps anjourd’hui it is fine weather to-day 

il faisait mauvais temps hier it was bad weather yesterday 

il fait froid, il fait du vent it is cold, it is windy 

il fait jour, il fait nuit it is daylight, itis night a1. 98. 94.) 


234, 


infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


235. 


infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 


- Pres. Part. 


Past Part. 


135 


lrregular Verbs of the First Conjugation. 


aller, to go 
allant, going 
allé, gone 


envoyeér, to send 
envoyant, sending 
envoyé, sent 


Pres. 
Pret. 


Fut. 


Pres. 


Pret. 
Fut. 


je vais, I go 
jallai, I went 


jirai, I shall go (Il. 63. 64,]* 


jenvoie, I send 


jenvoyai, J sent 
jenverrai, I shall send 


Irregular Verbs of the Second Conjugation. 


acquérir, to acquire 


acquérant, acquiring 


acquis, acquired 


bouillir, to boil 
bouillant, boiling 
bouilli, boiled 


courir, to run 
courant, running 
couru, run 


couvrir, to cover 
couvrant, covering 
couvert, covered 


cueillir, to gather 
cueillant, gathering 
cueilli, gathered 


dormir, to sleep 
dormant, sleeping 
dormi, slept 


fuir, to flee 
fuyant, fleeing 
fui, fled 


hair, to hate 
haissant, hating 
hai, hated 


mentir, to lie 
mentant, lying 
menti, lied 
mourir, to die 


mourant, dying 
mort, died 





Pres. 


Pret. 
Fut. 


Pres. 


_ Pret. 


Pres. 


Pret. 
Fut. 


Pres. 


Pret. 


Pres. 


Pret. 
Fut. 


Pres. 


Pret. 


Pres. 


Pret. 


Pres. 


Pret. 


Pres. 


Pret. 


Pres. 


Pret. 
Fut. 


jacquiers, I acquire 
jacquis, I acquired 
jacquerrai, I shall acquire {I1. 69.} 


je bous, J boil 
je bouillis, J boiled 


(II. 72. 73. 


je cours, I run 
je courus, I ran 


je courrai, I shall run [U. 65. 66.] 
je couvre, J cover 
je couvris, J covered 

, (I. 47. 48.] 


je cueille, I gather 
je cueillis, I gathered 
je cueillerai, I shall gather (Il. 69.] 


je dors, I sleep 
je dormis, I slept 


(Il. 43. 44. 

je fuis, I flee 
je fuis, I fled 

(Il. 67. 68.] 
je hais, I hate 
je hais, I hated 

(Il. 67. 68.] 
je mens, I lie 
je mentis, I lied 

(Il. 45. £46.] 
je meurs, I am dying 
je mourus, J died 
je mourrai, I shall die [U. 65. 664 


* For the full paradigms see the Ezercises here referred to, 


sentir, to feel, smell 


sentant, feeling 
senti, felt 


g 
| 


ret jo (1. 47. 48.) 
pot. Tomseasrsagia gli 
set et ro 
rs pen 7 (Il. 45. 46.] 
Pet Joerg Toor 
ret jor, Fw (Il. 41. 42.) 
ret jou, Fr (Il. 47. 48.) 


lar Verbs of the Third Conjugation. 
Irregu 


percevoir, to perceive 
i perceiving 
apergu, perceived 


Pres. j'apercois, I perceive 


Pret. j'apercus, I perceived 


percevrai, perceive 
gee fe arg (I. 81, 82.) 


Infinitive. 


Pres. Part. 


Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 


Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


| Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part, 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


s’asseoir, to sit down 


s’asseyant, sitting down 


assis, sat down 


concevoir, to conceive 
concevant, conceiving 
congu, conceived 


décevoir, to deceive 
décevant, deceiving 
décu, deceived 


devoir, to owe 
devant, owing 
di, owed 


falloir, to be necessary 


nn 


fallu, been necessary 


mouvoir, to move 
mouvant, moving 
mii, moved 


pleuvoir, to rain 
pleuvant, raining 
plu, rained 


pouvoir, to be able 
pouvant, being able 
pu, been able 


recevoir, to receive 
recevant, receiving 
regu, received 


savoir, to know 
sachant, knowing 
su, known 


valoir, to be worth 
valant, being worth 
valu, been worth 


voir, to see 
voyant, seeing 
vu, seen 


je m’assieds, I sit down 
je m’assis, I sat down 
je m’asseyerai, I shall sit down 
[il. 83, 84, 85. 86.) 
je congois, I conceive 
je congus, I concéived 
je concevrai, I shail conceive 
(II, $I. 82.) 


» je dégois, I deceive 


je décus, I deceived 
je décevrai, I shall deceive 
day 2 2 82.] 


: je dois, I owe 


je dus, I owed 
je devrai, I shall owe (11. 59. 60.) 


- il faut, il is necessary 


il fallut, it was necessary 
il faudra, it will be necessary 
(Il. 61. 62.] 


- je meus, J move 
- je mus, I moved 


je mouvrai, I shall move 


. il pleut, i rains 
. il plut, i rained 


il pleuvra, it will rain [II, $0.] 


- je peux, je puis, [ can 


je pus, I was able 
je pourrai, I shall be able 
[Il. £49. 50.) 


. je recois, I receive 
. je recus, I received 


je recevrai, I shall receive 
[Il. $2. 82.) 


. je sais, I know 
. je sus, J knew 


je saurai, I shallknow [I. 51. 52.) 


. je vaux, Tam worth 


je valus, I was worth — 


je vaudrai, I shall be worth 
(Il. 53. 54:] 


. je vois, I-see 


je vis, I saw 
je verrai, I shall see [U. 55. 56.) 


ss. ee oa 


Infinitive.  vouloir, to be willing 
Pres. Part. voulant, being willing 
Past Part. voulu, been willing 


Pres. je veux, I am willing 
Pret. je voulus, J was willing 
Fut. je voudrai, I shall be willing 


237. irregular Verbs of the Fourth Conjugation. 


atteindre, to reach 


(Il. 57, 58.) 
Pres. j'atteins, Ireach - 
Pret. j'atteignis, I reached 
(il. 70. 72.) 
Pres. je bats, I beat 
Pret. je battis, I beat 
Pres. je bois, J drink 
Pret. je bus, J drank 
(Il. 33. 34.] 


Pres. je conduis, J conduct 
Pret. je conduisis, J conducted 


Pres. je connais, I know 
Pret. je connus, I knew 


(Il. 29. 30.) 
Pres. je couds, I sew 
Pret. je cousis, I sewed 

(Il. 75. 76.) 
Pres. je crains, I fear 
Pret. je craignis, I feared 

(It. 70. 71.] 
Pres. je crois, I believe 
Pret. je crus, J believed 

(Il. 32, 32.) 
Pres. je crois, I grow 
Pret. je criis, I grew 

(il. 77.) 

Pres. je cuis, I cook 
Pret. je cuisis, I cooked 

(Il. 72. 73.) 


(il. 17. 18.) 


(IL. 19, 20.] 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


Infinitive. 
Pres. Part. 
Past Part. 


faire, to do 
faisant, doing 
fait, done 


lire, to read 
lisant, reading 
lu, read 


mettre, to put 
mettant, putting 
mis, put 


naitre, to be born 
naissant, being born 
né, born 


paraitre, to appear 
paraissant, appearing 


-paru, appeared 


plaindre, to pity 
plaignant, pitying 
plaint, pitied 


plaire, to please 
plaisant, pleasing 
plu, pleased 


prendre, to take 
prenant, taking 


pris, taken 


rire, lo laugh 
riant, laughing 
ri, laughed 
suivre, to follow 


suivant, following 
suivi, followed 


se taire, to be silent 
se taisant, being silent 
tu, been silent 


vaincre, to vanquish 


vainquant, vanquishing 


vaincu, vanquished 


vivre, to live 
vivant, living 
vécu, lived 


Pres. je nais, J am born 
Pret. je naquis, I was born 
| (II. 77.1] 
Pres. je parais, I appear 
Pret, je parus, I appeared 
(Il. 74.) 
Pres. je plains, J pity 
Pret. je plaignis, I pitied 
(TI. 70. 71.) 
Pres. je plais, I please 
Pret. je plus, J pleased 
(Il. 78. 79.) 
Pres. je prends, I take 
Pret. je pris, [ took 
(Il. 25. 26.] 
Pres. je ris, I laugh 
Pret. je ris, I laughed 
(II. 72. 73.] 
Pres. je suis, I follow 
Pret. je suivis, J followed 
(Il. 75..76,] - 
Pres. je me tais, J am silent 
Pret. je me tus, J was silent 
(Il. 78. 79.) 
Pres. je vaincs, [ vanquish 
Pret. je vainquis, J vanquished 
(IL. 70. 71.) 
Pres. je vis, I live 
Pret. je vécus, I lived 
(11. 74.] 


, je fais, I do 


je fis, I did 
je ferai, I shalldo _— [IL 27. 28.] 


. je lis, [ read 


je lus, I read 
(II. 22. 22.) 


- je mets, J put 
- je mis, I put 


(II. 23. 24.] 


— 40 — 


Agreement of the Verb. — 
238. to qenscal, Mb ‘ecb fa Ofte ams ipabewend smal al 
subject; thus, 


mon pére est mort my father is dead 
mes fréres sont morts my brothers are dead 
nous aimons nos amis we love our friends. 


239. When a verb has two or more subjects connected by et, it must 
agree with them in the plural number, thus, 

le papier et I’encre ne valent rien the paper and ink are good for nothing 

mon pére et ma mére viendront my father and mother will come. 


240. When the subjects of the same verb are of different persons, the 
verb must be in the plural number, and must agree with the first person 
rather than the second, and with the second rather than the third. The verb, 
then, is preceded by nous, if it be in the first person, and by vous, if in 
the second. Thus we say: 

mon frére et moi, nous allons 41 my brother and I go to the play 

comédie 

yous et votre sceur, VOuS resterez you and your sister will stay at home. 

& la maison 


241. When a verb has two or more subjects connected by Ou, it must 
agree with that which is nearest, When the subjects are of different persons, 
the verb agrees with the first person in preference to the second, and with 
the second in preference to the third, but always in the plural number; as 

le vice ou la vertu triomphera _ vice or virtue will triumph 
vous ou votre frére viendrez you or your brother will come. 


242. When a verb has for its subject the relative qui, it agrees with 
the antecedent of the relative, thus, 


c'est moi qui l’ai vu it is I who have seen him 
c'est vous qui en avez parlé it is you who have spoken of tt 
ce sont eux qui l’ont pris it is they who have taken it. 


Government of Verbs. 

243. All transitive verbs govern the accusative case, The characteristic 
of these verbs is, that they are convertible into passives in the following 
manner. The accusative after the verb in the active voice becomes the nom- 
inative before the verb in the passive voice. The nominative before the verb 
in eae voice is joined to the passive by the preposition de or 
par, by. 

Some verbs which in English are regarded as transitive, take in French 
the genitive or the dative case; thus we say: we obey the laws, nous 
obéissons @UX lois, And again, some verbs which are in English in- 


transitive, are in French transitive, as, le chien cherche son maitre, the dog 
looks for his master. 


— 41 — 


244. Some transitive verbs govern a genitive in addition to their direct 
object, the accusative. Such are: 


absoudre, to absolve combler, to fill up emplir, to fill 
accuser, to accuse délivrer, to free informer, to inform 
avertir, to warn détourner, to divert priver, to deprive 


accuser un homme de vol, to accuse a man of theft 
emplir une bouteille de vin, to fill a bottle with wine 


délivrer le pays des tyrans, to free the country from the tyrants 


245. A large number of transitive verbs govern, together with the ac- 
cusative, a dative as modal complement of their action, Mark the following: 


accorder, to grant demander, to ask for préférer, to prefer 
adresser, fo direct devoir, to owe présenter, to present 
annoncer, fo announce dire, to tell préter, to lend 
apporter, to bring donner, to give procurer, to procure 
attribuer, to attribute écrire, to write promettre, to promise 
avouer, fo own [icate enseigner, to teach raconter, to tell, relate 
communiquer, fo commun- envoyer, to send rapporter, to bring back 
confesser, to confess épargner, to spare refuser, to refuse 
confier, to trust expliquer, to explain rendre, to give back 
conseiller, to advise dter, to take away renvoyer, to send back 
déclarer, to declare pardonner, to forgive _. répondre, to answer 
dédier, to dedicate prédire, to foretell . ~ vendre, to sell 
accordez-lui cette grace grant him this favor 


il nous raconta ses voyages he told us his voyages. 


246. Some verbs take a genitive only, after the manner of a direct ob- 
ject, as: 


abuser, to abuse hériter, to inherit médire, to slander 
convenir, to admit jouir, to enjoy profiter, to improve 
douter, to doubt manquer, to want user, to use 


jouir d’une bonne santé to enjoy good health 
médire de son prochain to slander one’s neighbor 


247. A large number of reflective verbs admit a genitive in addition to 
their reflective object. Examples of these are: 


s’absenter,to absent one’s s. s’ennuyer, to gel weary —_—- se réjouir, to rejoice 


s’abstenir, to abstain s’enorgueillir, to get proud se repentir, to repent 
s’apercevoir, to perceive s’entremettre, to intervene se retirer, to withdraw 
s’attrister, to grieve se facher, to be angry se saisir, to seize 
s’aviser, to bethink one’s s. se flatter, to flatter one’s s. se soucier, to care 
se démettre, to resign se garder, to beware se souvenir, to remember 
se désister, to give over se plaindre, to complain se vanter, to boast 

se saisir de quelque chose to seize upon something ° 


se souvenir d’une histoire to remember a history, 


ae an 


248, The following verbs take a dative as their sole object: | 
accéder, to accede nuire, to hurt remédier, to remedy 


appartenir, to belong obéir, to résister, to resist 
consentir, to consent obvier, et ressembler, to resemble 
contrevenir, fo contravene _ parler, to speak songer, to thinle of 
contribuer, to contribute parvenir, to atiain subvenir, to relieve 
déplaire, to displease penser, to think of succéder, to succeed 
désobeir, to disobey plaire, to please survivre, lo survive 

ne désobéissez pas & vos parents do not disobey your parents 

je pense & votre affaire T thinke of your business. 


249. There are also many reflective verbs which admit a dative in addi- 
tion to their reflective object. Such are: 
s’abandonner, to abandon one’s self sengager, to engage 
s'accoutumer, to accustom one’s self s'exposer, fo expose one’s self 


s'adonner, to addict one’s self se fier, to trust 

s’'amuser, to amuse one’s self s‘habituer, to accustom one’s self 

s'appliquer, to apply one's self s'obstiner, to be obstinate 

s'appréter, to get ready s‘occuper, to occupy one’s self 

s'attacher, to stick to s'opiniftrer, to be opiniative 

s'adresser, fo apply one’s self s'opposer, to oppose one’s self 

se déterminer, to resolve upon se plaire, to take delight in 

se disposer, fo prepare one’s self se préparer, fo prepare one’s self 
accoutumez-vous A l'étude accustom yourself to study 


je m’applique aux mathématiques J apply myself to mathematics 

250. Notice that no French verb governs two nouns, the one denoting 
a person and the other a thing, each in the accusative, as is the case with 
the English verbs signifying to allow, ask, give, offer, pray, send, teach, 
tell, etc. Such verbs take in French the personal object in the dative, thus, 


il lui enseignera cette langue he will teach him this language 
il lui a demandé son nom he asked him for his name. . 


Uses of the Moods and Tenses. 


Indicative. 


251. The value and use of the tenses in the indicative mood are, in 
general, the same in French as in English. The principal points of differ- 
ence will be stated below. 


252. The Present is often substituted for the Preterit in lively narra- 
tion, as: 
jai vu votre malheureux fils trainé J have seen your unhappy son dragged 
par ses chevaux, il veut les by his horses; he wishes to recall 
rappeler et sa voix les effraye, them, his voice frightens them, 
ils courent...... they run, ete, 


— 43 — 


253. In expressing a past action or state which is continued so as to 
be present also, the French employs the Present, while in English the 
tense must be the Perfect, thus, 

depuis quand 6tes-vous ici? how long have you been here? 
je suis ici depuis longtemps J have been here a long time. 


254. The Present is often used instead of the Future, thus, 
je pars ce soir pour Londres I shalt depart to-night for London 
je suis prét dans un moment EI shalt be ready in a moment. 


255. The Imperfect answers nearly to the progressive form of the Eng- 
lish Preterit, and represents the action as unfinished at a certain specified 
time. Very often, it implies a habit on the part of the subject, in the sense 
of the phrase I used to do. Examples: 
je vous écrivais une lettre, quand je I was writing you a letter, when I re- 

recus la votre ceived yours 
jétais malade, quand vous étes venu Iwas sick when you came 
quand j’étais enfant, je jouaissouvent when I was a child, I often played. 


256. ‘The Preterit represents an action which took place at some time 
completely past, as, 


je me promenai hier I walked yesterday 
je fus malade la semaine passée Iwas sick last week 
jallai hier voir votre pére I went yesterday to see your father. 


257. ‘The Perfect represents an action as having been finished in some 
time past reckoning from the present; thus, - 


je me suis promené ce matin I have taken a walk this morning 

jai été bien malade cette semaine I have been very sick this weelc 

notre siécle a produit de grands our age has produced great men. 
hommes 


258. The Pluperfect represents the action as past before some other 
past time, as; j’avais écrit ma lettre, quand il entra, I had written my letier 
when he came in. If a particular time be mentioned, especially after the 
words quand, lorsque, when, aussitét que, dés que, as soon as, 
aprés que, afler, and the like, the tense must be the Preterit Anterior; thus, 

je sortis dés que j’eus diné I went out as soon as I had dined 
quand j’eus fini ma lettre, il entra when I had finished my letter, he entered. 


259. The Future tenses ordinarily agree with their English correspon- 
dents. In such cases, however, where in English the Present may be used 
instead of the Future, and the Perfect instead of the Second Future, the 
Future tenses are more strictly requiréd in French than in English, thus, 


quand je serai 4 la campagne, vou- when I am in the country, will you 
lez-vous venir me voir? come to see me? 

yous jouerez, quand vousaurez fini you will play when you have fin- 
votre lecon ished your lesson. 


a HAA uu 


260. The verb venir followed by de with an Infinitive, forms an idio- 
matic expréssion of past time, and represents an action as just finished, 
thus, je Viens de faire cela, [have just done that. 

261. The verb aller with an infinitive after it, is an idiomatic form 
for expressing future time in the sense of to be about; thus, mon frére va 
partir, my brother is about to depart. 


Conditional. 

262. The Conditional Mood is used to express a result dependent upon 
certain conditions. It corresponds in general to the Potential Mood in Eng- 
lish, when used with the auxiliary should, or would, thus, 
si vous aviez des amis, vous seriez if you had friends, you would be more 

plus content satisfied 
vous auriez été plus heureux, si vous you would have been more happy, if you 

aviez suivi mes conseils had followed my advice. 

263. There is something particular in the use of the conjunction si. 
When it means in case that, it requires the verb in the present or the imper- 
fect; when it stands for whether, it takes the future or the conditional, accord- 
ing to the requirements of the sense; thus, 
jirai demain A la campagne, s'il fait. J shall go to-morrow into the country, if 


beau temps the weather will be fine 

s'il revenait, vous seriez fort embar- if he came back, you would be much 
rassé embarrassed 

dites-moi si vous irez ld? tell me whether you will go there ? 

je ne sais si mon frére viendrait, si Ido not know whether my brother would 
je Yen priais come, should I request him. 


Imperative. 
264. The use of the Imperative requires no explanation, being the same 
in French as in English. (I. 5. 6. 7. 8.) 


Subjunctive. 
265. The Subjunctive Mood denotes something doubtful or PPT Sp C7 
and its tenses are generally subjoined to other verbs. 
266. The Subjunctive Mood is employed: 
1. when the governing verb expresses doubt, uncertainty, fear; desire, 
command, joy, sorrow, &c. Such verbs are: 


commander, to command douter, to doubt étre charmé, to be very glad 

craindre, to fear s'étonner, fowonder @tre faché, to be sorry 

défendre, to forbid nier, to deny étre surpris, to be surprised 

désirer, to wish ordonner, to order étre content, to be satisfied 
Examples: 

je doute qu'il soit arrivé I doubt that he has come 

je souhaite qu’on fasse la paix I wish they would make peace 


je crains que ma sceur ne soit morte J fear my sister is dead 
je suis faché qu’on vous ait trompé § I am sorry they have deceived you 


— 145 — 


2. when the governing verb is used interrogatively, negatively, or condi- 


tionally ; thus, 
croyez-vous qu'il ait raison? do you believe he is right ? 
je ne crois pas qu il ait raison I do not believe he is right 
partons, si vous pensez quil fasse let us go, if you think i will be fine 
beau temps weather. 


When the verb is used affirmatively, or when the question con- 
tains a fact, the Indicative Mood is required, thus, 


je crois qu'il a raison T believe he is right 
jespére qu'il viendra I hope he will come 


vous ai-je dit que mon pére est mort? did I tell you that my father is dead ? 


3. after most impersonal verbs and expressions, as: 


il convient que vous y alliez it is proper for you to go there 
il est temps que nous partions it is time for us to depart 
il faut que j’aille en ville I must go to town. 


Excepted from this rule are: il s’ensuit, il résulte, it follows; il ar- 
rive, it happens, and such impersonal expressions as contain a posi- 
tive statement, as: il est vrai, itis true; il est certain, it is certain, etc. 
Again, the same expressions require the subjunctive in the sub- 
ordinate sentence when they are used interrogatively, negatively, or 
conditionally ; thus, 


il est certain que vous avez tort it is certain that you are wrong 
il n’est pas certain que j/aie raison it is not certain that I am right 
il est probable qu’on fera la paix it is probable that they will make peace 


est-il probable qu’on fasse la paix? is it probable that they will make peace ? 


4, after a superlative, and the words le premier, the first, le 
dernier, the last, le seul or Punique, the only; personne, 
nobody, aucun, none, rien, nothing, where the subordinate sen- 
tence is introduced by the relative pronoun qui or que. In these 
constructions, the indicative is also met with, when the subordinate 
sentence defines a fact, and not a mere supposition. Examples: 


vous étes le plus savant que jecon- you are the most learned man I know 


naisse dans cette ville in this toun 

vous étes le premier ami que j’aie you are the first friend I have met in 
rencontré & New York New York 

mon fils est le seul & qui je puisse my son is the only one upon whom Ican 
me fier rely 


il n’y avait personne que je connusse there was nobody whom I knew. 
5. after the words quelque que, quel que, qui que, quoi 
que, (see 167—I70.) 


quoi que vous fassiez pour moi, je whatever you do for me, I will reward 
yous en récompenserai you for it. 


=- w= 


6. after the conjunctions which express a future contingency or a sup- 
position, as: pourvu que, provided; au cas que, in case, etc. 
For the list of them see under Conjunctions 302, 
je serai prét, avant qu’ils soient venus J will be ready before they have come 
prétez-moi votre livre, afin que jele lise lend me your book that I may read it, 
267. In regard to the distinction of tenses, a subjunctive verb is put in 
the present or perfect, when the governing verb was in the present or future; 
and in the preterit or pluperfect after a verb in the past or conditional ten- 
ses. Sometimes a subjunctive imperfect is met with after a governing verb 
in the present, especially in conditional expressions which imply both doubt 
and futurity. Examples: . 
il faut (faudra) que je le fasse Iam (shall be) obliged to do it 
je ne crois pas qu'il aitappris sa lecon I do not believe he has learnt his lesson 
je craignais que vous ne vinssiez I feared lest you would come 
il faudrait que je le fisse’ I should be obliged to do it 
je ne croyais pas qu'il eat appris sa legon I did not believe he had learnt his lesson 
croyez-vous qu’ils me refusassent, si’ do. Sink ee movi geet 8 F 


je les en priais ? requested it of them 
(I. 9. 10. ti ae 14.) 


Infinitive. 

268, The Infinitive is not limited to any particular person or number, 
and is properly the verbal noun. As such it may stand for a subject, predi- 
cate, or object (direct as well as indirect) of a sentence. There are, how- 
ever, only a few infinitives which have become nouns, and may be used 
with the article, as: le rire, laughing; le manger, ealing; le boire, drinking. 

269. In French, the infinitive is employed by itself, or preceded by 
de, &, or some other preposition. 

270. The infinitive is used without any preposition in the following cases: 

1. when it stands for the subject, or predicate of a sentence; thns, 
chanter est une occupation agréable singing is an agreeable occupation 


voir c’est croire seeing is believing. 
2. when it stands as the direct object of the following verbs: 
aller, to go envoyer, to send pouvoir, to be able 
courir, fo run espérer, to hope savoir, to know 
croire, to believe faire, to do sembler, to appear 
daigner, to deign laisser, to let souhaiter, to wish 
déclarer, to declare nier, to deny soutenir, to maintain 
désirer, to wish oser, to dare venir, to come 
devoir, to owe penser, to think voir, to see 
entendre, to hear paraitre, to appear youloir, to be willing 

allez voir votre ami go and see your friend 


croyez-vous avoir raison? do you believe to be right? 
vous paraissez étre content you seem to be satisfied. 


1447 — 


271. The infinitive, preceded by the preposition de, is used 


1. after the verbs 
accuser, fo accuse 
affecter, to affect 
avertir, to inform 
blamer, to blame. 
cesser, to cease 


commander, to command 


conseiller, to advise 
craindre, to fear 
défendre, to forbid | 
détourner, to turn aside 
différer, to differ 

dire, to tell 

dispenser, to exempt 
dissuader, to dissuade 


écrire, to write 

empécher, to hinder 
- enjoindre, to enjoin 
entreprendre, to undertake 
essayer, to try 
feindre, to feign 
finir, to finish 
menacer, to threaten 
mériter, to deserve 
négliger, to neglect 
offrir, to offer 
ometitre, to omit 
ordonner, 40 order 
oublier, to forget 


parler, to speak 
permettre, to permit 
persuader, to persuade 
plaindre, to pity 
prescrire, to prescribe 
presser, to urge 

prier, to pray 
promettre, to promise 
proposer, to propose 
refuser, to refuse 
remercier, to thank 
résoudre, to resolve 
soup¢conner, to suspect 
supplier, to beg 


and generally after such verbs as govern the genitive; see 246, 247. 


Examples: 


il ne cesse de se plaindre 
je vous conseille de rester ici 
je vous prie de lui pardonner 


he does not cease complaining 
I advise you to stay here 
I beg you to forgive him. 


2. after the impersonal verbs: il convient, il importe, il suf- 
fit, and il est, followed by an adjective; thus, 


il suffira de lui parler 


it will be enough to speak to him 


il est dangereux de se fier &4 cet homme it is dangerous to trust this man. 


3. after nouns, and such adjectives as govern the preposition de; 


(see 85,) thus, 


il est temps de partir 
vous étes digne d’étre récompensé 


272. 
1. after the verbs 


accoutumer, to accustom 


admettre, to admit 
aider, to help 

aimer, to like 
apprendre, to learn 
autoriser, to authorize — 
condamner, to condemn 


_chercher, to endeavor 
.consister, to consist 


disposer, to dispose 
donner, to give 
employer, to employ 
encourager, to encourage 
engager, to engage 


it is time to set out : 
you are worthy of being rewarded. 


The infinitive, preceded by the preposition @, is used, 


exhorter, to exhort 
inviter, to invite 
penser, to think 


_persister, to persist 


porter, to induce 
rester, to stay 
travailler, to work 


and generally after such verbs as call for the dative as their comple: 
ment; see 248, 249. Examples: 


japprends a danser, & dessiner 
jaime a chanter, & jouer 
il m’a invité 4 diner 


T learn dancing, drawing 
I like to sing, to play 


he has invited me to dinner 


ee ER ore 


2. after a noun to denote a purpose or an end, and after such adjec- 
tives as are usually followed by &; (see 86.) thus, 
. je n'ai point de temps A perdre J have no time to lose 
chambres garnies 4 louer JSurnished rooms to let 


ce fruit est bon & manger this fruit is good to eat 
je suis prét 4 partir Iam ready to depart. 
273. Besides de and &, the following prepositions are allowed in 
French to govern the infinitive directly: 
afin de, in order to A force de, by means of par, by 
aprés, afler jusqu’d, till pour, in order to, for 
aupres de, near au lieu de, inslead of _— sans, without 
avant de, before loin de, far from cent hoes 


faute de, from want of i moins de, unless 
In this relation, the French infinitive is usually to be rendered by the 
English verbal in ing. Examples: 
je l'ai cherché sans le trouver =I looked for him without finding him 


il est parti sans me parler he has gone without speaking to me 
il a été pendu pour avoir volé —he has been hanged for robbing. a 
(Tl. 13, 14.) 
Participles. 


274. The Present Participle ends in ant, and expresses a continuance 
of an action, state, or condition. It has the same government as the verb 
from which it is derived, and remains uninflected. As to its place, it should 
always have a clear reference to the word to which it belongs. Examples: 

un homme craignant Dieu aman fearing God 
une femme craignant Dieu a woman fearing God 
des gens craignant Dieu people fearing God 
étant malade, jene puis vous accom- being sick, I cannot accompany you 
er 


pagn 
je les ai trouvés buvant et mangeant J found them eating and drinking. 
275. The present participle is very often preceded by en, which may 
be rendered by in, by, when, while. peace eg refers to the subject of 


the sentence; thus, 
je lirai sa lettre en me promenant it calla eaild Ma Uelar hin sitll 


vous l’avez fait en courant you have done it running. 
276. The proper office of the Past Participle is to form with the auxili- 
aries avoir and étre the compound tenses of the verb from which it comes. 
277. When conjugated with étre, the past participle agrees in gender 
and number with the subject of the sentence; thus, 
nous avons été bien regus we have been well received 


la nuit sera bientdt passée the night will soon be over 
ils sont estimés de tout lemonde they are esteemed by every body. 


— {49 — 


278. The past participle conjugated with avoir, agrees in gender and 
number with the direct object of the sentence, when this object precedes the 
participle. But if the participle precedes the direct object, it remains unin- 
flected. Examples: 

les livres que j’ai achetés sont neufs; the books I have bought,are new 
quelle affaire avez-vous entreprise? what affair have you undertaken? ~ 
jai regu votre lettre I have received your letter. 


e 
t 


“279. Since with reflective verbs the auxiliary étre is substituted for 
avoir, usage has established the rule, that the past participle of these verbs 
also agrees with the direct object of the sentence, as if conjugated with 
avoir. That is to*say, the past participle agrees in gender and number 
with the reflective pronoun unless this pronoun be in the dative case; thus 
we say: 

cette fille s’est blessée (Accus.) this girl has wounded herself 

cette femme s’est donné la mort (Dat.) this woman has put herself to death. 


280. The participles fait, laissé, pu, dG, voulu, are constantly 
left unvaried, when belonging to an infinitive expressed, or understood; thus, 
les montres qu’il a fait faire; the watches he ordered to be made 
ila dit toutes les raisons qu’il a voulu; he said all the reasons he would. 


28|. Participles very often become adjectives, and agree in gender and 
number with the nouns they qualify. When so used, they are commonly 
placed after their nouns; thus, 


une dame obligeante, an obliging lady un livre bien écrit, a well-written book 


des brebis bélantes, bleating sheep unelettre bien écrite, a well-written letter. 
[Il. 15. 16.] 


ADVERBS. 

282. An adverb is a word which qualifies a verb, or adjective, or another 
adverb, and belongs to the class of indeclinable words called Particles. To 
this class also bélong Prepositions, Conjunctions, and Interjections. Adverbs 
are usually divided into four classes, namely adverbs of time, of place, of 


degree, and of manner. 
283. Adverbs of time are those which answer to the questions when ? 
how long? how soon? or, how often? 


quand? when? alors, then aussit6t, directly 
jamais, never depuis, since tard, late 

toujours, always enfin, at last aujourd’hui, to-day 
souvent, often | aprés, after hier, yesterday 
autrefois, formerly t6t, early demain, to-morrow 
auparavant, before plutot, rather maintenant, now 


jadis, formerly _ bientdt, soon & présent, at present, etc. 


-— }50 — 


284. Adverbs of place are those which answer to the questions where ? 
whither? or whence? 


ou? where? whither ? dela, on that side ailleurs, elsewhere 
d’ou? whence? dessus, over prés, close by 

ici, here dessous, under proche, near 

la, there dedans, inside loin, far 

en, from there dehors, outside en haut, above 

dega, on this side partout, everywhere vis-i-vis, opposite; etc. 


much ? 


combien? how much? tres, very plus { more 

beaucoup, much tant, so much davantage, 

trop, too much autant, as much moins, less 

peu, litile assez, enough aussi, { as 

trop peu, too little presque, almost comme, ete. 
286. Adverbs of manner are those which answer to the question how ? 

comment? how? vraiment, truly non, no 

bien, well facilement, easily ne. . pas, not 

pourquoi? why? oui, yes pecrctan. not at all 

ensemble, together certainement, atlaeierk by aa eel 


volontiers, willingly assurément, assuredly probablement, very likely. 


287. Among the adverbs belonging to this class, the negative ne calls 
for special attention, as being often employed in French, where no negative 
word is required in English. This is the case 

1. after a comparative, and after autre, autrement, as already 
stated above, 78. Examples: 

il est plus riche qu’on ne le croit he is richer than one thinks 
il écrit mieux qu'il ne parle he writes better than he speaks 
c’est autre chose que je me croyais __ it is different from what I thought. 

2. after the verbs appréhender, to apprehend, avoir peur, (0 be 
afraid, craindre, to fear ; empécher, to hinder, and prendre 
garde, to take care, when used affirmatively; and after douter, to 
doubt, and nier, to deny, when used interrogatively, or negatively; thus, 

je crains qu'il ne vienne I fear he will come 
je ne nie pas que cela ne soit I do not deny that this is so 
je ne doute pas qu’il ne soit arrivé Ido not doubt that he has come. 

3. after the conjunctions & moins que, unless, de crainte que, 
for fear, and que used with the signification of unless, before, or 
until; see 303. Examples: 

& moins que vous ne le vouliez ainsi unless you will have it so 
je ne vous donnerai pas de montre, I will not give you a watch, until you 
que yous née parlipz francais speak French. 


— ll — 


4. when ne is followed by que with the force of the English only or 


but; thus, 
je n’ai que vingt dollars I have but twenty dollars 
je n’ai qu’un véritable ami I have only one true friend 


je me ferai que ce qu'il vous plaira J will only do what you please. 

288. A large number of adverbs of manner are formed from adjectives 
by means of the derivative ending ment, Adjectives ending in a vowel 
are generally converted into adverbs by simply adding ment, as: 


poli, polite poliment, politely 
absolu, absolute | absolument, absolutely 
troisiéme, third troisiemement, thirdly. 


289. Adjectives ending in a consonant, add ment to their feminine 
termination. Under this description may also be placed the adjectives beau, 
nice, nouveau, new, fou, foolish, mou, soft; as: 


heureux, heureuse, happy heureusement, happily 
premier, premiére, first premierement, /irstly 
mou, molle, soft mollement, softly. 


290. Excepted from the foregoing rule are nearly all the adjectives 
ending in nt, which change these letters into mment, to form the cor- 
responding adverbs, as: . 


prudent, prudent prudemment, prudently 
patient, patient patiemment, patiently 
élégant, elegant - élégamment, elegantly. 


291. Those adverbs whose signification admits of different degrees, are 
compared after the manner of adjectives; as: 
souvent, offer plus souvent, oftener le plus souvent, oftenest 
doucement, gently plus doucement, more gently le plus doucement, most gently 


292. The following are irregularly compared: 


bien, well - mieux, better le mieux, the best 
mal, badly pis, worse le pis, the worst 
peu, littie moins, less le moins, the least 
beaucoup, much plus, more le plus, the most. 


293. For the placing of adverbs, no definite general rule can be given; 
those which relate to verbs in a simple tense, immediately follow them, 
and those which belong to verbs in a compound tense, are commonly placed 
between the auxiliary and the participle. 


294. Exceptions are hier, yesterday, aujourd’hui, to-day, de- 
main, to-morrow, t6t, soon, tard, late, ici, here, 1a, there, and generally 
all adverbs of place, which follow the participle of a compound tense. 


295. There are, as in English, several customary combinations of 
words, which are used adverbially. Examples of these are: 
tout 4 coup, suddenly dabord, at first 
_ peu a peu, by degrees dailleurs, besides 
tout 4 Vheure, immediately | du moins, at least. 


— 2 — 


PREPOSITIONS. 


296. A preposition is a word used to show the relations of things, and 


is always placed before a noun, or pronoun. The following are the principal 
French prepositions: 


a, to, at devant, before parmi, among 

apres, afler durant, during pendant, during 

d travers, through en, in pour, for 
avant, before entre, belween proche, near F 
avec, with envers, towards sans, without 

chez, at environ, about sauf, save 

contre, against © excepté, | except selon, according to 

dans, in hormis, § sous, under 

de, of, from, by malgré, in spite of suivant, according to 
depuis, since moyennant, by means of sur, upon 

derriére, behind nonobstant, notwithstand- touchant, concerning 

dés, from ing vers, towards 

dessous, under outre, besides voici, see here 

dessus, on, upon par, through, by voila, see there. 


297. ‘The prepositions voici, voila, literally see here, see there, answer 
closely to the English expressions here is, here are; there is, there are. When 
referring to a personal pronoun, they are regarded as verbs in the impera- 
tive, and take the conjunctive pronouns in the accusative before them. Ex- 
amples: 


voici mon frére here is my brother 
voila ma scour there is my sister 
le voici, les voici here he is, here they are 


me yoild, nous voila there I am, there we are. 
({l. 79. 80.) 
298. The prepositions de, a, en, should always be repeated before 
several nouns in the same construction, as: l'homme est partout le méme, 
en Europe, en Asie, en Afrique et en Amérique; man is everypohere the . 
same; in Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. 
299. There are also certain Prepositional Phrases in French which re- 
quire the prepositions de or & after them. Such are: 
& cause de, on account of an-dessus de, upon en suite de, after 
& cbté de, by the side of au-devant de, before faute de, for want of 
& force de, by means of au lieu de, instead of hors de, out of 
i l’égard de, in regard to au moyen de, by means of loin de, far from 


& moins de, unless au travers de, through prés de, near 
i opposite de, opposite auprés de, near proche de, nigh to 
au dela de, beyond autour de, around tout auprés de, close to 


au-dessous de, under en dépit de, in spite of . vis-A-vis de, opposite 


conformément &, according to par rapport &, with respect to 
jusqu’é, as far as quant A, as for. 


— 153 — 


CONJUNCTIONS. 


300. A conjunction is a word which connects two sentences, or parts of 
sentences. The following are the principal simple conjunctions in French: 


ainsi, thus et. .et, both. .and ou, or; ou..ou, either. .or 
aussi, also lorsque, when pourtant, however 

car, for mais, but puis, then 

cependant, however méme, even puisque, since 

comme, as néanmoins, nevertheless quand, when 

done, then ni, nor que, that 

encore, still ni..ni, neither. .nor quoique, although, though 
et, and or, now si, if. 


301. Besides these, there are numerous compound conjunctions, consist- 
ing of two or more words, as: 
apres que, after depuis que, since pendant que, while 
aussitot que, as soon as parce que, because tandis que, whilst, ete. 


302. The conjunctions that require the governed verb in the subjunc- 
tive, are: 


wa fin que, that en cas que, incasethat pour que, that 
& moins que, wnless encore que, though pourvu que, provided that 
avant que, before jusqu’a ce que, till quoique, although, though 
au cas que, ia case that loin que, far from sans que, without 
bien que, although, though malgré que, for all that soit que. .soit que, ) wheth- 
de crainte que, lest nonobstant que, for all that soit que. .ou que, ) e7..or 
de peur que, non pas que, not that supposé que, suppose that. 


303. The conjunction que, that, is worthy of particular attention on 
account of its great range of meaning as a substitute for the conjunctions: 


afin que, that de peur que, lest parce que, because 
& moins que, unless depuis que, since quand, when 
avant que, before jusqu’a ce que, till pourquoi? why? 


cependant, yet 
Examples are: 


venez ici que je vous parle come here that Imay speak to you 
je wirai pas le voir qu'il ne m’en I will not go and see him unless he in- 
prie viles me 


vous ne partirez pas qu'il ne soit jour you shall not depart before it is light 
combien y a-t-il que votre frére est how long is it that your brother 


mort ? died ? 
attendez qu’il ne pleuve plus wait till it does not rain any more 
que ne répondez-vous pas quand je why do you not answer when I speak 
vous parle? to you? 


304. The conjunction that, frequently understood in English, is always 
expressed in French, as: je crois que vous avez tort, I think you are wrong. 


—— 


INTERJECTIONS. 


305, An interjection is a word thrown in to express some sudden emo- 


tion of the mind. The following are the principal interjections, according 
to the emotions which they are generally intended to indicate: 


of joy: ah! ah! hey! bon! well! 

of sorrow: ah! oh! aie! ah/ hélas! alas! 

of pain or fear: hélas! alas! ah! ah! eh! ah! 

of aversion: fi! fie! fi donc! fie then! foin de! away with 

of calling to attention: eh! eh! hé! ah/ hold! hollo! 

of calling to silence: chut! hist/ hush! motus! silence! st! 'st/ 





—- KB — 


INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 





a, after adjectives, 86, 
contracted with the article, 42. 
forming the dative, 42. 
preceding the infinitive, 272, 
preposition, 296, 
repeated, 298, 
with verbs, 245, 248, 249, 

absolute demonstratives, 130, 

absolute possessives, 127, 128, 

accusative, 38, 
of personal pronouns, 113, 
with verbs, 243—245. 
with voici, voila, 297. 

acheter, its conjugation, 208, 

active verb, 172. 178. 
its auxiliary, 193-195, 

adjectives, 60—89, 
agreement, 61, 70—72. 
comparison, 73—79, 
definition, 60. 
demonstrative, 129. 
feminine, 63—69. 
government, 84—89, 
of measure, 88. 89. 
place, 80—83, 

* plural, 62, 
possessive, 122, 
with the subjunctive, 266, + 

adverbial phrases, 295, 

adverbs, 282—295, 
from adjectives, 288—290, 

by combination, 295, 
comparison, 291, 292, 
definition, 282. 

of degree, 285, 

of manner, 286. 

of place, 284, 294. 
place, 298, 294 


adverbs, 
of quantity, with de, 57, 
of time, 283. 
affirmative form of conjugation, 211, 
agreement of 
absolute possessives, 128. 
adjectives in general, 61. 70. 
with nous and vous, 71. 
with several nouns, 72. 
comparatives and superlatives, 75, 
possessive adjectives, 128. 
verbs, 238—242. 
with different persons, 240. 241, 
with one subject, 238, 
with relatives, 242, 
with several subjects, 239—241, 
aieul, plural, 15. 
aller, denoting future time, 261. 
alphabet, 1, 
appeler, its conjugation, 207. 
appréhender, with ne 287. 2. 
article, 5, 
contraction, 42, 
definite, 40—42, 
definition, 5. 
elision, 41, 
indefinite, 48, 51. 
no article, 52, 53. 
partitive, 44, 45, 
repeated, 49. 
use, 49—59, 
aucun, With ne before the verb, 155. 
without ne, 165, 166. 
in questions, 216. 
with the subjunctive, 266, 4. 
aujourd@’hui, its place, 294. 





aussi, ) : 
z prt for the degree of equality, 77, 


— 66 — 


autre, with ne before the verb fol- 
autrement, lowing, 78. 287. 1. 
autrui, indefinite pronoun, 159. 164, 
auxiliary verbs, 190—196, 

avoir, 191. 

étre, 192, 

uses, 193-196, 
avoir, auxiliary verb 

conjugation, 191. 

use, 193—196. 


beaucoup, followed by de, 57. 
bien, followed by the definite article, 58, 


capital initial letters, 48. 
cardinal numerals, 91, 
modifications, 92. 
used instead of the ordinals, 97, 
cases, 37, 38. 
ce, used with fire, 134. 231. 232. 
ce qui, ce que, 141, 
ce, cet, cette, 129, 
ceci, cela, used absolutely, 134, 
in questions, 216, 


eee, 0M, demonstrative pro- 
celul-cl, collect, nouns, 130—133. 
celui-la, celle-la, 

cent, 92, 94, 


certain, indefinite pronoun, 153, 

cesser, pas omitted after it, 213. 

cest, ce sont, 231, 232, 

chacun, indefinite pronoun, 159. 162, 

chaque, indefinite pronoun, 151, 

ci, la, appended to demonstratives, 129, 
133, 


ciel, plural, 15. 
classification 
of adverbs, 282, 


of nouns, 6; 

of pronouns, 99, 

of verbs, 172—177. 
collective numerals, 98, 1. 
common nouns, 6, 


agreeing like adjectives, 75, - 


oa 


of the passive verb, 219. 


with the subjunctive, 266.6. 302. 
conjunctive personals, 102—104. 106. 
consonants, 2. 
contraction of the article, 42. 

il convient, with de and the infinitiye, 

971. 2. 
craindre, with ne, 287. 2. 
de crainte que, with ne, 287. 3. 


dative, a, 38, 42. 
_after adjectives (da), 86. 
of personal pronouns, 111. 112. 
with verbs, 245. 248. 249. 
de, after adjectives, 85. 
after comparatives, 76. 
contracted with the article, 42. 





forming the genitive, 42, 


— 157 


de, | 
after words denoting quantity, 67. 
with passive verbs, 248. 
preceding the infinitive, 271. 
preposition, 296. 
repeated, 298. 
replacing the partitive article, 56. 
with verbs, 244. 246. 247. 
declension 
of nouns, 39—46. 
with the definite article; 40. 
with the indefinite article, 43. 
with the partitive article, 44. 46. 
of proper nouns, 46. 
of interrogative pronouns, 148. 
of personal pronouns, 103—106. 
of relative pronouns, 135, 
definite article, 5, 40—42. 
after bien and la plupart, 58. 
replacing the possessives, 126. 
uses, 49, 50, 54, 
definition of the 
adjective, 60. 
adverb, 282. 
article, 5. 
conjunction, 300. 
interjection, 305. 
noun, 6. 
pronoun, 99. 
demonstrative, 129. 
indefinite, 148. 
interrogative, 143. 
personal, 100. 
possessive, 121. 
relative, 135. 
verb, 171—177. 
degree of equality expressed by aussi, 
si, autant, tant, 77. Bia 
demain, its place, 294. 
demonstrative pronouns, 129—134. 
derivation of adverbs, 288—290. 
dernier, with the subjunctive, 266, 4. 
disjunctive personals, 105. 
jont, relative pronoun, 137. 140. 
douter with ne, 287, 2. 
dQ, participle left unvaried, 280. 





elision of the article, 41. 
elle-méme, 107. 
empécher, with ne, 287. 2. 
employer, its conjugation, 209. 
en, adverb of place, 115. 

with a participle, 275. 

its place, 119. 

preposition, 296. 

- pronoun, 115. 

repeated, 298. 
est-ce que, in questions, 217. 
étre, auxiliary, 192. 

of neuter verbs, 193. 2. 

of passive verbs, 192, 

of reflective verbs, 193.1. 221, 
étre aimé, 219. 


fait, participle left unvaried, 280. 
il fait, impersonal expression, 233. 
il faut, impersonal verb, 226. 227. 
feminine of 
adjectives, 63—69. 
nouns, 23—28. 
finir, regular verb, 203. 
formation of the 
plural of nouns, 10—21. 
plural of adjectives, 62. 
tenses, 196—201. 
forms of conjugation, 211—218. 
affirmation, 211. 
negation, 212. 213. 
question, 214—217. 
question with negation, 218. 
fractional numerals, 98. 2. 


future tense, 186. 
formation, 197. 


replaced by aller, 261. 
use, 259. 


geler, its conjugation, 208. 

gender of nouns, 22—86. 
as determined by the ending, 34. 85 
as determined by the meaning, 32. 33 
of persons and animals, 22—28. 
of things without life, 31—36. 


twofold—with different meanings, 36. 
of the word gens, 29. 30. 
genitive, de, 38. 42. 
after adjectives, 85. 
of personal pronouns, 110. 
after superlatives, 79. 
with verbs, 244. 246. 247. 
gens, its gender, 29. 30. 


of measure, 88. 89. 
with other prepositions, 87. 
superlatives, 79. 266. 4. 
verbs, 243—260. 
intransitive, 246. 248. 
reflective, 247. 249. 
transitive. 243-245. 


hier, adverb, its place, 294. 
however, howsoever, 168. 
hyphen, 120, 214. 


ici, adverb, its place, 294. 

il est, t Enema expression, 231, 

il était, } with de and the infinitive,271.2. 
il y a, impersonal expression, 230. 
imperative, 182. 


with de andthe iningae 271, 2. 
with the subjunctive, 266. 3. 
il importe, with de and the infinitive, 


. 


indefinite pronouns, 148—170. 
definition, 148. 

_ used with nouns only, 149. 
used with or without nouns, 154. 
used without nouns, 169. 
used with que, 167. 

indicative, 180. 261—261. 
of the future tenses, 269. 
of the imperfect, 266. 
of the perfect, 267. 
of the pluperfect, 258. 
of the present, 262-264. 
of the preterit, 256. 
of the preterit anterior, 268. 


infinitive, 184. 
employed by itself, 270. 
as a noun, 268. 
preceded by a, 272. 
preceded by de, 271. 
se clihatyeanrnedannearste 
principal part of the verb, 196. 
to be rendered by the verbal in ing, 
273. 
interjections, 306 (217. 
interrogative form of conjugation, 214— 
of verbs in e mute, 216. 
of verbs of one syllable, 217. 
interrogative and negative form of con- 


jugation, 218. 





— 159 


la, appended to demonstratives, 129,133. 
its place, 294. 

laissé, participle, left unvaried, 280. 

le, personal pronoun, expletive, 116. 

lequel, interrogative pronoun, 145. 
relative pronoun, 136. 188-140. 

se lever, to rise, 220. 

ron, used for on, 160. 

lui-méme, elle-méme, etc., 107. 117. 


manger, its conjugation, 206. 
méme, indefinite pronoun, 107. 166. 
mil, mille, 98. 94. 
modifications of 
cardinal numerals, 92. 
nouns, 7. 
verbs, 178—187. 
moi-méme, 107. 
& moins que, with ne, 287. 3. 
mon, ton, son, before feminine nouns, 124. 


moods, 179—184. 
their uses, 251—281. 


multiplicative numerals, 98. 3. 


nature of the subjunctive, 183. 265. 
ne, negative adverb, 286. 287. 
negation in French and not in English, 


287. 
negative form of conjugation, 212. 213. 


negative and interrogative form of con- 
jugation, 218. 

neuter verb, 175. 

nier, With ne, 287. 2. 

nominative, 38. 
of personal pronouns, 108. 109. 


notes to the conjugations, 206-210. 


noun, 6—48. 
cases, 37. 38. 


declension, 39—48. 

definition and classification, 6. 

formation of the plural, 10-21. 

genders, 22—36. 

of measure used instead of adjec- 
tives, 89. 

modifications, 7. 

numbers, 8. 9. 

of quantity with de, 67, 





nul, always with ne before the-verb, 166. 
numbers, 8. 9. 187. 
numerals, 90—98. 

cardinals, 91—94., 


collectives, 98. 1. 
fractionals, 98. 2. 
multiplicatives, 98, 3. 
ordinals, 95—97. 


oeil, plural, 16. 
office of the past participle, 276. 
omission of 
the article, 59. 
pas and point, 213. 
the conjunction gue not allowed, 304. 
relatives not allowed, 142. 
on, indefinite pronoun, 159. 160. 
onze, onzigme, With le, la, 91, note. 
ordinal numerals, 95. 
derived from the cardinals, 96 
replaced by the cardinals, 97. 
oser, pas omitted after it, 213. 


par, with passive verbs, 248. 
parler, regular verb, 202. 
participles, 274—281. 
employed as adjectives, 281. 
left unvaried, 280. 
past, 276—279. 
present, 274. 275. 
particles, 282. 
partitive article, 5. 44. 55. 
omitted, 59. 
replaced by de, 46. 56. 67. 
parts of speech, 4. 
principal, of conjugation, 196. 
pas and point omitted, 213. 
pas un, with ne before the verb, 156. 
passive verb, 174. 
its conjugation 219. 
past participle, 276—280. 
agreement, 277—279. 
left unvaried, 280. 
office, 276. 
principal part, 196. 
used adjectively, 281. 


classification, 101. 
compound personals, 107. 117. « 
conjunctive personals, 102—104. 106. 
dative, 111.112. , 
declension, 103—106. 
definition, 100: 
disjunctive personals, 102. 106, 
genitive, 110. 
nominative, 108. 109. 
place, 118-120. 
after prepositions, 114. 
reflective 117. 221. 
for things without life, 116. 
use, 108—117. 
personne, with ne before the verb, 165. 
without ne, 165, 166. 
in questions, 216. 
with the subjunctive, 266. 4. 
persons, different, 240. 241. 
of pronouns, 100. 
of verbs, 187. 
place of 
adjectives, 80-83. 
after their nouns, 82. 
after or before their nouns, 83. 
before their nouns, 81. 
adverbs, 293. 204. 
personal pronouns, 118-120, 
in the accusative, 119, 
in the dative, 119. 
in the nominative, 118, 
with a verb in the imperative, 120. 
placer, its conjugation, 206. 
la plupart, with the definite article, 58, 
pluperfect, 186. its use, 268. 
plural, 9. 
of adjectives, 62. 
of nouns, 10—21. 
compound, 16—19. 
with a different meaning, 21. 
irregular, 14. 16. 





adjectives, 122. 

definite article used for, 126. 
definition, 121. 24 
mon, ton, son, before feminine nouns, 
repeated, 126. 


pouvoir, pas omitted after it, 213. 


premier, with the subjunctive, 266.4. 
prendre garde, with ne, 287.2. 


used instead of our perfect, 263. 


redective, 117. 221. 223. 


ses) RIM pce 


pronouns, 
relative, 185-142. |. 
with the subjunctive, 266.4.5. 
pronunciation, 3. 
proper nouns, 6. 
declension, 46. 
_ plural, 47. 
pu, participle, left unvaried, 280. 


quatre-vingts, 92. 
que, conjunction, 
after comparatives, 76. 
never omitted, 304. 
replacing other conjunctions, 303. 
with ne, 287.3. 
que, 1nterrogative pronoun, 147. 
que, relative pronoun, 136. 
qu’est-ce qui, interrogative phrases, 
qu’est-ce que, 147. 
quel, interrogative pronoun, 146. 
quelconque, indefinite pronoun, 152. 
quel que, indefinite pronouns, 
quelque, 150. 168—170. 
quelque que, ) With the subjunctive, 266.5. 
 guelqu’un, indefinite pronoun, 161. 
in questions, 216. 
gui, interrogative pronoun, 143. 144. 
relative pronoun, 136—139. 
qui est-ce qui, Sapee ge phrases, 
qui est-ce que, 144. 
qui que, with the subjunctive, 266. 5. 
 quiconque, indefinite pronoun, 162, 
quoi, interrogative pronoun, 147. 
relative pronoun, 141. ; 
quoi que, with subjunctive, 266. 5. 


reflective pronouns, 117. 221. 
in a reciprocal sense, 228. 
reflective verbs, 176. 220—224. 
auxiliary, 221. 
conjugation, 220. 
corresponding to English intransi- 
tives, 224. 
government, 247. 249. 
object, 221. 
past participle, 279. 





reflective verbs, 
reciprocal sense, 223. 
relation to the passive, 222. 
regular comparison 
of adjectives, 73. 
of adverbs, 291. 
regular verbs, 202—204. 
1st conjugation, 202. 
2d conjugation, 203. 
4th conjugation, 204. 
relative pronouns, 135—142, 
declension, 135. 
definition, 135. 
omission not allowed, 142. 
with the subjunctive, 266.4. 
uses, 136—142. 
repetition — 
of the article, 49. 
of possessives, 125. 
of prepositions, 298. 
rien, with ne before the verb, 165. - 
without ne, 165. 166. 
in questions, 215. 
with the subjunctive, 266. 4. _ 


seul, with the disjunctive personals, 109. 
with the subjunctive, 266. 4. 
si, adverb, for the degree of equality,77. 
si, conjunction, its use, 263. 
simple conjunctions, 300. 
simple tenses, 186. . 
singular, 9, 
soi, 105. 117. 
soi-méme, 107. 
subjunctive, 183. 265—267. - 
nature, 183. 265. 
tenses, 267. 
with adjectives and pronouns, 266.4.5. 
with conjunctions, 266.6. 302. 
with verbs, 266.1—3. 
il suffit, with de and the infinitive, 271.2. 
superlative, 
of adjectives, 73. 74. 
agreement, 75. | 
formation, 73. 74. 
government, 79. 266.4. 
of adverbs, 291. 292. 


+ 


tant, adverb for the degree of equality, 
tard, adverb, its place, 294. 


simple tenses, 186. 


uses, 251—261. 


with the accusative, 243. 

with the accusative together with 
the dative, 2465. 

with the accusative together with 
the genitive, 244. 


un, une, numeral, 92. 
fun fautre, indefinite pronoun, 163. 
‘unique, with the subjunctive, 266. 4 
uses of the 
auxiliary verbs, 193-195. . = (68. 
definite and indefinite articles, 49—64. 
moods and tenses, 251—281. 
conditional, 262. 263. 
imperative, 264. 
indicative, 261—261. 
infinitive, 268—273. 
participles, 274—281. 
subjunctive, 265—267. 
partitive article, 55. 
personal pronouns, 108—117. 
in the accusative, 113. 
in the dative, 111. 112. 
in the genitive, 110. 
in the nominative; 108. 109. 
after prepositions, 114. 
as reflectives, 117. 221. 
for things without life, 115. 


ad = 


» 


(77. 


noun or 


impersonal, 225—233. 


uses of itsmoods and tenses, 251—281. 
vingt, 92. 
voici, voila, prepositions, 297. 
voulu, participle, left unvaried, 280. 
vowels, 2. 








Tuirp 


Part. 


VOCABULARIES. 





Note. The plural of French nouns is added only when irregular; adjectives 
whose feminine differs from the masculine, are always given in full. 





1. FRENCH anp ENGLISH VOCABULARY, 


containing all French words occurring in this book, with their meanings, 
but only as used in the French Exercises. 


A. 
a, has 
a, to, at, in; & cause de, on account of; 
& la mode, in the fashion, fashionable; 
& présent, now 
abandonner, to abandon 
aboyer, to bark 
accepter, to accept 
Vaccident (m.), the accident 
accompagner, to accompany 
acheté, bought 
acheter, to buy 
achever, to complete, end, finish 
acquérir, to acquire 
actif, active, active 
laction (f.), the action, deed, share 
Adele, Adela 
adieu, good-bye 
Adolphe, Adolphus 
adonné, adonnée, addicted 
Vadresse (f.), the skill 
s'adresser, to address one’s self 
Vaffaire (f.), the business, work, affair 
affliger, s’affliger, to grieve 
afin que, in order that, so that 
l'Afrique (f.), Africa 
lage (m.), the age 
agé, agée, old 
agir, to act, behave 


agréable, agreeable, pleasant 

(j’)ai, (I) have 

aider, to help 

aimable, amiable [love, like 

(il) aime, (he Jloves, likes; (j’)aime, (I) 

aimer, to love, like 

aimer mieux, to prefer, like better 

ainé, ainée, eldest 

ainsi, thus [sad 

Yair, the look; avoir Yair triste, to look 

aise, glad; je suis bien aise, J am very 

aisément, easily [glad 

allé, gone 

allemand, allemande, German 

aller, fo go; aller au-devant de quel- 
qu’un, to go to meet some one; s’en 
aller, to go away; allez, go, go away 
(you); avant d’aller, before going 

allumer, to light 

Alphonse, Alphonso 

lame (f.), the soul 

l’Américain (m.), the American 

lVAmérique (f.), America 

lami (m.), the friend 

Vamie (f.), the friend 

lamitié (f.), the friendship 

samuser, to be amused 

Van (m.), the, year 

Vanglais, English 


l’Angleterre (f.), England 

l’animal, les animaux (m.), the animal 

l'année (f.), the year; chaque année, 
every year; l'année bissextile, leap- 

Antoine, Anthony 

Aofit (m.), August (month) 

apercevoir, | to perceive, notice, see, 


s'appeler, to be called, to be named 
s'appelle, is called 

V'appétit (m.), the appetite 
appliqué, appliquée, diligent 
s'appliquer, td apply one’s self 

les appointements (m.), the salary 
apporter, to bring 

apporter reméde, to remedy 
apprendre, to learn, hear 

appris, learnt 

s’‘approcher, to approach 

aprés, after 

aprés-demain, the day after to-morrow 
l'aprés-midi (f.), the afternoon 


arranger, fo arrange 

s'arréter, fo slop (one’s self) 

en arriére, backwards 

arrivé, arrivée, arrived 

larrivée (f.), the arrival 

arriver, fo arrive, to happen ; il est ar- 
rivé quelque chose, something has 
happened 


arrogant, arrogante, haughty — 
arrosé, watered 


as, hast 

l’Asie (f.), Asia 
s'asseoir, to sit down 
assez, enough, pretty 
l’assiette (f.), the plate 


carats near {as 
aussi, also, as ; aussi bien que, as well 
aussit6t que, as soon as 

l'Australie (f.), Australia [as much 
autant, as much, as many; d’autant, 


avant-hier, the day before yesterday 
avare, avaricious 

avec, with 

l'avenir (m.), hag dered 


* avertir, fo warn 


(vous) avez, (you) have 

avoir, fo have; avoir lair triste, to 
look sad ; avoir besoin, to be in need 
of, want; avoir coutume, to be aceus- 
tomed; avoir des égards, tohavecon- 
sideration; avoir envie, to have a — 
mind; avoir faim, to be hungry; avoir 
honte, to be ashamed ; avoir mal aux 
yeux, to have sore eyes; avoir pa- 
tience, to be patient; avoir peur, to 
fear, to be afraid; avoir pitié, to have 
pity; avoir de quoi vivre, to have 


165 


means to live on; avoir raison, to be bon, bonne, good; de bonne heure, 


right; avoir sommeil, to be sleepy; 
avoir tort, to be wrong; avoir la vue 
basse, to be short-sighted; avoir la vue 
bonne, to have good sight 

(nous) avons, (we) have 

avouer, to admit 

Avril (m.), April 


B. 

babiller, to chatter 

- badiner, to joke 

se baigner, to bathe 

le bane, the bench 

le banquier, the banker 
le bas, the stocking 

~ bas, basse, low; avoir la vue basse, to 
be short-sighted 

batir, to build; faire batir, to get built 

battre, to beat 

beau, bel, belle, beautiful, fine 

beaucoup, much; beaucoup de bien, a 
great deal of good; beaucoup de 
monde, many people 

~ Je beau-frére, the brother-in-law 

la béquille, the crutch 

le berceau, the arbor [need of, want 

le besoin, need; avoir besoin, to be in 

le beurre, the butter 

la bibliothéque, the library 

bien, well; very 

le bien, the benefit, good, that which is 
right, the property, estate, fortune, 
wealth; beaucoup de bien, a great 
deal of good; faire du bien, to do good 

bienfaisant, bienfaisante, liberal 

le bienfaiteur, the benefactor 

bientdt, soon 

la biére, the beer 

le billard, the billiards 

le billet, the nole 

blamer, to blame 

blane, blanche, white 

blesser, to wound, hurt 

boire, to drink 

la boite, the bow 


ce qui, 


early; avoir la vue bonne, to have 
good sight 

le bonheur, (the) happiness 

la bonté, the kindness, goodness; les 
bontés, the kindness, good-will 

le bord de la mer, the sea-side 

la botte, the boot . 

la bouche, the mouth 

le bouchon, the cork 

la boue, the mud 

bouillir, to boil 

le boulanger, the baker 

le bouquet, the nosegay 

la bourse, the purse; the Exchange 

le bout, the end 

la bouteille, the bottle - 

le bras, the arm 

la brebis, the sheep 

le brouillard, the fog; il fait du brouil- 
lard, it is foggy 

le bruit, the noise 

Bruxelles, Brussels 

bu, drunk 


Cc. 
le cabaret, the inn 
le cadeau, les cadeaux, the present 
le café, the coffee 
le cahier, the copy-book 
la campagne, the country 
le canapé, the sofa 
le canif, the penknife 
la canne, the cane 
car, for, as 
la carafe, the decanter 


la carte, the card, map 


le cas, the case [count of 
la cause, the cause; & cause de, on ac- 
causer, to cause, give 

le cavalier, the horseman 

la cave, the cellar 

ce, cet, cette, ces, this, that; these, those 


that which, which, tohat 
ce que, 
c'est, it is, that is 


ce sont, these are; they are chez, to, or at the house of; chez moi, 
eeci, this to, or at my house; chez le boulanger, 
céder, to cede, give, yield at the baker's; chez mon frére, at 
cela, that; cela est, itis; eelane sert my brother's; chez mon pére, at my 
de rien, that is quite useless father’s; chez soi, at home 
célébrer, to celebrate le chien, the dog 
celui, celle, ceux, celles, that, those —_—le chocolat, the chocolate 
celui-ci, celle-ci, ceux-ci, celles-ci, choisir, fo choose [thing 
this, these; the latter la chose, the thing; quelque chose, some- 
celui-la, celle-lA; ceux-lA, celles-lA, Chrétien, Christian 
that, those; the former le ciel, les cieux, the sky, Heaven 
cent, @ hundred; cont Ua,'s hanane cing, five 
and one cinquante, fifty 
le, la centiéme, the hundredth le, la cinquiéme, the fifth 
cependant, yet la circonstance, the circumstance 
la cerise, the cherry le citron, the lemon 
certain, certaine, certain, some cloué, clouée sur, nailed to 


le chagrin, grief le coffre, the trunke 

la chaise, the chair la colére, (the) anger 

la chambre, the room le collége, the college 

la chandelle, the candle le combat, the combat, fight 

changer, to change combien ? how much ? how many ? 

la chanson, the song la cométe, the comet 

chanter, to sing commencer, io begin 

le chapeau, les chapeaux, the hat,bonnel comment? how? what? [course 

chaque, each, every; chaque année, le commerce, the trade, business, inter- 
every year commettre, to commit 

charmé, charmée, delighted la commission, the errand 

le chat, the cat {country-seat commode, comfortable 

le chateau, les chiiteaux, the castle, communiquer, to communicate 

chitier, to chastise la compagnie, the company 

le chitiment, the chastisement complet, compléte, complete 

chaud, chaude, warm le the 

le chemin, the way, road comprendre, to comprehend, understand 

la chemise, the shirt le concert, the concert 

le chéne, the oak concevoir, to conceive 

cher, chére, dear; cher, dearly la condition, the condition 

cherché, sought la conduite, the conduct 

chercher, to seek, look for le congé, the leave; prendre congé, to 

le cheval, les chevaux, the horse take leave 


le cheval de bois, the rocking-horse la connaissance, the knowledge, ac- 
"an cheveu, a single hair; les cheveux, . quaintance; des connaissances, learn- 
la chavre, the goat [the hair connaitre, to know [ing 


a BE ce 


connu, known 

le conseil, the advice 

conseiller, to advise, recommend 

conséquent, consistent; par conséquent, 

conserver, to preserve [therefore 

consulter, to consult é 

content, contente, contented, pleased 

se contenter, to be contented with 

continuer, to continue 

le contraire, the contrary 

contre, against 

convenir, to suit 

il convient, it is proper, it becomes 

copier, to copy 

la corbeille, the basket 

le cordonnier, the shoemaker 

le corps, the body 

corriger, to correct 

corrompu, corrompue, corrupted 

le cdté, the side; & cdté de, by the side 
of, beside 

se coucher, to go to bed 

coudre, to sew 

la couleur, the color 

la couple, the couple 

le courage, courage 

courir, to run 

court, courte, short 

le cousin, the (male) cousin 

la cousine, the (female) cousin 

le couteau, les couteaux, the knife 

coiter, to cost 

la coutume, custom; avoir coutume, to 
be accustomed 

le couvert, shelter; se mettre & couvert, 
to get under shelter 

couvrir, to cover; se couvrir, to put on 
one’s hat; to get cloudy (of the sky) 

craindre, to fear, to be afraid 

craintif, craintive, timid 

la cravate, the cravat 

le crayon, the pencil 

le créancier, the creditor 

le crédit, the credit 

erédule, credulous 

créé, créée, created 


crever, to burst 

croire, to believe, think, be of opinion 

(je) crois, (1) believe 

croitre, to grow 

(vous) croyez, (you) believe, think 

cruel, cruelle, cruel, fierce 

cueillir, gather 

la cuiller, la cuillére, the spoon 

cuire, to cook, bake; faire cuire, to cook 

la cuisine, the kitchen; faire la cuisine, 
to cook 

le cuivre, (the) copper 


D. 

la dame, the lady 

le danger, the danger 

dangereusement, dangerously 

dans, in; dans peu de temps, in a short 

danser, to dance [time 

davantage, more 

de, by, of, from 

le dé, the thimble 

debout, upright, standing; étre debout, 
to be standing 

Décembre (m.), December 

décevoir, to deceive 

le défaut, the defect, fault 

défendre, to defend, forbid 

les dégats (m.), damage - 

déja, already 

déjetiner, to breakfast 

délicieux, délicieuse, delicious 

demain, to-morrow; demain matin, to- 
morrow morning; demain soir, to- 
MOTTow evening 

demander, to demand, beg, ask, ask 
for; je vous demande pardon, I beg 
your pardon 

demeurer, fo live, dwell 

demi, demie, half 

une demi-douzaine, half a dozen 

la demoiselle, the young lady 

la dent, the tooth 

se dépécher, to make haste 

dépendre, to depend 

dépenser, to spend 


deux, two; deux fois, tirice 
aller au-devant de quelqu'un, fo go 


one’s self; le devant, the front 
devenir, fo become; (elle) devient, (she) 
deviner, to quess [becomes 
devoir, to owe, must, ought 
le devoir, the duty 
dicter, to dictate 


le diner, (the) dinner 

dire, to say, tell 

la disposition, the disposition 
distinguer, to distinguish 

tell 


dix-huit, eighteen 


sept, seventeen 
le, la dix-septiéme, the seventeenth 


le doigt, the finger 

le dollar, the dollar 

In domeaticnue, servant (m. & f.) 

le dommage, the damage; c'est dom- 
mage, it is a pity 

done, then 

donné, given [me 

donner, fo give; donnez-moi, give (to) 

dont, whose, of whom 


doucement, softly, gently, slowly 
la douceur, (the) gentleness 

la douleur, the pain [tainly 
le doute, the doubt; sans doute, cer- 
douter, to doubt 

douter fort, to doubt very much 
doutenux, douteuse, doubtful 

doux, douce, sweet, gentle 


le, la douziéme, the twelfth 

le drap, the cloth; de bon some 
good cloth; du drap bleu, some blue 

& droite, (to the) right [cloth 

dur, dure, hard 


E. 
l'eau, les eaux (f.), the water 
l'éclair (m.), the lightning; faire des 
éclairs, to lighten 
Vécole (f.), the school 
l’écolier (m.), the scholar 
économe, savi 


écrit, written 

lVécri (f.), the writing, handwriting 

un écu, a crown, dollar 

l’écurie (f.), the stable 

effacer, to efface, strike out 

leffort (m.), the effort; faire tous ses 
efforts, to do one’s utmost 


= 1 =< 


effrayer, to frighten 

des égards (m.), consideration 

Véglise (f.), the church 

Véléve (m. & f.), the pupil 

élevé, élevée, educated 

élever, to bring up, educate 

Elise, Eliza 

elle, she, it; elles, they, them 

elle-méme, herself 

elles-mémes, themselves 

Elvire, Elvira 

embarrassé, embarrassée, troubled 

Emilie, Emily 

-empécher, to prevent, hinder 

l’emplette (f.), the purchase 

VYemploi (m.), the office 

employer, to employ, spend 

en, in, on, by; of him, of her, of it; of 
them; with him, with her, with it, with 
them; some, any 

encore, still, yet, again; encore un, une, 
another; encore une fois, once more 

encourager, to encourage 

Vencre (f.), the ink; de V’encre, some 
ink, any ink 

Vencrier (m.), the inkstand 

sendormir, to fall asleep 

Venfant (m. & f.), the child; des en- 
fants, some children, any children 

enfin, at last 

s’enfuir, to run away 

enroué, enrouée, hoarse 

enseigner, to teach 

ensemble, together 

entendre, to hear 

entendu, heard 

entre, between, among, in 

lentrée (f.), the entrance, admission 

lVentreprise (f.), the undertaking 


envoyer, to send 

épais, épaisse, thick, heavy 

épargner, to spare 

Yerreur (f.), the mistake 

espérer, to hope 

Vesprit (m.), themind; de l’esprit, wit, 
intelligence 

essayer, to try 

Vessuie-main (m.), the towel 

essuyer, to wipe, dry up 

est, is 


est a, belongs to 


Vestampe (f.), the engraving 

estropié, estropiée, crippled 

et, and 

létang (m.), the pond 

Vétat (m.), the state 

les Etats-Unis (m.), the United States 

été, been 

Vété (m.), the summer 

Etienne, Stephen 

létoffe (f.), the stuff, goods 

s’étonner, to wonder 

étouffant, étouffante, sultry 

étourdi, étourdie, thoughtless, giddy 

létranger (m.), the stranger 

étre, to be; étre assis, to be seated; 
étre debout, to be standing ; étre & 
plaindre, to be to be pitied 

l’étude (f.), the study 

létudiant (m.), the student 

eu, had 


_ PEurope (f.), Hurope 


eux, they, them 

eux-mémes, themselves 
éveiller, to wake wp 

éviter, to avoid 

exagérer, to exaggerate 
excellent, excellente, excellent 


entrer (dans), to come in(to), to go in(to) l'exception (f.), the exception 


s’entretenir, to talk, converse 

envers, towards, to 

Venvie (f.), the desire; avoir envie, to 
have a mind 

envier, to envy 

envoyé, sent 


lexemple (m.), the example; par ex- 
emple, for instance 

expliquer, to explain 

s’exposer, to expose one’s self 


Vextrémité (f.), extremity; étre & Vex- 


trémité, to be dying 


to get built; faire du bien, to do good; 
faire cuire, to cook; faire la cuisine, 
to cook; faire des éclairs, to lighten; 
faire tous ses efforts, fo do one's ul- 
most; faire place, fo make room; 
faire preuve, fo make a trial; faire 
une promenade, fo fake a walle; ne 
faire que, fo do nothing but; faire sa 
toilette, to dress; faire le tour, to 
walle around; faire venir, to send for; 
faire voir, to let see 

fait, (he) makes ; made; paid (of a 
visit); il fait, it is; il fait du brouil- 
lard, it is foggy; il fait un brouillard 
trés-épais, it is very foggy; il fait de 


il faut, it is necessary 
la faute, the fault, mistake ; sans faute, 
without fail 


le feu, les feux, the fire 
feu, late, deceased 
la feuille, the leaf 
Février (m.), February 


le fossé, the ditch 


le franc, the franc, cents 


le fromage, the cheese : 

le fruit, the fruit; de bons fruits, some 
good fruit; des fruits mfirs, some 
dig de 


— 171 


G. 
gagner, to gain, make 
gai, gaie, lively 
la gaité, cheerfulness 
galoper, to gallop 
le gant, the glove 
le garcon, the boy, waiter, fellow 


la garde, care; prendre garde, to take. 


garder, to keep [care 

garni, garnie, furnished 

le gateau, les gateaux, the cake 

gater, to spoil 

a gauche, (to the) left 

la gazette, the gazette 

geler, to freeze 

le général, les généraux, the general 

les gens (m. & f.), people 

Geoffroi, Godfrey; Jeffrey 

Georges, George 

la gloire, the glory 

Godefroi, Godfrey 

le gout, taste 

la goutte, the drop 

le grain, the corn 

grand, grande, large, long, tall, great 

grandir, to grow tall 

la grand’mére, the grandmother 

gras, grasse, fat; dormir la grasse 
matinée, to sleep late in the morning 

le gré, (the) liking; & son gré, to his 
(her) satisfaction; savoir bon gré, 
to take kindly 

le grec, Greek 

gréler, to hail 

grimper sur, to climb up 

gronder, to peal [wholesale 

gros, grosse, large, coarse; en gros, 

ne..guére, scarcely, hardly 

guérir, to cure 

la guerre, the war 

Guillaume, William 

la guitare, the guitar 


H. 
habile, skillful 
les habillements (m.), the clothing 


s’habiller, to dress one’s self 

Vhabit (m.), the coat, dress, garment 

habiter, to inhabit 

Vhabitude (f.), the habit, custom 

hair, to hate 

Vhaleine (f.), the breath ; & perte d’ha- | 
leine, out of breath 

la harpe, the harp 

se hater, to make haste, to hurry 

haut, haute, high; plus haut, louder 

Henri, Henry 

Vherbe (f.), the herb, grass; mauvaise 

le héros, the hero {herbe, ill weed 

le hétre, the beech 

Vheure (f.), the hour, time of the pine 
tout 4 Vheure presently, just now; de 
bonne heure, early; 4 Vheure qu’il 
est, at this hour 

heureux, heureuse, happy, fortunate 

hier, yesterday; hier matin, yesterday 
morning; hier soir, yesterday evening 

Vhistoire (f.), the story 

Vhomme (m.), the man 

honnéte, honest 

Vhonneur (m.), the honor 

honorer, to honor 

la honte, shame; avoir honte, to be 

hors de, outside [ashamed 


Vhéte (m.), the landlord 


Vhotel de ville (m.), the City-Hall 

Vhuile (f.), the oil 

huit, eight; huit jours, a week 

le, la huitiéme, the eighth : 

Vhumeur (f.), the temper; de mauvaise. 
humeur, in a bad temper 

Vhyéne (f.), the hyena 


I. 

ici, here 

Vidée (f.), the idea 

ignorant, ignorante, ignorant 

il, he, it; il aime, he loves, likes; il est, 
it is, that is; il est arrivé quelque 
chose, something has happened; il 
fait, he makes; it is; il trouve, he 
Jinds; il vend, he sells 


— 172 — 


il y a, there is, there are, it is; ago; 


il Jeannette, Jane, «Jenny 


y ® un mois, a month ago; il ya jeter, to throw, throw away — 


quelqu’un, there is somebody 
il y avait, there was, there were 


impossible, impossible 
l'impression (f.), the impression 
inconsolable, inconsolable 
incroyable, incredible 


Vindigence (f.), need, poverty 
in indisposée, 
l'indulgence (f.), forbearance 


inquiet, inquiéte, anxious 

l'instant (m.), the moment; & l’instant 
méme, at this very moment 

instruit, instruite, learned 

intelligent, intelligente, intelligent 

l'intention (f.), the intention 

intéressant, intéressante, interesting 

intéresser, to interest 


inutile, useless [vite to dinner 

inviter, to invite; inviter A diner, to in- 
J. 

Jacques, James 

jamais, ever 


je, I; j'ai, I have; j'ai raison, I am 
right; j'ai tort, J am wrong; j'aime, 
I love, I like; je parle, I speak; je 
Jeau, Johns 


la, the; her, it 
lA, there; de lA, thence, from there; li- 
bas, yonder 


le latin, Latin 

se laver, fo wash one’s self 

le, the; him, il; le leur, it to them; le 
lui, it to him 

la lecon, the lesson 

la lecture, reading 

léger, légére, light 

les légumes (m.), the vegetables 

lentement, slowly 

lequel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles, 
which ? who, which 

les, the, them; les leurs, them to them; 
les lui, them to him 

la lettre, the letter 

leur, leurs, their 

le leur, la leur, les leurs, theirs 


leur, them, to them 

leur en, some to them | 

- levé, lifted [get up 

lever, to lift, raise; se lever, to rise, 

le libraire, the bookseller 

au lieu de, instead of 

la ligne, the line 

le linge, the linen 

le lion, the lion 

lire, to read 

le lit, the bed 

le livre, the book 

la livre, the pound 

se livrer a, to give one’s self up to 

le logis, the house, dwelling 

la loi, the law 

loin, far; de loin, from afar 

le loisir, (the) leiswre 

Londres, London 

long, longue, long; au long, at length 

longtemps, a long time 

lorsque, when, at the time when 

louer, to praise; to let 

Louis, Louis 

Louise, Louisa 

lourd, lourde, heavy 

lu, read 

lui, he, him; to him, to hea to it; lui 
en, some to him, to her, to it 

lui-méme, himself 

luire, to shine 

la lumiere, the light 

lundi (m.), Monday 

la lune, the moon 


M. 
madame, Mrs.; mesdames, Mesdames 
mademoiselle, Miss; mesdemoiselles, 
Misses 
magnifique, magnificent 
Mai (m.), May 
maigre, thin, meagre 
la main, the hand 
le maire, the Mayor 
mais, but [home 
la maison, the house; & la maison, at 


173 


le maitre, the master, teacher; le maitre 
de dessin, the drawing-master 

mal, badly 

le mal, les maux, the evil, complaint; 
avoir mal aux yeux, ta have sore 
eyes; mal & la téte, the headache 

malade, sick, ill 

la maladie, the sickness 

le malheur, the misfortune 

malheureux, malheureuse, unhappy, 
unfortunate 

la malle, the box, trunk 

le manége, the riding-school 

mangé, eaten 

manger, fo eat 

la maniére, the manner 

le marbre, the marble 

le marchand, the tradesman 

marchander, to bargain 

le marché, the market 

marcher, to walle, march 

mardi (m.), Tuesday 

Marie, Mary 

Mars (m.), March 

Martin, Martin 

Mathilde, Matilda 

le matin, the morning; tous les matins, 
every morning 

la matinée, the morning; dormir la 

- grasse matinée, to sleep late in the 
morning 

Matthieu, Matthew 

mauvais, mauvaise, bad; mauvaise 
herbe, ill weed; mauvaise humeur, 
bad temper 

me, me, to me; m’en, some to me; me 
le, it to me; me les, them to me 

méchant, méchante, naughty, mali- 
cious (of beasts) 

le médecin, the physician 

médire, to slander 

meilleur, meilleure, better; le meilleur, 
la meilleure, the best; le meilleur 
homme de la ville, the best man in 
town 

se méler de, to meddle with 


— if4 — 


le méme, la méme, les mémes, the 


mériter, to deserve 

le métal, les métaux, the metal 

le métier, the trade 

mettre, to put, place, pul on; se mettre 
& couvert, to get under shelter; mettre 
& profit, to turn to account; se mettre 
& table, fo sit down to table 

les meubles (m.), the furniture 


poe heme eae like better; le 


le milieu, the middle; le beau milieu, 
the very middle 

mille, thousand; le mille, the mile 

le, la milliéme, the thousandth 

la mine, the mine 

minuit (m.), midnight 

la minute, the minute 


la modiste, the milliner 
moi, /, me; moi-méme, myself 
le moineau, les moineaux, the sparrow 


the less; le moins, least 

le mois, the month 

la moitié, the half; la moitié de la 
ville, half the town 

le moment, the moment 


monter en voiture, fo get inlo the car- 
la montre, the watch [riage 
montrer, to show 

le morceau, les morceaux, the piece 
mordre, to bite 

la mort, death 

mortel, mortelle, mortal 

le mot, the word 

le mouchoir, the pocket-handkerchief 
mourir, to die; se mourir, to be dying 
la moutarde, the mustard 

mir, mire, ripe 


N. 

naitre, to be born; je suis né, J (have 
been) was born 

né, born 

ne..guére, scarcely, hardly; ne. .ja- 
mais, not ever, never; ne. . pas, not, 
no; ne. .plus, not more, no more, no 
longer; ne. . point, not at all, no; ne 
. .plus jamais, never again; ne. .que, . 
only, but, nothing but 

nécessaire, necessary 

négliger, to neglect : 

le négociant, the merchant 

neiger, to snow 

nettoyer, to clean 


~~ 


i 


neuf, neuve, new 

neuf, nine 

le, la neuviéme, the ninth 

le neveu, the nephew 

ni, nor; ni. .ni, neither. .nor 

Nicolas, Nicolas 

noir, noire, black 

la noix, the nut 

le nom, the name 

le nombre, the number 

nombreux, nombreuse, numerous 

non, no; non plus, either 

notre, nos, our 

le notre, la nétre, les nétres, ours 

nous, we, us, to us; nous en, some to 
us; nous le, it 10 us; nous les, them 

. tous 

nous-mémes, ourselves 

nouveau, nouvel, nouvelle, new 

la nouvelle, 

les nouvelles, the news 

Novembre (m.), November 

le nuage, the cloud 

nuisible, hurtful 

la nuit, the night 

nul, nulle, no, no one 


O. 
obéir, to obey 
obligé, obligée, obliged 
observer, to observe 
obtenir, to obtain, get 
Voceasion (f.), the opportuniiy 
occupé, occupée, busy 
soecuper, to occupy one’s self 
Octobre (m.), October 
Vodeur (f.), the odor, smell 
Yoeil, les yeux (m.), the eye 
offenser, to offend 
Vofficier (m.), the officer 
offrir, to offer 
Voiseau, les oiseaux (m.), the bird 
oisif, oisive, idle 
Voisiveté (f.), idleness 
Vombre (f.), the shadow 
on,l’on,one, people; l’on sait, one knows 


Yoncle (m.), the unele 

Yondée (f.), the flood 

onze, eleven 

le, la onziéme, the eleventh 

Yopinion (f.), the opinion 

Vorage (m.), the storm 
ordinairement, usually; generally 
ordonner, to order 

en ordre, in order [whisper to 
Voreille (f.), the ear; dire 4 Voreille, to 
oser, to dare 

dter, to take out 

ou, or; ou....ou, either or 

ou, where? d’ot, whence ? 

oublier, to forget 

oui, yes 

ouvert, ouverte, open 

Youvrier (m.), the workman 

ouvrir, to open 


| 

la page, the page 

le pain, the bread; du pain, some bread, 
any bread; de bon pain, some or 
any good bread 

la paire, the pair 

le pantalon, the trowsers 

le papier, the paper 

par, by . 

paraitre, to appear 

le pare, the park 

parce que, because 


. parcourir, to run through 


par-dessus, over 

le pardon, (the) pardon; je vous de- 
mande pardon, J beg your pardon 

pardonner, to forgive, excuse 

les parents (m.), the relatives; mes 
parents, my parents 

paresseux, paresseuse, idle 

parfumé, parfumée, scented 

(je) parle, (I) speak 

parlé, spoken 

parler, to speak 

la parole, the speech, word; tenir pa- 
role, to keep one’s word 


peu de temps, in a short time 
le peuple, the people 
la peur, fear; avoir peur, to fear, be 
(il se) peut, (it) maybe — [afraid 
peut-étre, perhaps - 


i 


piano 
la piéce, the piece; la piece d'argent, the 


to be pitied; se plaindre, to complain 


porter, fo carry, wear; se porter, (to 
carry one’s self ) to be; se porter bien, 
to be well 


la portiére, the (carriage-) door 

positif, positive, positive 

posséder, to possess 

possible, possible 

la poste, the post-office 

pour, for, to, in order to 

pour que, in order that, so that 

pourquoi? why ? 

poursuivre, to pursue 

pourtant, however, yet, nevertheless 

pourvu, provided 

la poussiére, the dust; il fait de la 

' poussiére, it is dusty 

pouvoir, to be able 

le pouvoir, the power 

la prairie, the meadow 

la préférence, the preference 

préférer, to prefer 

le premier, la premiére, the first 

prendre, to take, catch; s’y prendre, to 
manage; prendre congé, to take 
leave; prendre garde, to take care 

a présent, now 

presque, almost; presque pas, scarcely 

pressé, pressée, in a hurry 

présumer, to suppose 

prét, préte, ready 

prété, lent 

préter, to lend [make a trial 

la preuve, the trial; faire preuve, to 

prier, to beg 

le printemps, the spring 

pris, taken 

le prix, the price 

probablement, probably 

la probité, honesty 

prochain, prochaine, neat - 

le prochain, the neighbor 

le profit, the profit; mettre a profit, to 
turn to account | 

profondément, soundly, deeply 

le progrés, the progress’ 

la promenade, the walk, promenade; 
la promenade & cheval, the ride on 
horseback; faire une promenade, to 
take a walk 


177 


se promener, to walk, take a walk; se 
promener en voiture, to ride in a 
carriage 

(tu) promets, (dhow) promisest 

promettre, to promise 

promis, promised 

promptement, quickly 

prononcer, to pronounce 

la prononciation, the pronunciation 

& propos, opportunely; fort & propos, 
quite opportunely 

proposer, to propose 

propre, proper; clean, neat 

protéger, to protect 

prudent, prudente, prudent 

la prune, the plum 

puis-je? may I? 

puisque, since, as 

punir, fo punish 


Q. 


la qualité, the quality [when ? 

quand? when? depuis quand? since 

quarante, forty 

le, la quarantiéme, the fortieth 

le quart, the quarter 

quatorze, fourteen 

le, la quatorzieme, the fourteenth 

quatre, four 

quatre-vingts, eighty 

le, la quatre-vingtiéme, the eightieth 

quatre-vingt-dix, ninety  [tieth 

“le, la quatre-vingt-dixiéme, the nine- 

quatre-vingt-un, eighty one 

le, la quatriéme, the fourth 

que? what? que! how! 

que, that, than, as; whom, which, that 

quel, quelle, quels, quelles, which, what; 
quel que, quelle que, &e., whatever 

quelconque, whatever 

quelque, some, any; however, as, what- 
ever; quelque chose, something 

quelquefois, sometimes 

quelqu’un, quelqu’une, quelques-uns, 

- quelques-unes, some one, some 


la question, the question; il est ques- 
tion, the question is 

qui, who, which, that; who? qui que 
ce soit, whoever he may be 

quiconque, whoever, who 


les quilles (f.), the sleitiles (ten-pins ) 
le quintal, les uintaux, the hundred- 


weight 
quinze, fifleen; quinze jours, a fortnight 
le, la quinziéme, the jifleenth 
quitter, to leave 
quoi? what? quoi que ce soit, whatever 
quoique, although [it may be 


R. 

raconter, to tell, relale 
raison, right; j'ai raison, I am right; 

la raison, the reason 
raisonnable, reasonable 
le rameau, les rameaux, the branch 
rare, rare 
rarement, seldom, rarely 
le rat, the rat 
recevoir, fo receive 
réchapper, to escape 
la récompense, the reward 
récompenser, to reward 

(je) reconnais, (1) recognize 


regarder, to look at . 


la régle, the rule 


remettre, to remit, put back, hand over 


178 


le rempart, the rampart 

remplir, to fill, to fulfil 

rencontrer, to meet 

se rendormir, to fall asleep again 

rendre, to give back, to restore; to make; 
se rendre, to yield, surrender; rendre 
service, to do (render) a service 

rendu, paid (of a visit) 

renfermer, to contain 

rentrer, fo come in again; rentrer chez 
soi, to return home 

renvoyer, to pul off 


le roi, the king 


la rose, the rose; ruban rose, pink rib- 
rotir, to broil, roast [bon 
rouge, red 

le ruban, the ribbon; ruban rose, pink 
la rue, the street [ribbon 
la ruse, the cunning, trick | 

la Russie, Russia 


Ss. 

sage, wise, good (as to conduct) 

la sagesse, (the) wisdom 

la saison, the season 

(il, Yon) sait, (he, one) knows 

sale, dirty 

salir, to soil, dirty 

la salle, the room 

le salon, the drawing-room 

samedi (m.), Saturday 

sans, without; sans faute, without fail 

la santé, the health 

le sapin, the fir 

s'appelle, is called 

la satisfaction, the satisfaction 

sauter, to jump [escape 

sauver, to save; se sauver, fo make one’s 

savant, savante, learned ys 

savoir, to know, know how, be able; sa- 
voir bon gré, to take kindly, thank 

le savon, the soap 

la science, (the) knowledge 

se, himself, herself, itself, themselves, 
one another, each other. - 

sec, séche, dry 

le second, la seconde, the second 

la seconde, the second (of a time) 

secourir, to help 

le sein, the bosom 

seize, sixteen 

le, la seiziéme, the sixteenth 

le sel, the salt 

la semaine, the week 

_ (il) semble, (it) seems 

sensé, sensée, sensible 

sentir, to feel, smell; sentir bon, to 
smell nice; sentir le briilé, to smell 
burnt; sentir mauvais, fo smell bad 


179 


sept, seven; sept heures et demie, half 
past seven 

Septembre (m.), September 

le, la septieme, the seventh 

(il) serait & souhaiter, (it) would be 

sérieux, sérieuse, serious [desirable 

la servante, the maid-servant 

le service, the service; rendre service, 

to do @ service 

la serviette, the napkin 

servir, to serve, wait on; servir a, to 
serve for, to be of use to; servir de, 
to serve for, or instead of; se servir 
de, to make use of; & quoi sert cela? 
what is the use of that? cela ne sert 
de rien, that is quite useless; on a 
‘servi, they have served up 

seul, seule, only, alone 

seulement, only 

si, so; if, as, whether 

Si....ne, if not 

sil vous plait, if you please 

le sien, la sienne, les siens, les siennes, 

simple, simple [his, hers, its 

(de) sitdt, so soon, 

Six, six 

le; la sixiéme, the siath 

sobrement,) soberly 

la societé, the society, company 

la sceur, the sister 


soi, one’s self; chez soi, at home 


soi-méme, one’s self 

la soie, the silk [thirsty 

la soif, the thirst; avoir soif, to be 

le soir, the evening 

la soirée, the evening; toute la soirée, 

soixante, sixty [all the evening 

soixante et dix, seventy / 

soixante et onze, seventy one 

soixante-douze, seventy two 

le, la soixantiéme, the sixtieth 

le, la soixante-dixiéme, the seventieth 

le soldat, the soldier 

le soleil, the sun 

le sommeil, (the) sleep; avoir som- 
meil, to be sleepy 


souffrir, to suffer 


ter, it would be desirable 


soutenir, to sustain, affirm 

le soutien, the support 

se souvenir de, to remember 

souvent, often 

le spectacle, the theatre, the sight 

le succés, the sticcess 

le sucre, the sugar 

la Suisse, Switzerland 

la suite, the suite; tout de suite, imme- 
diately, at once 

suivre, to follow 

superbe, splendid 

sur, on, upon 

sir, sfire, sure 

sirement, certainly 


survivre A, to survive 


TT, 
la table, the table; A table, at table 
le tableau, les tableaux, the picture 
la tache, the task. 
tailler, to cut, mend (of a pen) 
le tailleur, the tailor 
se taire, to be silent 
tandis que, whilst 
tant, so much, so many, so 
la tante, the aunt 
tard, late 
tarder, to loiter 


le thé, the tea [ache 
le thédtre, the theatre . 
le théme, the exercise 

le tien, la tienne, les tiens, les tiennes, 
le tigre, the tiger [thine 


toi, thou, thee; toi-méme, thyself 


la toile, the linen 

la toilette, the toilet; faire sa toilette, 
le toit, the roof (to dress 
tomber, to fall 

ton, ta, tes, thy 


tonner, to Uvinder 

le tonnerre, the thunder 

tort, wrong; j'ai tort, J am wrong 
tt, soon; plus tdt, sooner 
toucher, to touch 


toujours, always 
le tour, the turn; faire le tour, to walle 


tous les jours, every day 
tout, everything, all; quite; le tout, the 
whole 


tout, toute, tous, toutes, all; tont a 


tranquillement, quietly 

le travail, les travaux, the work 

travailler, to work 

treize, thirteen 

le, la treiziéme, the thirteenth 

trente, thirty 

trente et un, thirty-one 

trente-deux, thirty-two 

le, la trentiéme, the thirtieth 

trés, very 

triste, sad; avoir l’air triste, to look sad 

trois, three . 

le, la troisiéme, the third 

tromper, to deceive; se tromper, to de- 
ceive one’s self, to be mistaken 

trop, too much, too many; trop peu, 
too little 

trotter, to trot 

le troupeau, les troupeatmx, the flock 

(il) trouve, (he) finds 

trouvé, found 

trouver, to find, meet with, like; se trou- 
ver bien, mal, to feel well, ill 

tu, thou 

tuer, to kill 


Uv. 


un, une, a, an; one; encore un, une, 
another 

lun, lune, the one 

l’un l’autre, les uns les autres, one an- 
other, each other; un et Vautre, both 

lusage (m.), the use 

utile, useful 


Vv. 


(il) va, (it) will directly; va venir, is 
going to come, is coming; va-t’-en, go 
away (thou) 

vaincre, to vanquish, defeat 

le vaisseau, les vaisseaux, the ship 

la valeur, the value 

valoir, to be worth; valoir la peine, to 
be worth while 


181 


a 


le vase, the vessel, vase 

(il) vaut mieux, (it) is better 

(il) vend, (he) sells 

vendre, to sell 

vendredi (m.), Friday 

vendu, sold 

venez, come 

venir, to come 

le vent, the wind; il fait du vent, it is 
windy; il fait beaucoup de vent, i 
is very windy 

venu, come 

véritable, true 

la vérité, the truth 

le verre, the glass 

vers, towards, to 

verser, to pour 

vert, verte, green 

la vertu, the virtue 

vertueux, vertueuse, virtuous 

veuillez, be so kind 

(il) veut, (he) wishes 

la veuve, the widow 

(je) veux bien, (I) am perfectly willing, 
most willingly, with pleasure 

la viande, the meat; de la viande, 
some, any meat; de mauvaise viande, 
some bad meat 

le vice, (lhe) vice 

vide, empty 

la vie, (the) life; en vie, living 

Vienne, Vienna 

vieux, vieil, vieille, old 

vif, vive, lively 

le village, the village 

la ville, the town 

le vin, the wine 

le vinaigre, the vinegar 

vingt, twenty 

vingt-deux, twenty-two 


-vingt et un, twenty-one 


le, la vingt et uniéme, the twenty-first 
le, la vingtiéme, the twentieth 

le violon, the violin 

la visite, the visit 

vite, quickly, fast 


— BO = 
vivre, to live; vivre de, to live on; volo, owish Being, Rave min 
avoir de quoi vivre, fo have means _to grant 


to live on voulu, wished 
voici, here is, here are vous, you, to you; vous en, some to 
voila, there is, there are you; vous le, it to you; vous les, 
voir, to see them to you 
le voisin, 


vous-mémes, yourselves 
is voisine, f the neighbor ¢m. df.) le voyage, the voyage 


la voiture, the carriage voyager, to travel 

la voix, the voice vrai, vraie, real 

volontiers, willingly vraiment, really 

votre, “vos, your vu, seen 

le, la votre, les vétres, yours la vue, the sight; & vue doeil, visibly; 


(je) voudrais, (J) should wish, like; j'ai Ia vue basse, I am short-sighted; 
je voudrais bien, I should like very —_ j'ai la vue bonne, J have good sight 
much; on voudrait, one (they ) would + 
wish . 


voudriez-vous? would you have the  y, there, thither, within; to it, to them 
kindness ? les yeux (m.), the eyes; j'ai mal aux 
voulez-vous ? do you wish? yeux, I have sore eyes 





— 183 — 


2. ENGLISH anp FRENCH VOCABULARY, 


containing all English words occurring in this book, with their meanings, 


but only as used in the English Exercises. 





A. 
a, an, un, une 
to abandon, abandonner 
able, habile; to be able, pouvoir, savoir 
to accept, accepter 
the accident, Yaccident (m.) 
to accompany, accompagner 
on account of, & cause de 
accustomed, accoutumé; to be accus- 
tomed, avoir coutume 
the acquaintance, la connaissance 
to acquire, acquérir 
to act, agir 
the action, laction (f.) 
active, actif, active 
addicted, adonné, adonnée 
to address one’s self, s’adresser 
Adela, Adéle 
the admission, Ventrée (f.) 
to admit, avouer — 
Adolphus, Adolphe 
to advance, avancer 
the advantage, Vavantage (m.) 
the advice, le conseil 
to advise, conseiller 
afar, loin; from afar, de loin 
the affair, Vaffaire (f.) 
(the) affection, la passion 
to affirm, soutenir 
afraid, effrayé, effrayée; to be afraid, 
avoir peur, craindre 
Africa, V Afrique (f.) 
after, aprés, aprés que — 
the afternoon, Vaprés-midi (f.) 
again, encore; to see agdin, revoir 
against, contre 


the age, Page (m.) 

aged, agé, agée 

ago, depuis, il-y a; a@ month ago, ilya 
agreeable, agréable [un mois 
all, tout, toute, tous, toutes; tout 

to allow, permettre 

almost, presque 

alone, seul, seule 

Alphonso, Alphonse 

already, déja 

also, aussi 

to alter, changer 

although, quoique 

always, toujours 

America, VAmérique (f.) 

the American, ? Américain (m. ) 
amiable, aimable 

among, entre 

and, et 

(the) anger, la colére [facher 
angry, faché, faichée; to get angry, se 
the animal, animal, les animaux (m. ) 
(the) annoyance, le chagrin 

another, encore un, une 

the answer, la réponse 

to answer, répondre 


Anthony, Antoine 


anxious, inquiet, inqiéte 

any, en, quelque 

apart, & part 

(the) apoplexy, l’apoplexie (t. ) 

to appear, paraitre 

the appetite, Vappétit (m.) 

the apple, la pomme; some apples, any 
apples, des pommes 

to approach, approcher 


April, Avril (m.) 

the arbor, le berceau 

are, sont; are going, allez 

the arm, \e bras 

the arm-chair, le fauteuil 

the army, V'armée (f.) 

to arrange, arranger 

the arrival, l'arrivée (f.) 

to arrive, arriver 

arrived, arrivé, arivée 

as, que, car; si, aussi; puisque; quel- 
jusque; as many, 


asleep, endormi; to fall asleep, s'en- 


dormir; to fall asleep again; se ren- 
dormir 


the assortment, l'assortiment (m.) 

at, 4; at the time when, lorsque; at the 
house of, chez; at the baker's, chez 
le boulanger; at my father's, chez 
mon pére; at home, chez soi; to or 
at my house, chez moi 

to attack, attaquer 

atentive, attentif, attentive 

August (month), Aowt (m.) 

Augustus, Auguste 

the aunt, la tante 

Australia, Y Australie (f.) 

avaricious, avare 

to avoid, éviter 

aware, instruit, instruite; to be aware, 
apercevoir, s’apercevoir 


to bake, cuire 
the baker, 3s Séaiineh ad Medals: 
chez le boulanger 


to be patient, avoir patienpe; to de to : 


the beer, la biére 
devant; before going, avant d’aller; 


> baiocs creme 7D tak ida 


_———— 


belong, sont &; belongs.to, est &;. to be- 
long, appartenir | 

the bench, le bane 

the benefactor, le bienfaiteur 

the benefit, le bien 

beside, a cdté de 

the best, le meilleur, la meilleure; le 
mieux; the best man in town, le meil- 
leur homme de la ville 

better, meilleur, meilleure; mieux,; it 
is better, il vaut mieux; to get better, 
se rétablir 

between, entre 

(the) billiards, le billard 

to bind, relier 

the bird, Voiseau, les oiseaux (m.) 

the birthday, la féte 

to bile, mordre 

Dlack, noir, noire 

to blame, blamer 

the body, le corps 

_ to boil, bouillir 

the bonnet, le chapeau, les chapeaux 

the book, le livre 

the bookseller, le libraire 

the boot, la botte 

born, né; to be born, naitre; 
been) was born, je suis né 

the bosom, le sein 

both, un et l’autre 

the bottle, la bouteille 

bought, acheté ne 

_ the box, la boite, le coffre, la malle 
the boy, le gargon | 

the branch, le rameau, les rameaux 

~ the bread, le pain; some bread, any bread, 
du pain; some, any good bread, de bon 

to break, casser [pain 

to breakfast, déjetiner 

the breath, Vhaleine (f.); out of breath, 
a perte d’haleine 

to bring, mener, apporter 

to bring up, élever - 

to broil, rotir : 

the brother, le frére; to my brother's, 
chez mon frére 


I (have 


185 


the brother-in-law, le beau-frére 
Brussels, Bruxelles 

to build, batir; to get built, faire batir, 
to burst, crever 3 

the business, le commerce, l’affaire (f. ) 
busy, occupé, occupée 

but, Mais; ne. .que 

the butter, le beurre 

to buy, acheter 

by, en; par; de 


C. 


the cake, le gateau, les giiteaux 

to call, appeler; is called, s’appelle 

the candle, la chandelle 

the cane, la canne 

the card, la carte [garde 

the care, la garde; to take care, prendre 

the carriage, la voiture; to get into the 

carriage, monter en voiture 

the carriage-door, la portiére 

to carry, porter; (to carry one’s self) 
to be, se porter 

the case, le cas 

the castle, le chateau, les chateaux 

the cat, le chat 

to catch, prendre 

Catherine, Catherine 

to cause, faire, causer 

to cede, céder 

to celebrate, célébrer 

the cellar, la cave 

the cent, le sou 

certain, certain, certaine . 

certainly, strement, sans doute, as, 
surément 

the chair, la chaise | 

to change, changer 

to chastise,. chatier 

the chastisement, le chatiment 

to chatter, babiller 

(the) cheerfulness, la gaité 

the cheese, le fromage 

the cherry, la cerise 


_ the child, Venfant (m. & f.); some child- 


ren, any children, des enfants 


the chocolate, le chocolat 

to choose, choisir | 

Christian, Chrétien 

the church, Véglise (f.) 

the circumstance, la circonstance 

the City-Hali, Vhbtel de ville (m.) 

clean, propre 

lo clean, nettoyer 

to climb up, grimper sur 

to close, fermer 

the cloth, le drap; some good cloth, de 
bon drap; some blue cloth, du drap 

. bleu - 
the clothing, les habillements (m.) 


coarse, gros, grosse 

the coat, Yhabit (m.) 

the coffee, le café 

cold, froid, froide; it is cold, il fait 
froid 

the college, le collége 

the color, la couleur 

the combat, le combat 

to come, venir; to come back, revenir; 
to come in, entrer; to come in again, 
rentrer; is coming, va venir 


to comprehend, comprendre 


to contain, renfermer | 

contented, content, contente; to be con- 
tented with, se contenter de 

to continue, continuer 

the contrary, le contraire 

to converse, s'entretenir 

convinced, persuadé, persuadée 

to coole, cuire; faire cuire, faire la cui- 

(the) copper, le cuivre [sine 

lo copy, copier 

the copy-book, le cahier 

the cork, le bouchon 

the corn, le grain 


(the) courage, le courage 

the cousin (m. & f.), le cousin, la cou- 
to cover, couvrir [sine . 
the cravat, la cravate 

created, créé, créée 

the credit, le crédit 


guérir 
the custom, Yhabitude (f.), la cou- 
tume; to be accustomed, avoir cou- 
to cut, tailler {tume 


D. 


(the) damage, les dégats (m.) 
to dance, danser 


the danger, le danger 

dangerously, dangereusement 

to dare, oser | 

the daughter, la fille 

a day, daily, par jour 

the day, le jour, la journée; the day 
after to-morrow, apres-demain; the 
day before yesterday, avant-hier 

(the) death, la mort 

the decanter, la carafe 

deceased, feu : 

to deceive, décevoir, en imposer, trom- 
per; to deceive one’s self, se tromper 

December, Décembre (m.) 

the deed, Vaction (f.) 

deeply, profondément 

to defeat, vaincre 

the defect, le défaut 

to defend, défendre 

delicious, délicieux, délicieuse 

delighted, charmé, charmée 

zo demand, demander, prier 

to depart, partir 

departed, parti _ 

to depend, dépendre 

to descend, descendre 

to deserve, mériter 

to desire, désirer 

the desire, lenvie (f.) 

(the) despair, le désespoir 

to despise, mépriser 

to detain, détenir 

to dictate, dicter 

the dictionary, le dictionnaire 

to die, mourir 

the difference, la différence 

different, autre 

differently, autrement 

difficult, difficile 

diligent, appliqué, appliquée 

to dine, diner 

(the) dinner, le diner 

directly, immédiatement; it will direct- 

dirty, sale [ly, il va 

to dirty, salir his ; 

to displease, déplaire 


187. 


—— 


the disposition, la disposition 

to distinguish, distinguer 

distressed, désolé, désolée 

the ditch, le fossé 

to divide, partager 3 

to do, faire; to do (one’s duty ),remplir; 
do, faites; to do good, faire du bien; 
to do nothing but, ne faire que; to do 
one’s utmost, faire tous ses efforts; 
to do a service, rendre service; do 
you wish? voulez-vous ? 

the dog, le chien 

the dollar, ’écu (m.), le dollar 

the door, la porte 

to doubt, douter; to doubt very much, 
douter fort 

doubtful, douteux, douteuse 

the dozen, la douzaine 

to draw, dessiner 

the drawer, le tiroir 

the drawing, le dessin 


_ the drawing-master, le maitre de dessin 


the drawing-room, le salon 

the dress, la robe, Vhabit (m.) 

to dress, faire sa toilette 

to dress one’s self, s’habiller 

to drink, boire 

to drive on, fouetter 

the drop, la goutte 

the drug-store, la pharmacie 

drunk, bu " 

dry, sec, séche 

to dry up, essuyer 

during, pendant 

the dust, la poussiére; it is dusty, il 
fait de la poussiére 

the duty, le devoir 

to dwell, demeurer 

the dwelling, le logis [mité 

to be dying, se mourir, étre 4 l’extré- 


EK. 


each, chaque; each year, chaque an- 
née 


- each one, chacun, chacune: each other, 


lun l’autre, les uns les autres 


England, \'Angleterre (£.) 
English, anglais (m.) 

the engraving, l’estampe (f.) 
to enjoy one's self, se plaire 


enough, assez 

the entrance, l'entrée (f.) 
to envy, envier 

Ernest, Ernest 

the errand, la commission, 
aan 

the le bien 


Europe, YEurope (£.), 
the evening, le soir, la soirée; all the 


the exception, exception (f.) 
bourse 


the face, la figure 

the fail, la faute ; without fail, sans faute 

faithful, fiddle 

faithfully, fidélement 

to fall, tomber; to fail asleep, s’endor- 
mir; to fall asleep again, se rendor- 
mir 


Salse, faux, fausse 
the family, la famille 
far, loin; as far as, jusque 


the father, le pére; at my father’s, chez 
mon pére 
the fault, la faute, le défaut 


4 


February, Février (m.) 

to feel, sentir; to feel well, i, se trou- 
By a he 

few, peu; fewer, moins 

fierce, cruel, cruelle_ 


= “TR 


fifteen, quinze 

‘the fifteenth, le, la quinziéme 
the fifth, le, la cinquieéme 

the fiftieth, le, la cinquantiéme 
Jifly, cinquante 

the fight, le combat 

the figure, la figure 

to fill, remplir 

to find, trouver _ 

(he) finds, (il) trouve 

jine, beau, bel, belle; fin, fine 
the finger, le doigt 

to finish, finir, achever 
jinished, fini 

the fir, le sapin 

the fire, le feu, les feux 

the first, le premier, la premiére 
the fish, le poisson 

jive, cing 

the flatterer, le flatteur 

to flee, fuir _ 

the flight, la fuite 

the flock, le troupeau, les troupeaux 
the flood, V’ondée (f.) 

the flour, la farine 


fortunate, heureux, heureuse 

the fortune, le bien 

forty, quarante 

‘found, trouvé 

four, quatre 

fourteen, quatorze 

the fourteenth, le, la quatorziéme 

the fourth, le, la quatriéme 

a franc, un franc (twenty cents) 

France, la France 

Francis, Francois 

Frederic, Frédéric 

to freeze, geler 

French, le francais; francais, francaise 

fresh, frais, fraiche 

Friday, vendredi (m.) 

the friend (m. & f.), Yami, l’amie 

the friendship, Yamitié (f.) 

to frighten, effrayer 

from, de, depuis 

the front, le devant 

the fruit, le fruit; some good fruit, de 
bons fruits; some ripe fruit, des fruits 

to fulfil, remplir [mirs 

to furnish, fournir 


the flower, la fleur; some or any beauti- furnished, garni, garnie 


ful flowers, de belles fleurs 

(the) fluency, la facilité 

the flute, la flaite 

the fog, le brouillard; it is foggy, il 
fait du brouillard; it is very foggy, 
il fait un brouillard trés-épais 

to follow, suivre 

the fool, le sot, la sotte 

for, car; pour, pendant 

(the) forbearance, Vindulgence (f.) 

to forbid, défendre 

the forest, la forét 

to forget, oublier 

to forgive, pardonner 

the fork, la fourchette | 

to form, former; se former 

the former, celui-la 

formerly, autrefois ! 

the fortieth, le, la quarantiéme 

a fortnight, quinze jours 


the furniture, les meubles (m.) 
the future, lavenir (m.) 


G. 
to gain, gagner 
to gallop, galoper 
the game, le jeu, les jeux 
the garden, le jardin 
the gardener (m. & f.), le jardinier, 
la jardiniére 
the garment, Vhabit (m.) 
to gather, cueillir 
the gazette, la gazette 
the general, le général, les généraux 
generally, ordinairement 
gentle, doux, douce 
this gentleman, ce monsieur 
the gentleness, la douceur 
gently, doucement 
George, Georges 


German, allemand, allemande 

to get, obtenir; to get angry, se ficher; 
to get better, se rétablir; to get built, 
faire bitir; to get into the carriage, 
monter en voiture; to get cloudy, se 
couvrir; to get cooked, faire cuire; 
to get under shelter, se mettre 4 cou- 


rendre; to give one’s self up to, se 
livrer & 

given, donné 

glad, aise; I am very glad, je suis bien 
the glass, le verre [aise 
the glory, la gloire 

the glove, le gant 

go, allez; to go, aller; go away (thou), 
va-t’-en; go away (you), allez-vous- 
en; to go away, s'en aller, partir; 
to go back, retourner; to go to bed, 
se coucher; to go down, descendre; 
to go to meet some one, aller au-de- 
vant de quelqu’un; fo go out, sortir; 
before going, avant d'aller; is going 
to come, va venir 

God, Dieu 

Godfrey, Godefroi, Geoffroi 

gone, allé, allée; gone away, parti, par- 
tie; gone out, sorti, sortie 

good, bon, bonne; sage; the good-will, 
les bontés (f.); the good, that which 
is right, le bien; good-bye, adieu 
the goodness, la bonté 

the gown, la robe 

the grandmother, la grand’mére 

to grant, vouloir 

grateful, reconnaissant, reconnaissante 

great, grand, grande; a great deal of 
good, beaucoup de bien 
Greek, le grec 

green, vert, verte | 

(the) grief, le chagrin 

to grieve, s'afiliger, s'attrister, affliger 


had, eu 

to hail, gréler 

a (single) hair, un cheveu; the hair, 
les cheveux 

half, demi, demie; half a dozen, une 
demi - douzaine; half past twelve, 
midi et demi 

the half, la moitié; half the town, la 
moitié de la ville 

the ham, le jambon 

the hand, la main 

to hand over, remettre 

the (hand ) writing, Vécriture (f.) 

to happen, arriver; something has hap- 
pened, il est arrivé quelque chose 

bonheur 


[dépécher 
(the) haste, la hiite; to make haste, se 
the hat, le chapeau, les chapeaux, le 

to hate, hair [bonnet 

haughty, arrogant, arrogante 

(1) have, j'ai; we have, nous avons; 
you have, yous avez 

to have, avoir; to have consideration, 
avoir des égards; to have means to 
live on, avoir de quoi vivre; to havé 
a mind, youloir, avoir envie — 

he, il, lui; he finds, il trouve; he likes, 
loves, il aime; he makes, il fait; he 
sells, il vend 

the head, la téte 

the headache, mal & la téte 

the health, la santé 


sh ROE re 


to hear, apprendre, entendre 

heard, entendu a 7 

the heart, le coeur; with all my heart, 
de tout mon coeur 

Heaven, le ciel, les cieux 

heavy, lourd, lourde; épais, épaisse 

to help, secourir, aider 

Henry, Henri 

her, son, sa, ses 

her, la, elle; to her, lui; of her, en 

here, ici; tenez; here is, here are, voici 

the hero, le héros ) 

hers, le sien, la sienne, les siens, les 

herself, se; elle-méme [siennes 

high, haut, haute 

him, le, lui; to him, lui; of him, en 

himself, se, lui-méme 

to hinder, empécher 

his, son, sa; ses; le sien, la sienne, 
les siens, les siennes 

hoarse, enroué, enrouée 

to hold, tenir 

at home, chez soi, &la maison, au logis; 
to return home, rentrer chez soi, to 
stay at home, rester chez soi 

honest, honnéte 

the honor, Vhonneur (m.) 

to honor, honorer 

to hope, espérer 

the horse, le cheval, les chevaux 

the horseman, le cavalier 

the hour, Vheure (f.); at this hour, a 
Vheure qu il est 

the house, la maison, le logis 

how? comment? how many? com- 
bien? how much? combien? how 
long ? depuis quand? 

however, pourtant; quelque. .que 

a hundred, cent 

a hundred and one, cent un 

the hundredweight, le quintal, 
quintaux 

the hundredth, le, la centiéme 

(the) hunger, la faim; to be hungry, 
avoir faim 

to hurry, se hater 


les 


in a hurry, pressé, pressée 
to hurt, blesser 

hurtful, nuisible 

the hyena, Vhyéne (f.) 


I. 

I, je, moi, I am right, jai raison; J 
am wrong, j’ai tort; I like, love, 
jaime; I speak, je parle; I think of 
you, je pense & vous 

the idea, Vidée (f.) [sive 

idle, paresseux, paresseuse; oisif, oi- 

(the) idleness, Voisiveté (f.) 

if, si; if not, si....ne; if you please; 
s'il vous plait 3 

ignorant, ignorant, ignorante 

ill, malade; ill weed, mauvaise herbe 

the illness, la maladie 

to imagine, s imaginer 

immediately, aussitdt, tout de suite 

immortal, inmortel, immortelle 

(the) impertinence, Vimpertinence (f.) 

important, important, importante 

impossible, impossible 

the impression, Vimpression (f.) 

to improve, former 

in, dans, a, en; in a short lime, dans 
peu de temps 

incessantly, sans cesse 

the income, les revenus (m.) 

inconsolable, inconsolable 

incredible, incroyable 

indisposed, indisposé, indisposée 

industrious, laborieux, laborieuse 

(the) ingratitude, Vingratitude (f.) 

to inhabit, habiter [de lencre 

the ink, Vencre (f.); some ink, any ink, 

the inkstand, Vencrier (m.) 

the inn, le cabaret 

(the) innocence, Vinnocence (f.) 

insincere, faux, fausse 

the instance, exemple (m.); for in- 
stance, par exemple 

instead of, au lieu de 

intelligence, de Vesprit 

intelligent, intelligent, intelligente 


— 192 


the intention, intention (f.) 

the intercourse, le commerce 

to interest, intéresser 

ideresting, intéressant, intéressante 

to invite, inviter; to invite to dinner, 
inviter A diner 

(the) iron, le fer 

is, est; is called, s’appelle 

it, il, elle; Ie, la; to it, Ini; y; of it, 
en; it to him, le lui; it to me, me le; 
it to thee, te le; it to them, te leur; it 
to us, nous le; it to you, vous le; it 
is, c'est, cela est, il est, il fait; it is 
better, il vaut mieux 

its, son, sa, ses; Je sien, la sienne, les 

itself, se, soi {siens, les siennes 


be so kind, veuillez 


kindly, avec bonté; to take it kindly, 
savoir bon gré 


the kindness, la bonté, les bontés; have lent, 


the kindness, ayez la bonté, veuillez; 


would you have the kindness ? vou- 
the king, le roi [driez-vous ? 
the kitchen, la cuisine 


the knife, le couteau, les couteatx 
to know, connaitre; fo know how, 8a- 


the least, le moins 


(the) leisure, le loisir 


less, moins; the less. .the less, moins. . 
the lesson, la legon 

to let, laisser; louer; to let see, faire 
the letter, la lettre [voir 


the liar, le menteur 

liberal, bienfaisant, bienfaisante 

the library, la bibliothéque 

the lie, le mensonge 

to lie, mentir 

the life, la vie 

to lift, lever 

lifted, levé 

light, léger, légére 

the light, la lumiére 

to light, allumer 

to lighten, faire des éclairs 

the lightning, l’éclair (m.) 

to like, aimer; trouver; J like, j'aime, 
je voudrais; he likes, il aime; to like 
better, almer mieux; J should like 
very much, je voudrais bien; J like 
being here, je me plais ici 

the line, la ligne 

the linen, la toile, le linge 

the lion, le lion 

to listen, listen to, écouter 

litile, peu; too little, trop peu 

to live, demeurer, vivre; to live on, vivre 
de; to have means to live on, avoir 
de quoi vivre 

lively, vif, vive; gai, gaie 

living, en vie 

to loiter, tarder 

London, Londres 

long, long, longue; grand, grande; 

long, a long time, longtemps 

to look for, chercher; to look at, re- 
garder; to look sad, avoir lair triste 

to lose, perdre 

lost, perdu 

the lot, le sort 

louder, plus haut 

Louis, Louis 

Louisa, Louise 

(the) love, la passion 

to love, aimer; I love, j'aime; he loves, 
il aime 

low, bas, basse 


193 — 


M. 

made, fait 

magnificent, magnifique 

the maid-servant, la servante 

to make, faire, rendre; make, faites; 
they make, font; he makes, il fait; 
to make one’s escape, se sauver; to 
make haste, se hater, se dépécher; 
to make room, faire place, to make 
a trial, faire preuve; to make use, 
se servir 

the man, VThomme (m.) 

to manage, s'y prendre 

the manner, la maniére 

the manufactory, la fabrique 

many, beaucoup, plusieurs; too many, 
trop; many people, beaucoup de 

the map, la carte [monde 

the marble, le marbre 

March, Mars (m.) 

to march, marcher 

the market, le marché 

Martin, Martin 

Mary, Marie 

the master, le maitre 

Matilda, Mathilde 

no matter, n’importe 

Matthew, Matthieu 

May, Mai (m.) 

it may be, il se peut 

may I? puis-je? 

the Mayor, le maire 

me, me, Moi; to me, me 

the meadow, la prairie 

meagre, maigre 

the meal, la farine 

(the) means, les moyens (m.); to have 
means to live on, avoir de quoi vivre 

the meat, la viande; some meat, any. 
meat, de la viande; some or any bad 
meat, de mauvaise viande 

to meddle with, se méler de 

to meet, rencontrer; to meet with, trou- 

the memory, la mémoire [ver 

to mend (a pen), tailler 

the merchant, le négociant 


midday, midi(m.)  - 

the middle, le milieu; the very middle, 
le beau milieu 

midnight, minuit (m.) 

the mile, le mille 

the mille, le lait 

the milliner, la modiste 

the mind, Vesprit; to have a mind, von- 
loir, avoir envie 


Miss, mademoledhéy( Mies: weal 


ee theathcsiatkant of 
un mois 

the moon, la lune 

more, plus, davantage; more people, new, 
plus de monde; once more, encore 
une fois; the more. ..the more, plus 


the morning, le matin, la matinée; all 
the morning, toute la matinée; every 
morning, tous les matins; the fat 
morning, la grasse matinée; to sleep 
late in the morning, dormir la grasse 
matinée | 

mortal, mortel, mortelle - 

the most, le plus 


much, beancoup; too snd; elopyWelb 
much? combien? not much, pas 

the mud, la boue [grand’chose 

must, devoir; I must have some money, 
il faut que j'aie de l'argent 

the mustard, la moutarde 

my, Mon, mA, mes 

myself, moi-méme 


to neglect, négliger 
the neighbor (m. & f.), le voisin, la 
voisine; le prochain 
neither, non plus; neither. .nor, ni. .ni 
the nephew, le neveu 
never, ne. .jamais; never again, ne. . 
plus jamais 
nevertheless, pourtant 
nents: neuve; nouveau, nouvel, 


the nineteenth, le, la dix-nenvieme 
the ninetieth, le,la quatre-vingt-dixiéme 
ninety, quatre-vingt-dix 


— 195 


the ninth, le, la neuviéme 

no, non, pas de, ne. .pas, ne. . point; 
no longer, ne plus; no more, ne-plus; 
no one, personne. .ne; aucun, au- 
cune; nul, nulle 

nobody, personne. .ne 

_ the noise, le bruit 

moon, midi (m.) 


nor, Di 
the nosegay, le bouquet 
not, ne...pas; ne...point; not any, 


 ne..aucun, aucune; not at all, ne.. 
point, pas du tout, point du tout; 
not ever, ne. .jamais; not more, ne. . 
plus; not much, pas grand’chose 

the note, le billet 

nothing, rien...ne; nothing but, ne. . 
que; nothing at all, rien du tout 

to notice, apercevoir, s’apercevoir 

November, Novembre (m.) 

now, & présent; just now, tout a Vheure 

the number, le nombre 

numerous, nombreux, nombreuse 

the nut, la noix 


oO. 
the oak, le chéne 
to obey, obéir 
obliged, obligé, obligée 
to observe, observer | 
to obtain, obtenir . 
to occupy one’s self, s’occuper 
October, Octobre (m.) 
the odor, Yodeur (f.) 
of, de; of it, en 
to offend, offenser 
to offer, offrir 
the office, Vemploi (m.) 
the officer, Vofficier (m.) 
often, souvent 
the oil, Vhuile (f.) 
old, vieux, vieil, ctrse aigé, agée 
on, Sur, en 
onee, une fois; at once, tout de i 
once more, encore une fois 


one, un, une; one another, Yun lautre; 
les uns les autres, 86; the one, lun, 

one’s self, soi, soi-mémé [l'une 

only, seul, seule; seulement; ne. .que 

open, ouvert, ouverte 

to open, ouvrir . 

the opinion, Yopinion (f.); to be of 
opinion, croire 

opportunely, & propos; quite opportune- 
ly, fort & propos 

the opportunity, occasion (f.) 

or, ou 

to order, ordonner 

in order, en ordre 

in order that, afin que, pour que 

in order lo, pour 

the other, Vautre 

other people, others, autrui 

otherwise, autrement 

ought, devoir 

our, notre, nos 

ours, le, la notre, les nétres 

ourselves, nous-mémes 

out of breath, a perte Vhaleine 

outside, hors de 

over, par-dessus 

to owe, devoir 


PR; 

the page, la page 

paid (of a visit), fait, feos 

the pain, la douleur, la peine 

painful, pénible 

the pair, la paire 

the paper, le papier 

the (news )paper, le journal 

the pardon, le pardon; I beg your par- 
don, je vous demande pardon 

my parents, mes parents, mon pere et 
ma mere 

the park, le pare 

the part, la partie; the greater part, la 

past, passé, passée [plupart 

(the) patience, la patience - 

to pay, pay for, payer 

the peace, le repos. 


the people, le peuple; people, les gens 
people, beaucoup de monde; more 


tranche, la pidce; the piece of money, 
la piéce d'argent 

pink ribbon, ruban rose 

(the) pity, la pitié; itis a pity, c'est 


dommage, to have pity, avoir pitié 
to pity, plaindre; to be to be pitied, étre 
the place, la place [a plaindre 
to place, mettre, placer 
the plant, la plante 
to plant, planter 


the plate, V'assiette (f.) 

the play, le jen, les jeux 

to play, jouer; se divertir; to play (at) 
billiards, jouer au billard 

pleasant, agréable [plait 

to please, plaire; if gos uieeeililanins 

pleased, content, contente 

the pleasure, le plaisir; with pleasure, 
avec plaisir, je veux bien; to take 


+ Je mouchoir 


promised, 
(thou) promisest, (tu) promets 


lo pronounce, prononcer 

the pronunciation, la prononciation 
proper, propre; it is proper, il convient 
the property, le bien 

to propose, proposer 

to protect, protéger Ls 
provided, pourvu 

prudent, prudent, prudente 

to punish, punir 

the pupil, V'léve (m. & f.) 

the purchase, l’emplette (f.) 


to put, placer, mettre; to put back, 
put on, mettre; to put on one’s hat, 
se couvriz 


ee ORF 


the quality, la qualité 

the quarter, le quart 

the queen, la reine 

the question, la question; the question 
is, il est question 

quickly, vite, promptement 

quiet, tranquille 

quietly, tranquillement 

quite, tout; quite opportunely, fort & 
propos 


R. 

the rain, la pluie 
to rain, pleuvoir 
to raise, lever 
raised, levé 
the rampart, le rempart 
rare, rare 
rarely, rarement 
the rat, le rat 
read, lu 
to read, lire 
(the) reading, la lecture 
ready, prét, préte 
real, vrai, vraie 
really, vraiment 
the reason, la raison 
reasonable, raisonnable 
to receive, recevoir 
received, regu [je reconnais 
to recognize, reconnaitre; I recognize, 
to recommend, conseiller 
to recover, recouvrer 
red, rouge 
to refuse, refuser 
the regiment, le régiment 
to regret, regretter 
to rejoice, réjouir 
to relate, raconter 
the relatives, les parents 
to remain, rester; to remain seated, 

rester assis 
the remainder, le reste 
remained, resté 
remarkable, remarquablé 


the remedy, le reméde 

to remedy, apporter reméde 

to remember, se souvenir de; remember, 
retenez 

to remit, remettre 

to render, rendre; to render a service, 
rendre service 

to repent, se repentir 

to reply, répondre 

the repose, le repos 

the reproach, le reproche 

to reproach, faire des reproches 

the reputation, la réputation 

to rest, Se reposer 

to restore, rendre 

retail, en détail 

to return, retourner, revenir; fo return 
home, rentrer chez soi 

returned, revenu, de retour 

on returning, de retour 

the reward, la récompense 

to reward, récompenser 

the ribbon, le ruban; pink ribbon, 

rich, riche {ruban rose 

riches, les richesses (f.) 

the ride on horseback, la promenade & 
cheval; to ride on horseback, monter 
a cheval; to ride in a@ carriage, se 
promener en voiture — 

the riding-school, le manége 

right, raison;;I am right, j'ai raison; 
that which is right, le bien; right, 
juste; (to the) right, & droite 

righteous, jaste 

to ring, sonner 

to rinse, rincer 

ripe, mur, mitre 

to rise, se lever 

the road, le chemin 

to roast, rotir 

Robert, Robert 

the rocking-horse, le cheval de bois 

the roof, le toit 

the room, la chambre, la salle, la place; 
to make room, faire place 


. the rose, la rose 


— 198 — 


sad, triste; to look sad, avoir l'air triste 

the salary, les appointements (m. ) 

the salt, le sel 

the same, le, la méme 

the satisfaction, la satisfaction; to his 
(her) satisfaction, & son gré 

Saturday, samedi (m.) 

lo save, sauver 

saving, économe 

say, dites 

to say, dire 

scarcely, ne..guére, presque 
scarcely .when, & peine que 

scented, parfumé, parfumée 

the scholar, Vécolier (m.) 

the school, Yécole (f.) 

the sea-side, le bord de la mer 

the season, la saison 

seated, assis; to be seated, étre assis; 
to remain seated, rester assis 

the second, le second, la seconde 

a second, une seconde 

fo see, Voir, apercevoir, s’apercevoir, 
to let see, faire voir 


pas; 


to sell, vendre; (he) sells, il vend 

to send, envoyer; to send for,faire venir 
sensible, sensé, sensée 

sent, envoyé 

Rachel see eis 4 oa 


Ses achees (m. ayn on ate 
la domestique 


to serve, servir; to serve for, lo be of 
use to, servir 4; to serve for or in- 
stead of, servir de; they have served 
up, on & servi 


the service, le service; to do a service, 


rendre service 
to set out, partir; set out, parti 
to settle, régler 


seven, sept 
seventeen, 


to sew, coudre 

the shadow, Vombre (f.) 

(the) shame, la honte; to be ashamed, 
avoir honte 

the share, action (f.) 

to share, partager 


dans peu de temps; to be short- 
sighted, avoir la vue basse 
(1D should wish, (je) voudrais 
(you) should have seen, it fallait voir 
to show, montrer 


at neers 

the side, le cdté; by the side of, beside, 

the sight, le spectacle, la vue; I am 
short-sighted, j'ai la vue basse; I 
have good sight, j'ai la vue bonne 

the silver, argent (m. ) 


199 


since, depuis; since when? depuisquand? some, quelque, certain; some one, 


to sing, chanter 

the sister, la scour 

to sit down, s’asseoir; to sit down to 
table, se mettre 4 table 

six, Six 

sixteen, seize 

the sixteenth, le, la seiziéme 

the sixth, le, la sixiéme 

the sixtieth, le, la soixantiéme 

siaty, soixante 

the skill, adresse (f.) 

skillful, habile 

the skittles, les quilles (f.) 

the sky, le ciel, les cieux 

to slander, médire 

the slate, Vardoise (f. ) 

(the) sleep, le sommeil; to be sleepy, 
avoir sommeil 

to sleep, dormir; to sleep late in the 
morning, dormir la grasse matinée 

slept, dormi 

the slice, la tranche 

slowly, doucement, lentement 

small, petit, petite . 

the smell, odeur (f.) 

to smell, sentir, to smell bad, sentir 
mauvais; fo smell burnt, sentir le 
briilé; to smell nice, sentir bon 

to snow, neiger , 

so, si, tant; so many, tant; so much, 
tant, autant; so that, afin que, pour 
que 

the soap, le savon 

soberly, sobrement 

the society, la société 

the sofa, le canapé 

softly, doucement 

to soil, salir 

sold, vendu 

the soldier, le soldat 

some, en; some to him, to her, to it, 
lui en; some to me, m’en; some to 

' thee, ten; some to them, leur en; 

some to us, nous en; some to Ys 
vous en 


some, quelqu’un, quelqu’une, quel- 
ques-uns, quelques-unes. 

something, quelque chose; something 
else, autre chose; something has hap- 
pened, il est arrivé quelque chose 

sometimes, quelquefois 

the son, le fils 

the song, la chanson 

soon, bient6t; sooner, plus tot; so soon, 
(de) sit6t 

Sophia, Sophie 

sorry, faché, fachée 

the sou, le sou 

sought, cherché 

the soul, ame (f.) 

soundly, profondément 

the soup, la soupe 

to spare, épargner 

the sparrow, le moineau, les moineaux 

to speak, parler; I speak, je parle 

ihe speech, la parole 

to spend, employer, dépenser, passer 
(of time) 

splendid, superbe 

to spoil, gater 

the spoon, la cuiller, cuillére 

the spring, le printemps 

the stable, Vécurie (f,) 

standing, debout; to be standing, étre 
debout 

to start, partir 

started, parti, partie 

the state, l'état (m.); the United States, les 
Etats-Unis 

to stay, rester; to stay at home, rester 
chez soi 

stayed behind, resté, restée 

the step, le pas 

still, encore 

the stocking, le bas 

the stone, la pierre 

to stop (one’s self), s’arréter 

the storm, Vorage (m.) 

the story, Vhistoire (f. ) 

the stranger, 1 étranger (m. ) 


the strawberry, la fraise 

the street, la rue 

to strike, frapper, sonuer; 6 strike 
strong, fort, forte 

the student, Y’étadiant (1m. ) 
the study, V'étude (f.) 

to succeed, réussir 

the success, le succes 
such, tel, telle 

to suffer, souffrir 

the sugar, le sucre 

to suit, convenir 

suliry, touffant, étouffante 
the sun, le soleil 

Sunday, dimanche (m.) 
lo sup, souper 

supplied, assorti, assortie 
the support, le soutien 

to suppose, présumer 
sure, stir, stire 

to surrender, se rendre 

to survive, survivre 

to sustain, soutenir 

sweel, doux, douce 
Switzerland, la Suisse 


T. 


the table, la table; to sit down to table, 
se mettre A table; at table, & table 

the tailor, le tailleur_ 

to take, prendre; to take care, prendre 
garde; to take kindly, savoir bon gré; 
to take leave, prendre congé; to take 
. out, Ster; to take pleasure, se plaire; 
to take a seat, se placer; to take a 
walk, se promener, faire une pro- 
menade 

taken, pris 

tall, grand,grande; to grow tall, grandir 

the task, la tache 

the taste, le gotit 

the tea, le thé 

to teach, enseigner 

the teacher, le maitre 

the tear, la larme 

to tell, dire, raconter; tell, dites 


(out, ‘effncer ” 


that, cela; that is, c'est, il est, cela est; 
that which, ce qui, ce que; that which 
is right, le bien 

that (relat. ), qui, que; that(conj. ), que 

the, le, la, les 

the Uwater, le théAtre, le spectacle 

thee, toi, te 

Uwir, leur, leurs 

theirs, le leur, la leur, les leurs 

them, eux, elles, les; to them, leur, y; 
of them, en; them to him, les Tui; 
them to me, me les; them to thee, te 
les; them to you; vous les; them to 
them, les leurs; them to us, les nous 

themselves, se, eux-mémes, elles-mémeés 

thence, de A 

there, lA, y; there is, there are, il y a; 
there is somebody, il y a quelqu’un; 
there was, there were, il y avait; from - 
there, de Ta 

therefore, par conséquent 

these are, ce sont 

they, ils, eux, elles; they are, ce sont 

thick, épais, épaisse 

the thimble, le dé 

thin, maigre 

thine, le tien, la tienne, les tiens, les 
tiennes 

the thing, la chose 

to think, penece,, abtigee, Gholi T think 
of you, je pense & vous; you think, 
vous croyez 


the third, le la troisiénie 


(the) thirst, la soif; to be thirsty, B¥oir 


soif; to be very thirsty, avoir bien soif 


—_— 


thirteen, treize 

the thirteenth, le, la treiziéme 

the thirtieth, le, la trentiéme 

thirty, trente 

thirty-one, trente et un 

thirty-two, trente deux 

this, these, ce, cet, cette, ces; celui, 
celle, ceux, celles; celui-ci, celle-ci, 
ceux-ci, celles-ci; this, ceci 

thither, y 

thou, toi, tu 

thoughtless, étourdi, étourdie 

thousand, mille, mil 

the thousandth, le, la milliéme 

the threat, la menace 

three, trois 

to throw, throw away, jeter 

the thunder, le tonnerre 

to thunder, tonner 

Thursday, jeudi (m.) 

thus, ainsi 

thy, ton, ta, tes 

thyself, toi-méme 

to tie, attacher 

the tiger, le tigre 

dill, jusque; till to-day, jusqu’ aujour- 
Vhui 

the time, le temps; la fois; the time (of 
the day), Vheure; at the time when, 
lorsque; in time, a temps; three times, 
trois fois; in a short time, dans peu 
de temps 

timid, craintif, craintive 

tired, las, lasse; fatigué, fatiguée 

to, &, vers, envers, pour; tomy brother’s, 
chez mon frére; to or at my house, 
chez moi 

to-day, aujourd’hui 

to-morrow, demain 

together, ensemble 

too, aussi; trop; too litile, trop. peu; too 
many, too much, trop 

the tooth, la dent 


to touch, toucher 


towards, vers, envers. 
the towel, V’essuie-main (m.) 


201 


—— 


the town, la -ville; half the. town, la 
moitié de la ville 

(the) trade, le commerce, le métier 

the tradesman, le marchand 

to translate, traduire 

translated, traduit, traduite 

to travel, voyager 

treacherous, faux, fausse 

the tree, arbre (m.) [preuve 

the trial, la preuve, to make a trial, faire 

the trick, la ruse 

a trifle, un rien 

to trot, trotter 

the trouble, la peine 

troubled, embarrassé, embarrassée 

the trowsers, le pantalon 

true, véritable 

the trunk, la malle, le coffre 

to trust, se fier (8) 

the truth, la vérité 

to try, essayer 

Tuesday, mardi (m.) 

to turn to account, mettre a profit 

the twelfth, le, la douziéme 

twelve, douze 

the twentieth, le, la vingtiéme 

twenty, vingt 

the twenty-first, le, la vingt-et-uniéme 

twenty-one, vingt-et-un 

twenty-two, vingt-deux 

twice, deux fois 


two, deux 

| U. 
the uncle, Yoncle (m.) 
under, sous 


to understand, comprendre 

understood, compris, entendu 

the undertaking, Ventreprise (f. ) 

unfortunate, malheureux, malheureuse 

ungrateful, ingrat, ingrate 

unhappy, malheureux, malheureuse 

united, uni, unie; the United States, 
les Etats-Unis (m.). 

unjustly, injustement 

unless, si. .ne 


unthankful, ingrat, ingrate 

up to, jusque 

upon, sur 

us, to us, nous 

the use, l'usage (m.) 

to use, se servir de 

useful, utile 

useless, inutile; that is quile useless, 
cela ne sert de rien 

usually, ordinairement 


Vv. 
the value, la valeur 
to vanquish, vaincre 
the vase, le vase 
the vegetables, les légumes (m.) 
very, trés, bien, fort 
the vessel, le vase 
to vex, tourmenter 
(the) vice, le vice 
Vienna, Vienne 


to wait for, attendre; to wait on, servir 

the waiter, le gargon 

to wake up, éveiller, réveiller 

the walk, la promenade; to take a walk, 
se promener, faire une promenade 

to walk, se promener, marcher 

to walle round, faire le tour 

to want, avoir besoin de 

the war, la guerre 

warm, chaud, chaude 

to warn, avertir 

the watch, la montre 

the water, Peau, les eaux (f.) 

the way, le chemin 


02 — 


we, nous 

weak, faible 

to wear, porter 

the weather, le temps 

Wednesday, mercredi (m.) 

(the) weed, Yherbe (f.); il weed, man- 


to weep, pleurer | 
well, bien; as well as, aussi bien que 


wept, pleuré 

what? que? quoi? quel, quelle, quels, 
quelles? comment? what is the mat- 
ter with you? qu'avez-vous? what is 
the use of that? & quoi sert cela? 

whatever, quelconque; quelque; quel 
que, quelle que, quels que, quelles 
que; whatever it may be, quoi que 
ce soit 

when, quand, lorsque, dés que 

whence? d’ou? 

where? ou? 

which, qui, que; quel, quelle, quels, 
quelles; ce qui, ce que 

the while, le temps, le moment; to be 
worth while, valoir la peine 

whilst, tandis que 

to whip, fouetter 

the whirl, le tourbillon 

to whisper, dire & Yoreille 

white, blanc, blanche 

who, qui? of whom, de qui? from 
whom, de qui? to whom, & qui? for 
whom, pour qui? who, qui, lequel, 
laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles 

whoever, quiconque; whoever he may 
be, qui que ce soit 

whole, tout, toute; the whole, le tout 


the widow, la veuve 


— 203 — 


willingly, volontiers; most willingly, je 
le veux bien 

the wind, le vent; it is windy; il fait 
du vent; it is very windy, il fait 
beaucoup de vent 

the window, la fenétre 

the wine, le vin 

to wipe, essuyer 

(the) wisdom, la sagesse 

wise, sage 

to wish, désirer, souhaiter, vouloir; to 
wish for, désirer; I should wish, je 
voudrais; one (they) would wish, 
on voudrait 

wished, voulu 

he wishes, il veut 

(the) wit, Vesprit (m.) 

with, ayec; with him, with her, with it, 
with them, en 

within, y 

without, sans; without fail, sans faute 

the woman, la femme 

to wonder, s’étonner 

the word, le mot, la parole; to keep 

one’s word, tenir parole 

the work, Vaffaire (f.), le travail, les 
travaux 

to work, travailler 

the workman, l’ouvrier (m.) 


the world, le monde 

worse, pire; pis 

to be worth, valoir; to be worth while, 
valoir la peine 

would you have the kindness ? voudriez- 
vous? 

it would be desirable, il serait & désirer 

one would wish, on voudrait 

to wound, blesser 

to write, écrire 

the writing, lécriture (f.) — 

written, écrit 

wrong, tort; I am wrong, j’ai tort 


x. 
the year, Yan (m.), année (f.); each 
year, chaque année 
yes, oui 
yesterday, hier 
yet, cependant, encore, pourtant 
to yield, céder, se rendre 
yonder, la-bas 
you, to you, vous [moisellé 
young, jeune; the young lady, la de- 
your, votre, vos 
yours, le votre, la votre, les votres 
yourself, vous-méme 
yourselves, vous-mémes 
youth, la jeunesse. 





bi . ele fsa ig 





aficien of J 
ay asf i Ae 
sahialay fn > &. +» 1or Are wh ce eed fi 
: tiay Ae aiehery Sis? iy 


> 
. a F > we oo, A a7 : 
ee EA Bi ? « See ry a yisz Balbo. Orly 
. ni, ae a 





are 
of 


‘ 
"a 


“+s 
ad a. 
ff 
_ 
32 
f ‘as 
to ae 
7 
‘ ie 
~~ 
RA! 
a4 
- 





RETURN TO the circulation desk of any 
University of California Library 
or to the oe 
NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY a 
Bidg. 400, Richmond Field Station 
University of California 
Richmond, CA 94804-4698 





ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 

¢ 2-month loans may be renewed by calling 
(510) 642-6753 

¢ 1-year loans may be recharged by bringing 
books to NRLF 

¢ Renewals and recharges may be made 4 
days prior to due date. 





DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 


APR 11 2000 
































12,000 (11/95) 






















Primer. Edited by W. 

AUERT. Boards $0.45. 

S German Reading Charts. 

tes with Hand-book for Teachers. 

%. P. Henn. $1.00 

“same, The 25 Plates mounted on 13 

ards. $4.50.—Varnished $6.00. 

“—"S German Script Charts. 4 Plates 

* santed on 4 boards, varnished $1.25. 

BPs S First German Book. By Dr. P. 
“(2NN. (Exercises in Reading, Writing, 

~~ oiling, Translation, and Conversation. 


25 
By 


(Exercises in Writing, Reading, 
nslation, and Conversation. Contain- 
much German Script. With Paradigms 
Vocabularies.) Boards $0.45, Half 





S Complete Method of the German 


mguage. By Dr. P. HENN, | (AHN- 
irst, Second, Third, and 
urth German Books together.) 


S Synopsis of German Grammar, 
Dr. P Boards $0.60, Half 


°S First German Reader. With Notes 
Vocabulary. By Dr. P. Henn. Boards 
» 60, Half Roan $0.80. 

» same. With Foot-notes and Vocabulary. 
-ards $0.60, Half Roan $0.80. 

to same. Boards $0.30, 


YB O1083 


STEIGER’S German Series. 


AHN’S Second German Reader. With 
Notes and Vocabulary. By Dr, P. HEenn. 
Boards $1.00, Half Roan $1.20. 

The same, With Tfoot-notes and Vocabu- 
lary. Boards $1.00, Haif Roan $1.20. 

Key tosame. Boards $0.50. 

AHN’S Rudiments of the German Lan- 
guage. (Edition of 1870.) Boards $0.35, 

AHN’S Method of Learni the Ger- 
man Language. Revised by GusTravus 
FiscHER. First Course, Boards $0.50. Sec- 
ond Course, Boards $0.50. Both Courses 
bound together, Half Roan $1.00. 

Key to same. Boards $0.30. 

AHN’S New Practical and Easy Method 
of Learning the German Language. 
With Pronunciation by J. C. OEHLSCHLAE- 
GER. Edition of 1878. First Course. (Prac- 
tical Part.) Boards $0.60. Second Course. 





vi122844 


THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 


(Theoretical Part.) Boards $0.40. Both 
together, Boards $1.00, Half Roan $1.25. 
Prag “‘Vith 


eal 


cs i 


Language, First Part, Boards $0.40; 

Second Part, Boards $0.40. Both together, 

Boards $0.70, Half Roan $0.90. 
REFFELT’S First Book for School and 

House. With Vocabulary. Boards $0.30. 
REFFELT’S Second Book for School and 

House. With Vocabulary. Boards $0.50. 
SCHLEGEL’S German Grammar for Be- 
_ginners. Half Roan $1.25. 


SCHLEGEL’S First Classical German 
Reader. With Notes and Vocabulary. 
Half Roan $1.00. — Second Classical 
German Reader. With Notes and Voca- 





bulary. Half Roan $1.50. 


— The several Keys above enumerated will be supplied only 
n the direct application of a teacher to the publisher, 


K. Steiger, 25 Park Place, New York 


STEIGER’S French Sérées, 


AHN S French Primer. By Dr. P. Hern. Bvands 80:25.  (Gréat ca 
bestowed upon the typographica! execution of this litt'e book, the 


dificulty of the silent letters being alleviate By the ase of Gis 
and @ ; Ly] - : 
Ais; nch Reading Charts. 2 Plates with liand teak fir T+ 
Dr.i rievy, $1.0) (These Wall Charts are pritited yp wry large ty 
‘ TH) 2) | 
tiers beiuz chown by WJUAULLOU ipperht es Lroray fer the p 
The same, The Ww Piites mounted on 16 bowers. 299507" 8 


The same. Mounts <c.on 10 bi ards and vari alient, $5.00, 
AHN’S French Primer and French Réading Charts 
Vautayeconaly used as an introductory conree to ary Srench CG 
VV'S Practical and Easy Method of Learning the! F's0 
pare, By vr P. Hesn. First Course. (Comprising 8 tundamental ’ 
‘cl Pr ounemtion, French and English Exercises, Paradigms, and ¥e 
su a0 a” 
ume, Doarde $0.25, ig. 
'Practival and Easy Method of Learning’ the #Te# 
By Dr. P. Hees. Second Course. (Comprising a Set for 
; ‘ Conversations, Elements of French Gramoa@r wit Index Sy 
« " my Hoards 0,100, 
\ ‘ Vi Boarnts $0.25 
; “ : 2 
ea) yactical-and Easy Method of Learning thé Fre 
¢ , Dr, P. Hews. First and Second Course, bound together, Hair 
st French Reader, With Foot-notes and Vocshulaty. BY Dd 
», Hali Roan $v. 


r Freach Reader. With Notes and Vocalulary. By D 





bia £080 
an ; 0 <aipe book Gi fre splely, eae ¢ 
ext and Nii the latte: the \_.(08 are f\¥en #epers 
‘ y the 75 pleces of , in toe Mrmor o: S gp hag abie hott 
Ls Notes as is needed to @yplain th brendh Test aetes, 
e., both editions are alike. - : 
; First French Reader. Uy Dr )". Next Boars $0. 
“ French Reader. Wit Foot-oles and “ abularyi By 
/ alf Ronan. $1.00, 
“y cng French Reader. With Ne: an) Yoosbulery. By P 
4 is *) 80: “Hal? Roan $1.00. , 


y to As "N’S Second French Reader. By Dr. ?. EF 
,\ANS M oual of French Conversation. 10 pres. 
AHN S +'reneh Letter-y. riter. With cxampl ag conmegems! corre 

busuness-forma, and book-keepiny. In press. ' ‘ 





: 





Collegiate Course. "2 
C. A. SCHLEGEL. A French Grammar, For beginners, Bolf BR 


C.A SCHLEGEL. A Classical French Reader: With Notesand y 
falf Roan *1.20 


The several Keys above enumerated will be supplied o 
the direct application of a teacher to the publisher, 


BE. Steiger, 25 Park Place, New York 


